FAQ
FAQ
You can access the context menu of a tab or sheet by right clicking on it, or left clicking on the arrow icon that appears when you hover on the tab or sheet name.
Choosing "Delete" will delete the tab or the sheet.
To delete a report, you can right click on the report name to access the context menu and choose "Delete".
If the system stop you from deleting a sheet, please refer to this document.
If you acccidentally deleted an application tab or sheet and would like to recover it, you can check to see if it's under the Recycle Bin of your Account Setup.
If you cannot find your deleted sheet or tab, you can contact Ragic Support at support@ragic.com to help you restore a backup.
You can change the width and height of the row or column in your sheet that everyone sees in the Design Mode. Firstly, click on the "Change Design" button on the upper-right hand corner to enter the design mode. Move your mouse cursor to the first row of your grid (the row that says A,B,C,...) and point at the right border of the cell you would like to adjust. Your cursor will display that the width of the column is adjustable. You can now Drag the cell border to change the width of the column, like the way you do it in other spreadsheet softwares like Excel.
Remember to save your form design after you're done. When the design changes are saved, the changes will be applied to everyone's view on this sheet.
You can also change the width and height without entering the design mode while looking at a form by dragging the locations where the row and column definition borders would be in the design mode, but these changes will not be preserved next time you see this sheet.
Linking fields between different sheets is one of Ragic’s key features!
Before linking sheets, let’s use the "Orders" and "Customers" sheets as examples to introduce Linked Fields and Loaded Fields.
1. Linked Fields: If an "Orders" sheet includes a "Customer" field for selecting a customer when creating an order, and the data source for this field comes from the "Customers" sheet, it is a Linked Field.
The "Customer" field contains customer IDs, which correspond to the Unique Value field in the "Customers" sheet. A Linked Field must connect to another sheet’s Unique Value field, just like the "Customer" field in the "Orders" sheet links to the "Customer ID" in the "Customers" sheet.
2. Loaded Fields: When a user selects a customer ID in the "Customer" field of the "Orders" sheet, Ragic can automatically populate related information from the "Customers" sheet, such as the customer’s name, phone number, and address.
This significantly reduces data entry time and helps prevent manual input errors.
Understand the concepts of Linked Fields and Loaded Fields, and now you can easily set up form links through Link Manager!
For more information on sheet linking, please refer to the Link and Load documentation.
Ragic has a convenient import wizard for users to import from their existing data from Excel or CSV files. To import from your files to Ragic, you can go to the listing page that you would like to import your data to, and choose Import Data From File under Tools. There will be a step-by-step wizard to guide you through the field mapping process as well as other configurations for the data to import correctly.
For Ragic to map your information correctly to entries, you will need to have a unique identification that we call key field, such as "Product ID" for products, or "Customer No." for your customers. To make your database easier to use, let the first column of your import data be this type of key field.
Upload your file. Ragic supports .xls .xlsx and .csv files. We recommend that you save your file as .csv for the best performance.
Determine if your first row is the header. If so, Ragic will automatically determine how the data in this row will be mapped to your fields for the next step.
Check to see if all the target fields are correct. This is especially important if you have similar names for two seperate fields. You can also choose to ignore columns of data that you do not want to import. Note that the target field values should also be in the correct formatting, such as the date format. If you're importing into a "select user" field, you will need to have the user's e-mail that's used in Ragic instead of the username that you see to uniquely identify the person.
Choose the import policy to handle duplicated keys during your import. If you choose Create new entry, new entries will be created containing data with the same key values. If you choose Renew data, your existing data will be updated if you have entries with the same key value, and new entries will be created for the key values that aren't in your database. This type of import policy is especially useful when you are doing mass editing.
You can configure Advance Settings in Import Policy as well if necessary.
| Advanced Setting | Description |
|---|---|
| Fill in default field values | If you have a configured default value in your sheet, please check this box so that the field value will be updated or populated with the import. |
| Execute link and load | If there are sets of link and load configured on your sheet, please check this box to have the loaded fields auto-populated. Otherwise, the loaded fields will be left empty if the field values aren't included in your import file. |
| Recalculate all formulas | Recalculate all formulas during the import. |
| Execute work-flow | Execute work-flow, if any, in your sheet. |
| Execute not empty check | Check if there are field values configured with the "Not Empty" feature. If there is no field value, Ragic will skip that row during the import. |
| Create detail history | Show editing history in entry's information panel. |
| Execute validation check | Check if the field value meets the configured validation . If it doesn't, Ragic will skip that row during the import. |
If you're not importing into an existing Ragic sheet, you can also use the Excel or CSV file to create a new sheet as you import. Just choose "Create Form From Excel" in the "Tools" menu instead.
Ragic applications come with a variety of useful Website Plug-ins that could be embedded on your website, or sent as a separate link to others. These website plug-ins become available automatically as you create the sheets in your applications.
You can view our documentation on how to use the Web Embed Feature in Ragic for more information.
Yes, Ragic supports the upload of all types of files. In the Design Mode, choose the input type File Upload or Image Upload for the field.
Another way to do this is to simply drag and drop the File Upload or Image Upload components from the "add component" tab at the left.
To upload a file, users can find and select it from your computer or drag and drop it into the field.
Yes, simply go to "Tools" and choose "Download as Excel File". For a printer friendly version, just choose "Printer Friendly" instead.
This works both on listing and form pages. If you would like to download from the listing page, Ragic can download all entries regardless of the paging. However please note that the Excel saved on the list page does not include the content of subtables within each form page. On the other hand, on the form page, it saves a single data record only, but including subtables.
This is very simple to do with Ragic if you know how to create forms in HTML. Suppose you want to create a form that saves entries in this sample pet store merchandise form.
1. Find the Field Id for each field that you would like to save in the HTML form. You can find them in the Design Mode when you focus on a field.
2. Create a form like this HTML sample, Your HTML form saves data to the same form URL, adding the query string parameter "api". Put down the field id as the parameter name for each field to be mapped on the Ragic form:
3. Make sure that the user has the correct access rights to enter data on this form.
Ragic servers are backed up daily automatically. But if you need an extra layer of protection, you can manually back up your data by going to the Backup & Restore section in your Account Setup page.
Choose Download backup of your account, and download the backup.
If you want to download your data in a format that is easier to read, you can also use the Download as Excel File or Download as Text File feature that could be accessed in the listing page of a form from Tools.
With the Ragic App, users can quickly add, edit, view, and approve records on their mobile devices, without opening a computer browser. This greatly improves daily operational convenience.
Ragic currently offers both Android App and iOS App versions:
Android App :
iOS App :
For more details on how to use the app and its features, please refer to the Ragic App Manual.
Note:
1. If you are unable to download the app via Google Play, you may also visit the Ragic website to register and log in to your account, then download the Android version via this APK download link.
2. In addition to the Ragic App, you can also access Ragic through a mobile browser.
You can simply give out the URL of your database to other people for them to access. All accounts, sheets and entries have their unique URL, which is also the URL in the address bar of your browser.
For other people to actually see your data, they must have the correct access rights to your sheet. You can change the access right settings on your sheet by going to the Design Mode. You will find the Access Rights tab under Form Settings.
All of the user groups in your account will be listed here, as well as an additional group Everyone, which represents everyone, including the users who haven't logged in, or individuals who are not a user in your account.
You can set the access rights for every group of users listed here. The access privileges that are being set is specified on the configuration interface. If a user is in multiple groups, they will access the form with the group that grants them the most privilege.
You can also add custom groups by clicking on "Add User Group", under the list of your user groups.
Remember to save the form design after you change the access right setting. You do not need to set this to both listing page and form page, the access right is applied to all pages of a sheet.
If a user still cannot see the data after you grant them the privilege, ask them to log out and log back in to refresh their access right settings.
If "User A" is editing a record and "User B" attempts to edit the same record, the system will automatically lock the record and notify "User B" that "User A" is editing it. This prevents simultaneous editing, which could lead to data errors or loss.
If you're "User B" and need to edit the record, you can manually "unlock" it. However, the first saved record will be overwritten by the later one. It's recommended to ask "User A" to save the record first or exit the editing mode before proceeding.
Note: The system will lock the record for editing based on the same record in the Form Page (including edits from other sheets with Multiple Versions) or for all records edited at once on the current screen in the Listing Page.
Manage your users from your Account Setup. Access the user management menu through the Start tab, or on the right side of your account homepage.
Choose Manage Users, which will show a list of all the users in your account.
You can add a new user by clicking on the +New button and enter their user information.
When the user information is saved, Ragic will automatically send an e-mail to the new user containing their temporary password to log in to the system. The user can then change their password when they log on to Ragic.
To make certain fields visible only to specific groups or users, such as displaying the "Product Cost" field in a "Product" sheet only to the Accounting department, there are two ways to achieve this. Choose the option that best fits your needs below.
1. Field Level Access Rights: Set access for individual fields. For example, the "Sales" group can view and edit all records in the "Product" sheet, but the "Product Cost" field will be hidden based on access settings.
2. Multiple Versions: Create different versions of the same sheet to show or hide specific fields and customize the layout for each version. For instance, you can create one version of the "Product" sheet for the "Sales" group and another for the "Accounting" group.
Yes, By setting up different users to play different roles in each sheets. If a user's role is Survey User, he can only see the entries that he is the owner of, and if a user's role is Bulletin User, he can see all the entries, but can only edit the entries that he is owner of.
By default, a user is owner to only entries that he created, but by changing the input type for one of the fields in the form to Select User or Select Group and choose Set selected user as entry owner, owner of the entry can be added as the entry is created or edited. You can also change the owner of a field to a group, this way all the users in the group will be able to see or edit the entry as the privilege is assigned to them when this field is set.
Please check our documentation on access rights for more information.
If these users are external to your company, you can choose from the following options based on your needs, without paying for additional user licenses:
1. For frequent access to the database, you can add them as External Users. There’s no extra cost for unlimited external users, but their permissions and access features will be restricted. For more details, refer to this documentation.
2. For users who only need to view or modify certain records occasionally, you can use the following features:
(1) Temporary Login for Guest Users: Send a record link via Email, allowing users to view and edit the record through the link temporarily.
(2) Sheet Embedding: You can embed the sheet on your website or send a link, allowing users without an account to access and view the records through the embedded page. Some website plug-ins require setting the sheet access rights for the EVERYONE group.
(3) Share This Sheet: Similar to sheet embedding, you can share the sheet with users without accounts to view or edit it. This feature requires setting the sheet access rights for the EVERYONE group.
(4) Share Records: Share specific records with non-account users via Share This Entry, Share This Entry With WhatsApp, or Email This Entry, granting temporary view or edit access to the shared record.
The main differences between the Lite and Professional Plans are as follows:
1. The Lite Plan is limited to 5 Custom Sheets (including self-designed sheets and modified Free Templates), while the Professional Plan has no limit.
2. The Professional Plan supports the on-premises option, whereas the Lite version does not.
The Professional Plan offers more comprehensive features and is the most popular choice among businesses. However, if you only need a few Custom Sheets or if Free Templates meet your requirements, the Lite Plan may be a suitable option.
For more detailed information, please refer to the Pricing Page.
About starting subscription, please refer to this page.
No. You can enjoy the full trial days even if you subscribe before your free trial expires. The new subscription will be added on to your free trial, and will start when your trial ends.
In Ragic's Paid Plan, there is no limit to the storage of the data itself. However, in many situations, users may utilize File Upload fields, Image Upload fields, or attachments in Comments to store files related to the record, such as uploading invoices, product images, and attached files. These methods contribute to the Upload File Storage.
Please refer to the following image for the Upload File Storage provided in each plan:
The Upload File Storage is shared among all users. For example, if you subscribe to a Professional Plan for 5 users, the storage space for the database would be 30 GB x 5 = 150 GB altogether.
On the Backup and Restore page, you can see the current usage of Upload File Storage.
When you upload a file that exceeds your storage limit, it will not affect your database subscription. However, Ragic will prompt you with a warning if you attempt to upload more files.
You can remove unnecessary files from your sheets or File Manager, or delete unlinked files from the Backup and Restore page to free up space. Alternatively, you can upgrade your subscription (manual payment users, see here) to increase storage capacity or purchase additional user licenses.
Ragic has implemented various measures to ensure data security. These measures encompass certification, compliance, physical security, data storage security, network and system security, application architecture security, personnel security, backup and disaster prevention, as well as on-premise servers.
ISO/IEC 27001 is a global standard for managing information security, introduced by ISO and IEC in 2005 and updated in 2013 and 2022. It provides guidelines for creating and continually improving an Information Security Management System (ISMS) to enhance the security of organizational information assets.
Ragic has been certified with the ISO/IEC 27001:2022 standard. We implement information security protection and prevention measures following relevant governance methods. You can search for "Ragic" at this link for relevant information and click here to download the certificate.
The EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework and the Swiss-U.S. Data Privacy Framework ("Data Privacy Framework") provide a mechanism for companies in Europe and America to comply with data protection requirements.
Ragic has been certified to the Data Privacy Framework as set forth by the U.S. Department of Commerce regarding the collection, use, and retention of personal data transferred from the EEA, the United Kingdom, and Switzerland to the United States. You can refer to this page to search Ragic for relevant information.
Ragic complies with the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) with procedures for data erasure, personal info protection, and data transfers.
We routinely evaluate risks, bolster security, and detail our practices in our privacy policy.
We have European servers located in Belgium and Ireland. Users from other regions can also inquire about moving their databases to European servers.
Ragic complies with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), safeguarding the process of handling, storing, and transmitting Protected Health Information (PHI).
Our hosting service providers, AWS and GCP, also adhere to these standards and can sign a Business Associate Agreement (BAA) when required.
Our servers are provided by well-known public clouds (Google, AWS), with features including:
1. Annual audits for the following standards: ISO 27001, SOC1, SSAE16 / ISAE 3402 Type II: SOC 2, SOC 3, PCI DSS v3.0
2. Information Security Team consisting of more than 500 top experts.
3. Custom-designed electronic access cards, alarms, vehicle access barriers, perimeter fencing, metal detectors, and biometrics
Disk Encryption: All data written to disk is encrypted on the fly and then transmitted and stored in encrypted form. Conforming to ISO 27001, SSAE-16, SOC 1, SOC 2, and SOC 3 certifications.
RAID storage: All data is mirrored to multiple RAID hard disks, ensuring your data is safe from hard disk failures.
Server Backup: All servers are backed up daily to a different set of persistent storage.
Database Backup: All customer databases are backed up to a different location for disaster recovery.
SSL Encryption: All data transmissions support bank level HTTPS/SSL encryption. SSL encryption is always enforced when sending sensitive information.
Intrusion Detection: Packets sent to servers will go through a series of strict firewall rules and application level intrusion detection and blocking program to stop malicious requests and IP at real time.
Complete Audit Logs: All requests, system events, application events, database events are logged and ready for expert analysis. Periodic review of all logs to make adjustments for new defense policies.
Database security: Ragic's database has a unique design that does not support SQL or any other query language. There is zero chance of SQL or script injection. Different tenant's databases are stored on separate physical files, ensuring zero chance of application level sharing exploits from other accounts.
Periodic Security Scan: We work with major service providers to do periodic security scans on all possible weaknesses to ensure your data safety.
Regular Security Updates: Our system administrators monitor security updates very closely and apply patches to deflect zero-day attacks.
Data Access Control: Nobody, including system administrators at Ragic, can access your data without your permission. When providing technical support, we can only see your database design, but not your data by default.
No Database Management Interface: Unlike most other databases, there is no interface to manage databases or play around with your data. Without such a feature, your data is safe from any unauthorized access to your data via database consoles or any management interfaces.
Complete Access Log: All data access is logged and special events are reviewed regularly.
System Wide Backups: All Ragic servers are fully backed up on a daily basis to ensure service can be quickly recovered in case of any problem.
Account Database Backups: For professional plans and above, accounts have their own individual full daily, weekly, and bi-weekly database backups to a different location on a service by a different provider to ensure that you can restore your data in any situation. We also allow you to manually backup, take snapshots, or restore your account database with a backup yourself.
Manual Backups: Ragic also allows users to manually backup and download your data to manage your backups yourself.
You can host Ragic on your own servers if necessary, provided that your organization can maintain your own servers. For more information, please click here.
With Ragic's backup and restore feature, you can move your hosted account to your on-premise server any time, or move your on-premise account to hosted accounts.
We strongly recommend companies to only use on-premise servers if they have an experienced IT crew who understands how to maintain and keep a server safe and secure.
There are two ways to do this:
1. You can do a mass edit by exporting the sheet as an .xls or .csv file, fill in the new field, and then import the file back if you have existing data. Don't forget to click on Renew data for the Import policy step. Learn more about importing in our documentation here.
2. Write a Javascript workflow program to fill it in.
The results in the dropdown when the top search bar is dependent on which sheet you're on, and will only show you results from that sheet. You can search from your account homepage, or try searching from another sheet.
You can use this feature "Set selected user as entry owner" to assign a user to an entry:
When a user is selected, he will have the same right as the entry creator.
Learn more about access rights in the Access Rights documentation.
If you want to query for empty values, please refer to this document.
Ragic currently does not support querying for empty values for the "Select from other sheet" field type. A workaround to query for empty values would work as described below:
Step 1. Create a new free text field
Step 2. Configure formulas so that the field value of new field will equal to the field you would like to query
Step 3. Run a formula recalculation to populate values for your new field.
With this method, you'll be able to query the empty value from your new field.
Yes, you can find the reminder settings in the Design Mode. Go to the Reminder tab under the Form Settings tab.
Learn more about setting reminders here.
Users can also change their personal notification settings through the Tools button at the top:
You can view more detailed information about configuring notification settings here.
You can also create custom e-mail notifications. Learn how to here.
Please go to the Start tab, and choose Account Setup. On the left sidebar, click on Account Billing, and find the Cancel Account link on the right to cancel your subscription.
Canceling subscription will not affect your data. Your data would be suspended but secure, and you can always return to using Ragic. If you would like to delete your account entirely, please refer to this article.
You can use this URL to determine if the user has logged in and get more info on the user at the same time:
http://api.ragic.com/AUTH?json
adding the param "json" will provide you with user information in JSON.
We have some authentication, read and write samples for integration on our GitHub page.
There's a link in the last page of the Web embed wizard that you can download the Wordpress plugin. Once it's installed, you can use the short code provided on that page to add a sheet as a part of the Wordpress page. There is no separate log in required for this type of integration, it's exactly the same as the normal code embed. All log in needs to be done through Ragic, because that's the place where you configure all the user and group access control to your Ragic sheets.
If you would like to add a new field to the design in both of the copies of this sheet after saving the design, first add this to one of the copies. On your other copy of the sheet, click on Sheet Linking Tools to view all the existing links. You'll see the duplicated sheet's name, and will be able to go to a configuration to add available fields by clicking on this name.
Drag and drop the new fields you would like to add that have already been added to your other sheet from this configuration.
Just remember that the fields that you are adding will show up for every user that has the correct access rights for this sheet.
If you think you should be able to see certain menus, buttons, sheets, or specific records but can’t, the most common reason is a permission issue. Here’s how to check and resolve it.
If you should have access to design sheets but don’t see the "Change Design" button in the upper right corner of a sheet, or can’t find system sheets like "User Page" in the homepage shortcuts, you’re likely not signed in as a SYSAdmin.
Make sure you’re logged in with the correct account. If you are, check with another SYSAdmin to confirm whether your account is part of the SYSAdmin group.
If you’re the only SYSAdmin and suspect you accidentally removed your own access, please contact us at support@ragic.com with your database account name and login email so we can help restore your permissions.
If you can’t access something you believe you should, first make sure you’re logged in with the correct account. If it appears to be a permission issue and you're not a SYSAdmin, contact your SYSAdmin to verify your access.
SYSAdmins can refer to this guide to review the sheet’s access rights settings.
If permissions aren’t the problem, but a sheet doesn’t reflect recent design changes or behaves unexpectedly after an action (which is rare), try Resetting DB Connection.
Additionally, if the Left Sidebar disappears or briefly flashes when you enter the database or a sheet, it may have been accidentally collapsed. Please refer to this section to restore it.
You can configure the access rights for each group in each sheet, the visibility of the record will depend on which level of access rights the users' group has. If the user has Survey User access rights, he or she can only access to the records he created or assigned to him. On the other hand, if the user has Bulletin User access rights, he or she can view all records, but can only edit the records he or she created or is assigned to.
If you need more detailed examples of access rights settings, please refer to this page.
Yes, you can simply use our HTTP API to fetch / store data on Ragic with any type of languages.
We have some authentication, read and write samples for integration on our GitHub page.
You can set the access rights of a new form or your existing form that includes the document upload field or URL field visible to your external users, and share the link of this form. You also have the option to embed the form on your website.
For your external users to be able to see a URL link you would like to send them to whenever they access the form, you might want to make a static text field, which you can set to an external link. This would show up on the form your external users see as a link.
Hosting your database on Ragic seems like a very reasonable choice. All you have to do is create your database in Ragic and follow our HTTP API guide to read/write data from your mobile app.
You can also check out our HTTP API integration samples on GitHub.
Please refer to our API document with the section on filtering query results here.
You are probably putting your request parameters as GET query strings.
Ragic's HTTP API is RESTful, meaning that a GET command will retrieve data, and a POST command will insert/update data. The -d or --data parameter you used will make the request a POST request. You need a GET request to retrieve data. You can see https://curl.haxx.se/docs/manpage.html for more details on the parameters of curl.
Yes, you can reset or change the status of the automated sequence in the auto generate setting through the Sequence Status at the bottom. Enter the sequence number you want to start from and click the Set current seq button. If you would like to view the current sequence number, click on Get current seq.
For more information about auto generated fields, please see our documentation here.
You can use a regular expression in the validation tab for your field to validate the input.
The regular expression
^.{6,7}$
validates that the field has a minimum of 6 characters and a maximum of 7.
Other than changing the set of numbers, you can also set it to a maximum, such as ^.{,7}$ (a maximum of 7 characters), or a minimum, ^.{6,}$ (a minimum of 6 characters).
For other kinds of validation, you can check here.
Sure, you can upgrade and change the number of users any time you want! Just go to the Account Billing page in your Account Setup, where you will be able to update and modify your subscription.
About more detailed account billing information, please refer to this page.
Yes, you can do a manual backup of your account, just go to the Backup & Restore page in your Account Setup under the Start tab to get a backup of your account. You will still need Ragic to read the full backup of your account. If you would like to install Ragic on your local computer, we have an on-premise version that you can consider.
For detailed information regarding Backup & Restore, please refer to here.
It's easy, just make the contacts into a subtable!
Just put the fields that you pulled from the contact sheet lined up horizontally into a subtable, and you will be able to enter multiple contacts into it.
For more info on subtables, please visit the Creating Subtables documentation.
Step1: Clicking on the Tools button on listing or form page, You can choose the option Embed This Sheet.
Step2: Selecting Raw Embed which can embed the exact same spreadsheet UI you see on Ragic with an iframe on your website.
Step3: After setting up, you can copy and paste the embed code and use it to embed Ragic on your website.
We do support an on-premise version to allow companies to host their data on their own servers.
You can view our license plans on our pricing page.
Click here to download system requirements.
We have a permanent free license which allows three sheets with a maximum of 1000 entries.
Our free plan has no limit on the number of users. If you would like to switch to free version, your database will need to be in accord with our policy.
For more information about Ragic's plans, please visit our pricing page.
You may configure the Approval process for your application sheets in Ragic for all users in your account.
Configure the approval flow of a form by going to the Design Mode. You will see a checkbox in the lower-right hand corner.
Hovering on this checkbox will display where you can set the approval steps.
You can add as many approval steps as you would like to from the configuration box.
Set the Approver Title you wish to use for an approval step such as "Purchasing Manager", or "Project Manager", and Name for each approval step. You may select this approver Name from certain Users that are in your account. On the other hand, if an approver can be anyone from a certain user group in your account, you can select this user group instead.
After finishing setting up the approval steps, don't forget to Save the changes you have made in the design mode.
The approval steps you have set for the form will show up in every entry for your users. After an entry is saved, clicking the Start Approval button will begin the approval process.
Doing so will display the Approval status as "Pending approval". The selected user or users in the user group that were configured for this approval flow will be notified for an Approval Request. The Approval Status will update as the sheet is approved during each step.
After the trial period expires, you can choose to subscribe to a Paid Plan, convert to the Free Plan, or apply for a trial extension based on your needs.
When you log into the database, a message will appear indicating that the trial period has expired, and the database will be locked, making it inaccessible until you make a choice. While we typically do not proactively delete your sheets and data, without a subscription, we cannot guarantee that your data will be preserved indefinitely.
Paid Subscription: If you choose to renew your subscription, the previously designed sheets can be used continuously.
Convert to the Free Plan: The Free Plan allows a maximum of 3 Custom Sheets in the database. If you have more than 3 Custom Sheets, you must delete the excess before continuing. Deleted sheets can be found in the Recycle Bin. If you upgrade to a Paid Plan later, you can restore deleted sheets from the Recycle Bin via the hamburger menu.
Apply for Trial Extension: If you need more time for testing, you can apply for a trial extension. Please refer to the instructions here for the application. If no payment has been made, you can still apply for an extension even after converting to the Free Plan.
If you're unsure which option to choose, you can stay on the trial expiration page and configure it later when you're ready.
Yes! Just use our Web Embed function as described in our documentation.
There are two things you can do:
a) Make the fields that contain paragraphs taller by adjusting them in the design mode. The change of width and height will be reflected on your web embed.
b) Adjust the columns that you are displaying on the listing page, so that the listing is not so wide and cluttered.
We recommend that you only have a few fields in the listing page, since users can click on one entry to see the full detail.
Just create a Web form with our Web embed function as described here.
Just make sure to choose the Database Form option, and follow the steps in the wizard. Ragic will provide you with the URL for the auto-fill web form.
Ragic does not support direct SQL access.
But you can issue your queries via our HTTP API to integrate Ragic with your own applications.
If you have a well-organized Excel spreadsheet and want to convert it into a Ragic database sheet for data management, here are four ways to do it.
If you haven’t created a sheet yet, you can create one by importing your Excel file. The system will automatically generate the corresponding fields and records based on the content of your file, allowing you to quickly build your sheet structure.
If you’ve already created a related sheet and need to upload a large amount of data from Excel, you can Import the spreadsheet directly. Make sure the field names and formats match, and the system will map the data accordingly.
For smaller Excel files, you can use the Ragic AI "Data Entry" feature. Simply upload the file, and the system will automatically read its content and populate the corresponding fields. This is ideal for one-time or small-scale imports, for example, sign-up forms or survey results.
If your Excel data is stored online and updated regularly, you can use the Periodic Import from URL feature to automatically sync it to your sheet on a set schedule.
This can be solved by simply embedding the "printer friendly version" of the form. In the spreadsheet form, go to an entry, and choose Printer Friendly under Tools. This will take you to a page with a printable version of this entry. You can use an iframe to embed this page to show the detail of one page.
This can also be resolved with our HTTP API, which will give you a JSON format of the data, you can just replace www.ragic.com with api.ragic.com to get this URL for pages that do not require authentication.
Besides online payments, we also accept bank transfers for manual license purchases to our US or Taiwan accounts. Our US accounts accept USD, while our Taiwan accounts accept TWD, calculated based on the exchange rate on the quotation date.
Manual License Purchase Limitations:
1. Licenses must be purchased annually with full upfront payment.
2. No refunds will be issued for reductions in users, downgrades, or cancellations during the subscription period.
For flexible user adjustments, we recommend using online credit card payments, which automatically calculate and charge based on the current number of users.
Increasing Users During the Subscription Period:
If additional users are needed during the subscription, the license fee will be calculated based on the remaining months of the annual term.
Example:
If you initially purchased a 1-year Professional Plan for 5 users(valid from 2018/03/21 to 2019/03/20) and need to add 3 more users on 2018/09/01, you can choose one of the following options:
(1) Immediate Activation: The license fee will be calculated for 7 months (2018/08/21 - 2019/03/20), and the 3 new users will be activated immediately on 2018/09/01.
(2) Deferred Activation: The license fee will be calculated for 6 months (2018/09/21 - 2019/03/20), and the 3 new users will be activated on 2018/09/21.
You can choose either TWD or USD bank transfer, but TWD transfers are subject to additional tax charges. Please email sales@ragic.com with the following information:
1. Company Title
2. Contact Email
3. Subscription Plan
4. Number of Users
5. The URL of the database account to be activated.
6. VAT registration number (If available, please include it when making a TWD transfer).
The price will be calculated based on your chosen payment method, either in USD or TWD at the current exchange rate. Please proceed with payment accordingly.
Once the payment is completed, please reply to sales@ragic.com with the transfer date and account details and other relevant information.
You can simply use a formula to do the calculation.
First make sure both fields are set the correct input format of "Date", and the result field with the formula should be set to "Number".
Now simply do a subtraction between the two fields and you will get the difference.
The if the two dates have a date element (ex. yyyy/MM/dd) in the date format, the result will be in number of days. Otherwise if the dates does not have a date element (ex. HH:mm), the result will be the number of minutes.
If you need to translate the result from minutes, you can simply divide the result by 60 with the formula.
You can also check our documentation regarding using formulas to calculate dates and times here.
You can make a row taller by changing the row height, in order to enable rows to contain longer paragraphs.
Basically, go to the design page by clicking on the Change Form Design button, and drag the side of the row number to adjust the height, as you would do on other spreadsheet software like Excel. After saving the layout change in the form design mode, the display would also become a longer paragraph input field.
You can also add a paragraph text field from left side panel Add Components > Fields > drag and drop the "Paragraph Text" field.
You can do that by using the validation feature by adding a regular expression, checking that the input is in a certain language code range.
For example if you want to make sure the language is in Cyrillic, you can use:
[\u0400-\u04FF\u0500-\u052F]
Below is a list of language code ranges for each languages. You can also go to this link for more references.
0000-007F Basic Latin
0080-00FF Latin-1 Supplement
0100-017F Latin Extended-A
0180-024F Latin Extended-B
0250-02AF IPA Extensions
02B0-02FF Spacing Modifier Letters
0300-036F Combining Diacritical Marks
0370-03FF Greek and Coptic
0400-04FF Cyrillic
0500-052F Cyrillic Supplement
0530-058F Armenian
0590-05FF Hebrew
0600-06FF Arabic
0700-074F Syriac
0750-077F Arabic Supplement
0780-07BF Thaana
07C0-07FF NKo
0900-097F Devanagari
0980-09FF Bengali
0A00-0A7F Gurmukhi
0A80-0AFF Gujarati
0B00-0B7F Oriya
0B80-0BFF Tamil
0C00-0C7F Telugu
0C80-0CFF Kannada
0D00-0D7F Malayalam
0D80-0DFF Sinhala
0E00-0E7F Thai
0E80-0EFF Lao
0F00-0FFF Tibetan
1000-109F Myanmar
10A0-10FF Georgian
1100-11FF Hangul Jamo
1200-137F Ethiopic
1380-139F Ethiopic Supplement
13A0-13FF Cherokee
1400-167F Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics
1680-169F Ogham
16A0-16FF Runic
1700-171F Tagalog
1720-173F Hanunoo
1740-175F Buhid
1760-177F Tagbanwa
1780-17FF Khmer
1800-18AF Mongolian
1900-194F Limbu
1950-197F Tai Le
1980-19DF New Tai Lue
19E0-19FF Khmer Symbols
1A00-1A1F Buginese
1B00-1B7F Balinese
1D00-1D7F Phonetic Extensions
1D80-1DBF Phonetic Extensions Supplement
1DC0-1DFF Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement
1E00-1EFF Latin Extended Additional
1F00-1FFF Greek Extended
2000-206F General Punctuation
2070-209F Superscripts and Subscripts
20A0-20CF Currency Symbols
20D0-20FF Combining Diacritical Marks for Symbols
2100-214F Letterlike Symbols
2150-218F Number Forms
2190-21FF Arrows
2200-22FF Mathematical Operators
2300-23FF Miscellaneous Technical
2400-243F Control Pictures
2440-245F Optical Character Recognition
2460-24FF Enclosed Alphanumerics
2500-257F Box Drawing
2580-259F Block Elements
25A0-25FF Geometric Shapes
2600-26FF Miscellaneous Symbols
2700-27BF Dingbats
27C0-27EF Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A
27F0-27FF Supplemental Arrows-A
2800-28FF Braille Patterns
2900-297F Supplemental Arrows-B
2980-29FF Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B
2A00-2AFF Supplemental Mathematical Operators
2B00-2BFF Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows
2C00-2C5F Glagolitic
2C60-2C7F Latin Extended-C
2C80-2CFF Coptic
2D00-2D2F Georgian Supplement
2D30-2D7F Tifinagh
2D80-2DDF Ethiopic Extended
2E00-2E7F Supplemental Punctuation
2E80-2EFF CJK Radicals Supplement
2F00-2FDF Kangxi Radicals
2FF0-2FFF Ideographic Description Characters
3000-303F CJK Symbols and Punctuation
3040-309F Hiragana
30A0-30FF Katakana
3100-312F Bopomofo
3130-318F Hangul Compatibility Jamo
3190-319F Kanbun
31A0-31BF Bopomofo Extended
31C0-31EF CJK Strokes
31F0-31FF Katakana Phonetic Extensions
3200-32FF Enclosed CJK Letters and Months
3300-33FF CJK Compatibility
3400-4DBF CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A
4DC0-4DFF Yijing Hexagram Symbols
4E00-9FFF CJK Unified Ideographs
A000-A48F Yi Syllables
A490-A4CF Yi Radicals
A700-A71F Modifier Tone Letters
A720-A7FF Latin Extended-D
A800-A82F Syloti Nagri
A840-A87F Phags-pa
AC00-D7AF Hangul Syllables
D800-DB7F High Surrogates
DB80-DBFF High Private Use Surrogates
DC00-DFFF Low Surrogates
E000-F8FF Private Use Area
F900-FAFF CJK Compatibility Ideographs
FB00-FB4F Alphabetic Presentation Forms
FB50-FDFF Arabic Presentation Forms-A
FE00-FE0F Variation Selectors
FE10-FE1F Vertical Forms
FE20-FE2F Combining Half Marks
FE30-FE4F CJK Compatibility Forms
FE50-FE6F Small Form Variants
FE70-FEFF Arabic Presentation Forms-B
FF00-FFEF Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms
FFF0-FFFF Specials
You can create your database on Ragic just like creating a spreadsheet form. You can also use our Web Embed function to embed forms that you built on your website.
Moreover, you can manage all your data on our online spreadsheet data backend. You can also embed Web Forms on your website for people to submit data into your database.
If you need a customized UI for your web pages, you can also use our HTTP API to create custom web pages and retrieve/post data from the database.
We offer several methods to link Ragic with your SQL database:
1. You can sync Ragic sheet records to your SQL database via SQL Database Sync.
2. Export the data from your SQL database or Ragic to an Excel or CSV file and manually import it into another database using our import and export feature. You can learn more about it here.
3. Integrate your database using the HTTP API. View our HTTP API documentation here.
The first method syncs Ragic data to the SQL database, while the other two methods allow bidirectional data linking.
Ragic supports conditional formulas. Please note that the conditional formulas are case sensitive, and that the field input type changes how formulas calculate in some situations.
For example, when used on free text or selection fields that contain strings, .RAW is required to be added to the referenced field name (please see below for "Referencing a string condition with the IF function"), while this is not needed when used to reference a numeric field. Date fields are calculated as days.
Conditional formulas can be nested.
The IF Function
The IF function returns one value if a specified condition evaluates to TRUE, or another value if it evaluates to FALSE.
| Formula | Syntax |
|---|---|
| IF | IF(value==condition,[value_if_true],[value_if_false]) |
Examples
Basic example: IF(A2==10,10,0)
If the value in the reference field A2 equals to 10, the value in this field would be 10. For any other value of A2, the value of this field will be 0.
Having a string value as a result: IF(A1==1,'true','false')
If the value in the reference field A1 equals to 1, the value in this field would be "true". For any other value of A1, the value of this field will be "false".
Practical usage: IF(A2>=60,'yes','no')
If the age field is equal or greater than 60, the value in this field "qualifies for senior discount?" would be "yes", otherwise, the value would be "no".
Note
An older syntax of using the IF function in Ragic is still supported.
Value=='condition'?'[value_if_true]':'[value_if_false]'
Basic Example: A1=='open'?'O':'C'
If A1 is open, give O. if not, give C.
Referencing a string condition with the IF function
If you would like to reference string values in numeric or selection fields, please add .RAW after the field that you're referencing to.
| Syntax |
|---|
| IF(value.RAW='string condition',[value_if_true],[value_if_false]) |
Examples
Basic Example: IF(A1.RAW=='Active',1,0)
If the value in the reference field A1 is "Active", the value in this field would be 1. For any other value of A1, the value of this field will be 0.
Having a string value as a result: IF(A1.RAW=='Pending','Open','Closed')
If the value in the reference field A1 is "Pending", the value in this field would be "Open". For any other value of A1, the value of this field will be "Closed".
The LOOKUP Function
The conditional process in formulas can also be done with the LOOKUP function, which is the equivalent of conditional processing.
| Formula | Syntax |
|---|---|
| LOOKUP | LOOKUP(value,lookup_list,[result_list]) |
Searches for the value in the lookup_list and returns the value from the same position in the result_list.
value is the value to search for in the lookup_range.
lookup_list is an array like [0,100,500]. The LOOKUP function searches for value in this list.
result_list is optional. It is an array that is the same size as the lookup_range like ['Small','Medium','Large']. If the result_list parameter is omitted, the LOOKUP function will return the value in the lookup_list. If the LOOKUP function can not find an exact match, it chooses the largest value in the lookup_range that is less than or equal to the value. If the value is smaller than all of the values in the lookup_range, then the LOOKUP function will return empty string.
Examples
Basic Example: LOOKUP(A1,[0,45,65],['Small','Medium','Large'])
The value would be 'Small' if A1 is between 0 and 45, 'Medium' for 45~65 and 'Large' for over 65.
Referencing multiple fields: LOOKUP(A1,[0,45,65],[A3+A4,B5,B6])
The value would be A3+A4 if A1 is between 0 and 45, B5 for 45~65 and B6 for over 65.
The AND Function
Returns TRUE if all its arguments evaluate to TRUE; returns FALSE if one or more arguments evaluate to FALSE.
| Formula | Syntax |
|---|---|
| AND | AND(logical1, [logical2], ...) |
The AND function syntax has the following arguments:
logical1 is required. The first condition that you want to test that can evaluate to either TRUE or FALSE.
logical2, ... is optional. Additional conditions that you want to test that can evaluate to either TRUE or FALSE.
The OR Function
Returns TRUE if any argument is TRUE; returns FALSE if all arguments are FALSE.
| Formula | Syntax |
|---|---|
| OR | OR(logical1, [logical2], ...) |
The OR function syntax has the following arguments:
logical1 is required. Subsequent logical values such as logical2, ... is optional. Additional conditions that you want to test that can evaluate to either TRUE or FALSE. The arguments must evaluate to logical values such as TRUE or FALSE, or in arrays or references that contain logical values.
Just add the user to the group "SYSAdmin" and have them re-login. They will have the privileges just like the person who registered for the account, and can add new forms, as well as change the design.
Ragic offers various support options to help you resolve any issues you may encounter:
We provide a wide range of learning resources. Visit Learn Ragic to find tutorial videos, a Database Design Documentation (for SYSAdmins), a User Manual (for end users), and a Knowledge Base that covers many FAQs. Your issue may be a common one, so it’s worth checking these resources first. For a complete introduction to Learn Ragic, please refer to this article.
You can contact Ragic Support by email or use the "Need Help? " button in the upper-right corner (available only in the online version) to submit your question. Please include a clear description and screenshots to help us assist you more efficiently. We aim to respond within 24 business hours.
Before reaching out, we recommend reading this guide on writing effective support requests to ensure faster and more accurate assistance.
You can access the Ragic Community Forum with your Ragic account. It works like a user forum where you can ask questions and get answers from both our support team and other users. It’s a great way to get help and help others!
Note: The "Get Help" page also links to the Community Forum. We recommend posting general questions or feature requests there. For issues involving sensitive data, please contact Ragic Support by email.
On certain pages, such as those for the paid Professional Plan or documentation, a red live chat button appears in the bottom-right corner. For simple functionality questions, you can use this feature during business hours to get real-time support.
For more complex topics, like sheet design or layout consultations, we recommend contacting Ragic Support by email to ensure a more comprehensive discussion and response.
You can open Ragic AI from the top right corner of your database. Use it to resolve sheet design issues, query data within sheets, and even design sheets for you. For more information about this feature, please refer to this section.
If you’d like to discuss whether Ragic meets your needs or need help choosing the right plan, feel free to click the Schedule a Demo button on our homepage. We will arrange for a representative to contact you and set up a consultation.
To do a mass update, you can use filters to filter out the data you would like to export as a .csv or excel file, make mass editing on this spreadsheet file, and later import your file back to Ragic. If you would like to export every entry in your sheet, make sure that you have cleared all filters.
Edit your spreadsheet file and don't forget to save. During this step, you can feel free to add new entries as well.
Import your edited Excel file back to Ragic.
On your import file, the first row of your spreadsheet consists of your headers, and your other rows will be updating your entries.
We will use the first field on your Excel file as a key to map the entry to an entry on Ragic.
During your import, you will need to choose to renew your existing data in the Import policy step.
You can configure Advance Settings in Import Policy as well if necessary.
| Advanced Setting | Description |
|---|---|
| Fill in default field values | If you have a configured default value in your sheet, please check this box so that the field value will be updated or populated with the import. |
| Execute link and load | If there are sets of link and load configured on your sheet, please check this box to have the loaded fields auto-populated. Otherwise, the loaded fields will be left empty if the field values aren't included in your import file. |
| Recalculate all formulas | Recalculate all formulas during the import. |
| Execute work-flow | Execute work-flow, if any, in your sheet. |
| Execute not empty check | Check if there are field values configured with the "Not Empty" feature. If there is no field value, Ragic will skip that row during the import. |
| Create detail history | Show editing history in entry's information panel. |
| Execute validation check | Check if the field value meets the configured validation . If it doesn't, Ragic will skip that row during the import. |
Tip: if you would only like to edit a few entries from the listing page, you can use the hotkey E on your keyboard. Please take caution as the edits done with this method are not kept in the edit history for your entries.
You can use some of the BBCode tags that you would normally use in forums or bulletin boards when you are filling your form in Ragic. Using BBCode tags are extremely useful when you are filling free text fields for internal communication.
These are the supported tags and how they will be displayed:
Make a text into a URL by adding the [url] BBCode.
Run your business smarter
Tag a text with square brackets so that it could be searchable in your database. This works great in comments if you know a related entry's ID, and would like to tag these entries.
[search query term]
You can use formulas in Ragic to display values from other fields with the [formula] BBCode.
[formula]A3[/formula]
Change the text formatting to bold, italic, underlined, strikethrough, subscript, or superscript with the following BBCodes.
bold text
italic text
underlined text
strikethrough text
subscript
superscript
Change the color of a text with the [color] BBCode.
Red color text
Below you can see some examples:
| BBCode | Display |
|---|---|
| blue text | blue text |
| yellow text | yellow text |
| green text | green text |
| pink text | pink text |
| gray text | gray text |
| orange text | orange text |
| purple text | purple text |
| brown text | brown text |
| cyan text | cyan text |
This would also work with a hexadecimal color value.
Red color text
Insert an image, using the [img] BBCode.
https://www.ragic.com/sims/img/logoRed_150x56.png
You can also add "width x height" as a parameter in the BBCode to resize your image if needed:
image_url
Embed a map by entering an address in the [addr] BBCode.
New York, New York
Embed a video using the [embed] BBCode.
https://www.youtube.com/v/rEUYC4kh2k0
To import data into a subtable, you may select the subtable name in the drop-down menu:
Then, you can select the fields you would like to import to from the drop-down lists. However, please note that the first column must be mapped to the field with the star sign (the "selection title field") for the system to recognize which main entry does the imported data belong to.
And the second column must be mapped to the unique field in the subtable (such as product name or product ID).
After mapping fields, you may select proper import policy and advanced settings and then import your data.
You may follow this article to change the "Selection Title Field" if necessary. However, please make sure you set a field that is without duplicates to avoid errors when importing.
Right-click on any of your app tabs, and click Global Javascript Workflow.
This will take you to the Workflow Module.
You can view all the Field Ids under their respective sheets.
Alternatively, you can go to the design mode, and click on the field you want to reference to. On the left sidebar, you're going to see the Field Name. The Field Id is right under the field name.
If you accidentally deleted an application tab, a sheet, or an entry and would like to recover it, you can check to see if it's under the Recycle Bin in your Account Setup, which can be located through the Start tab, or on the right side of your account homepage.
If you cannot find your deleted sheet or tab, you can contact Ragic Support at support@ragic.com to help you restore a backup.
Once you change the design of a listing page, the changes are saved, and Ragic will no longer auto generate the listing page from your form page, so that it will not overwrite your design. If you add a new field in your form page and would like it to be displayed on the listing page, you will need to add it manually using the listing page field picker in the listing page design mode.
If you are not sure about the difference between a listing page and a form page, please view our documentation. Learn more about the normal process of developing a sheet here.
For other terms, please check our glossary.
Field: A normal field consists of two parts: the Field Header, and the Field Value. This example sheet currently has "6 fields".
Record (Entry): A record is a user-entered instance of sheet data, containing all field values. On the Form Page, it is displayed in full detail, while on the Listing Page, it is summarized in row format to highlight key points.
This is a highlighted record in the Listing Page.
Clicking a record on the Listing Page takes you to its Form Page, where detailed information is displayed.
Form Page: The Form Page displays all detailed information for a record and allows you to add or remove fields as needed. Refer to the Database Design Documentation to learn how to create a sheet.
In the example, the Form Page lists detailed information about a "Sales Order".
Listing Page: The Listing Page summarizes multiple records and is automatically generated when a Form Page is created. The first row displays field headers, followed by the field values for each record.
In the example, the Listing Page displays multiple "Sales Order" records.
Sheet: The sheet stores multiple records of the same type of data, presented on both the Listing Page and Form Page. You can find the sheets under the tabs.
In Ragic, "a sheet" represents a designed framework for storing data rather than a single record. For example, creating an "Order" sheet means designing what fields the "Order" should include and how it relates to other sheets, rather than filling out a single order record. One "Order" sheet can store multiple order records.
The Ragic pricing table mentions that some versions have limits on the number of sheets. For example, the free version allows you to design up to "3 sheets", which refers to three different structured "sheets" like "Orders", "Quotations", and "Purchase Orders", rather than just being able to enter 3 order records.
A list of your sheets can be viewed on your account homepage:
Subtable: A Subtable is an additional table on the Form Page used to manage one-to-many relationships, such as multiple items ordered in a single order, multiple contacts for one company, or multiple tasks in a project.
Subtable fields are arranged horizontally. For detailed design instructions, please refer to this section.
In the example, this Subtable displays the "Order Details" in a "Sales Order".
Tabs: Tabs are used to store and categorize sheets, functioning similarly to folders. There is no limit to the number of tabs you can create.
Tab Groups (Tab Menus): SYSAdmin can assign tabs to different Tab groups, such as "Inventory", "Human Resources", and "Marketing". Each tab group will have its homepage, allowing users to quickly find the tabs and sheets they need.
Search and Filter: You can use Full Text Search in the search bar at the top of the page to search all sheet data that you have access to.
The left sidebar search tool allows for more precise data retrieval. You can set multiple filter criteria here to narrow down the search results.
Sorting: You can click the arrow next to the field header on the Listing Page to sort records in ascending or descending order according to field values.
Tasks: The task icon in the upper right corner of the page displays the user's tasks, which can be generated automatically by the system or manually assigned by the user or others.
Notifications: The bell icon in the upper right corner of the page displays system notifications. You can adjust the notification settings to choose which notifications to receive and how to receive them.
Starring Entries: You can star the records that require special attention as a reminder.
Mentioning Users: When you need to confirm or communicate with specific users in a sheet, you can use the @ mention feature in free text fields, comments, field comments, and task comments to notify them.
Reports: Ragic offers various reports that you can use to analyze your data according to your needs.
Design Mode: Design Mode is where a Form Page or a Listing Page can be created or modified. Users with Access Rights can enter Design Mode by clicking the "Change Design" button in the upper right corner. You can learn how to create and design sheets through the Database Design Documentation.
Description Field: A Description Field (also called a Static Text Field) is a field without a value and is used for labeling or viewing purposes. For detailed information, please refer to this section.
Field Header: The Field Header represents the field's name and determines its position. On the Form Page, the Field Header appears to the left of the field, while on the Listing Page, the Field Headers are arranged horizontally.
Field Value: The Field Value is where values are stored. On the Form Page, it appears to the right of the field, while on the Listing Page, it is displayed below the Field Header.
Field Types: Ragic offers various Field Types, which determine how users input data. For example, these can include "Free Text", "Selection", "Numeric", "File Upload", and more. For detailed information, please refer to this section.
Linking: Ragic supports several ways to establish relationships between sheets, with the most basic application being Link and Load. By creating Linked Fields and Loaded Fields, you can connect data from two different sheets. For example, when entering information in a "Sales Order", data from another "Customer" sheet can automatically pop up, saving data entry time and preventing manual input errors.
Formulas: Formulas in Ragic work similarly to those in Excel. However, Ragic's formulas are developed by us, meaning that the supported formulas or syntax may not be exactly the same. Especially, when assigning formulas, it references the Field Header directly. In Form Page Design Mode, select the Field Header and the "Formula" tab from the left sidebar to enter your formula.
Approval: Through the Approval process, users can designate supervisors or specific individuals to review the submitted record. For example, a "leave request" may go to the "Direct supervisor" for approval, while a "Sales Order" could require approval from the "Sales Manager".
Database Account: An account is a Ragic database account created for an organization, and it can contain multiple users. Each Database Account can select only one plan, with pricing based on the number of users within the selected plan.
Account Homepage: This page displays all the tabs and sheets within the account. Clicking on the logo in the upper left corner will take you back to the homepage.
Access Rights: Access Rights can be configured to determine the different permissions for users to view, modify, and add data to each sheet.
Users: A user refers to an email address that can log into your database account. A single database account can have multiple users accessing the database simultaneously, typically corresponding to an internal employee who needs to log into the system.
SYSAdmin: The account registrant is set as the SYSAdmin by default. The SYSAdmin is the highest level of administrator in the database. They can add sheets, have Access Rights to all sheets (view and edit all records), modify all designs, and use and configure all features.
User Groups: By adding users to User Groups and assigning them different Access Rights on each sheet, you ensure that each group has appropriate permissions to view, create, or modify data.
Database Management: By clicking the hamburger icon in the upper left corner, you can access the following features in the Database Management section: Recent Changes, File Manager, Recycle Bin, Backup and Restore, DB Maintenance, and Cross Account Sheet Copier.
Account Setup: By clicking the hamburger icon in the upper left corner, you can access the following features in the Account Setup section: Account Billing, Company Settings, Job Schedules, Notifications, UI Translations, and Global Constant.
Sheets are one of the most important concepts in Ragic. "A sheet" represents a designed framework for storing multiple records of the same type. So, how do you create a sheet?
Below is an overview of all the ways to create sheets and their applications:
The most straightforward way to create a sheet when setting up a database is to create a new one. You can manually create a Ragic sheet from scratch, install pre-designed templates, apply quick templates, or import an existing spreadsheet to generate sheets.
For detailed instructions, please refer to this documentation.
If you want to create a sheet with the same or a similar design as an existing one, you can duplicate the sheet design and then adjust it. This way saves time compared to designing a sheet from scratch.
You can create multiple version sheets that share the same design and records, and then adjust the fields and Access Rights based on the needs of different user groups. This allows different groups of users to see different versions of the sheet while sharing the same records.
Subtables are great tools for managing one-to-many relationships in data. However, storing all data in subtables may not always be convenient. For example, when analyzing sales details from the past month with reports or exporting purchase records across datasets. In such cases, you can create a new sheet from a Subtable, which will automatically aggregate all the Subtable data from the parent sheet."
If you want to duplicate sheets across different databases, you can use the Cross Account Sheet Copier to quickly duplicate a sheet from Database A to Database B.
Note: This method only copies the sheet design, not the sheet record.
If you are in the design mode, you can choose to exit the design mode without saving.
If you have already saved your design, you can restore a previous design from the Design Mode, by clicking the Previous Versions button.
It is best practice to save periodically while working on a form design.
You have two options when doing queries in Ragic: Through the top search bar, and through the left sidebar search tool.
The top search bar works like a search engine, which can help you to find full values, while also offering you search suggestions when you begin to type. This is a very useful tool when you are looking for a specific entry where you know at least one of the values.
The top search bar cannot be used to search partial data, which means that you cannot search for the last three digits "001" if you have a value such as "1234567001". For this kind of query, you can use the left sidebar search tool.
The left sidebar search tool is able to find more complicated search queries, since you can select one or more filters to narrow down your search results. These filters are defined according to the corresponding value type of every field in the form, therefore different query methods are offered for different types of fields. For example, if the field type is a Selection field, all the choices within the selection field will be listed as a multiple selection, so that you can click on the ones you need to filter. If the field type is a Number field, you can search in a range. After setting all of the filters you need in the search bar, click on the Search button above the filter categories for the results.
You can save your search as a View if you would like to use the same filters frequently.
Your saved Views are listed on the left side, above the Search button.
After finishing your search, clicking on the Clear Filters button will lead back to the full database.
To rearrange sheets under a tab, click on the gray arrow that appears on the right side when you hover over any sheet inside the tab. Click Rearrange, and drag to change the order of the sheets.
Don't forget to click Save Sort when you are done.
To move a sheet under a different tab, click Move Sheet under Rearrange.
Doing so will display a popup where you can choose a specific sheet to move to a specific tab.
The process when rearranging your tabs is the same with rearranging sheets. Click on the arrow that appears on the right side when you hover over any tab. Click Rearrange and drag to change the order of your tabs.
Don't forget to click on Save Sort when you are done.
External users can be clients, vendors, partners, freelancers or other people who are not in your organization, but would like to access your Ragic account. Ragic allows an unlimited number of free External Users in your account.
To enable the external user function in your account, navigate to your Account Setup in Ragic under the Start tab. Click on External Users on the left side.
Fill the form to submit your application to enable external users in your account for the Ragic team to review.
Once your application is approved, you will have access to the external user management panel that will display external users in your account.
After your application to add external users is approved by the Ragic staff, you will be able to add new external users to your account from your Account Setup under the External Users menu by clicking on the +New button, or by importing to your database under the Tools menu.
For more information about external users, please refer to this document.
Navigate to the form page of the entry you would like to delete, by clicking on the entry in the listing page.
Click on the Tools button in the form page, and select Delete Entry.
You can use filters on the left sidebar search tool, the top search bar, or through field headers to view all the entries you would like to delete.
Click on the Tools button and select Delete All Filtered to delete all filtered entries.
To delete all of the entries under your listing page, you can select Delete All Filtered without creating a filter.
Right-click on any of the application tabs and select Global Javascript Workflow, which will take you to the Workflow Module.
The keyboard shortcut to edit multiple entries through the listing page is E.
You can also do this by clicking on the Edit multiple entries under the Tools menu in your listing page.
Note that these changes will not be reflected in the entry history, so if you have sensitive data that you are sharing with others, you may want to set up the correct Access Rights, or make the field Read Only from the design mode.
If you would like to edit many entries at once, please refer to our documentation file on mass editing.
You can make a field read-only through the Design Mode in your form page. Check the Read Only box in the Field Settings.
You can set form rules to hide or show a field according to other fields.
Our example form design is a shop that has different categories and subcategories of products, named "Product Category" and "Product Type" respectively. We have set the product types in cascaded selections, but don't want to display the "Product Type" field when it's empty (when the category "Special Collection" is selected).
Navigate to Rules under Form Settings in the Design Mode.
Click Add Rules and set the options according to your form design. For our example, we have set to show the field "Product Type" if the "Product Category" is not "Special Collection".
Make sure you save your form design. You can see that the rule we have just set works great to avoid confusion during form filling.
Learn how to modify your subscription here.
Note: The following terms apply only to accounts using credit card payment. For manual payment accounts, please refer to this documentation.
You can change the number of users or your subscription plan anytime you want. The change will take effect immediately and the fee will be settled directly at the moment. For downgrading or reducing the number of users, the difference will be directly converted into the account balance. After canceling your subscription, you may continue using the database until the end of the current billing cycle, after which automatic renewal and payment will stop. Unused time will not be refunded, but any remaining account balance will be refunded to your credit card.
The following explains pricing changes when switching plans or adjusting the number of users through three example scenarios. Monthly payment is used as the basis to explain changing plans and the number of users, but the same logic applies to Annual payment and can be used to understand how charges are calculated accordingly.
1. Switching from Monthly to Annual Payment
If a user subscribes to the "Lite Plan for 1 User" with a "Monthly" billing cycle on 5/1, the initial payment of $5 will be due on that date. If the user switches to "Annual" billing on 5/15, the fee charged will be $52.5.
Calculation:
(1) "Monthly" Plan Usage Proportion =50% (5/1 to 5/15 covers half of the Monthly cycle).
(2) The user already paid $5. The fee for the used portion =$5*50%=$2.5. The unused portion is converted to the Account Balance =$5-$2.5=$2.5.
(3) The fee for the "Annual" plan is $55.
(4) The $2.5 Account Balance will be applied first, resulting in a final charged fee of $55-$2.5=$52.5.
Please refer to the figure for further clarification:
2. Switching from Annual to Monthly Payment
If a user subscribes to the "Lite Plan for 1 User" with an "Annual" Billing Cycle on 5/1, the initial payment of $55 will be due on that date. If the user switches to Monthly Billing on 6/1, no immediate payment will be required.
Calculation:
(1) "Annual" Plan Usage Proportion =8.3% (5/1 to 6/1 covers 1 month of the Annual cycle).
(2) The user already paid $55. The fee for the used portion =$55*8.3%=$4.6. The unused portion is converted to the Account Balance =$55-$4.6=$50.4.
(3) The fee for the "Monthly" plan is $5 per month.
(4) The $50.4 Account Balance will be applied first. After deducting the 6/1 payment of $5, the remaining balance will be $50.4-$5=$45.4. Since the monthly fee will continue to be deducted from the Account Balance, the user will not need to make additional payments until the balance is used up.
Please refer to the figure for further clarification:
1. Upgrading the Plan
If a user subscribes to the "Lite Plan for 1 User (Monthly)" on 5/1, the initial payment of $5 will be due on that date. If the user upgrades to the Professional Plan for 1 User (Monthly)" on 5/15, the upgrade will take effect immediately, and the fee charged will be $7.
Calculation:
(1) Lite Plan Usage Proportion =50% (5/1 to 5/15 covers half of the month).
(2) The user already paid $5. The fee for the used portion =$5*50%=$2.5. The unused portion is converted to the Account Balance =$5-$2.5=$2.5.
(3) The full-month fee for the Professional Plan is $19.
Since only half of the month remains, the fee is $19*50%=$9.5.
(4) The $2.5 Account Balance will be applied first, resulting in a final charged fee of $9.5-$2.5=$7.
(5) The next payment will be due on 6/1, when the user will pay the full monthly fee of $19.
Please refer to the figure for further clarification:
2. Downgrading the Plan
If a user subscribes to the "Professional Plan for 1 User (Monthly)" on 5/1, the initial payment of $19 will be due on that date. If the user downgrades to the "Lite Plan for 1 User (Monthly)" on 5/15, the change will take effect immediately, and no immediate payment will be required.
Calculation:
(1) Professional Plan Usage Proportion =50% ((5/1 to 5/15 covers half of the month).
(2) The user already paid $19. The fee for the used portion =$19*50%=$9.5. The unused portion is converted to the Account Balance =$19-$9.5=$9.5.
(3) The full-month fee for the Lite Plan is $5. Since only half of the month remains, the fee is $5*50%=$2.5.
(4) The $9.5 Account Balance will be applied first, the remaining balance will be $9.5-$2.5=$7. No additional payment is required until the Account Balance is used up.
1. Increasing Users
If a user subscribes to the "Lite Plan for 1 User (Monthly)" on 5/1, the initial payment of $5 will be due on that date. If the user increases the number of users to "3 Users" on 5/15, the change will take effect immediately, and the fee charged will be $5.
Calculation:
(1) "1-User Plan" Usage Proportion =50% (5/1 to 5/15 covers half of the month).
(2) The user already paid $5. The fee for the used portion =$5*50%=$2.5. The unused portion is converted to the Account Balance =$5-$2.5=$2.5.
(3) The fee for increasing the number of users to "3 Users" is $5*3=$15.
Since only half of the month remains, the fee is $15*50%=$7.5.
(4) The $2.5 Account Balance will be applied first, resulting in a final charged fee of $7.5-$2.5=$5.
(5) The next payment will be due on 6/1, when the user will pay the full monthly fee of $15.
Please refer to the figure for further clarification:
2. Decreasing Users
If a user subscribes to the "Lite Plan for 3 Users (Monthly)" on 5/1, the initial payment of $15 will be due on that date. If the user reduces the number of users to "1 User" on 5/15, the change will take effect immediately, and no immediate payment will be required.
(1) "3-User Plan" Usage Proportion =50% ((5/1 to 5/15 covers half of the month).
(2) The user already paid $15. The fee for the used portion =$15*50%=$7.5. The unused portion is converted to the Account Balance =$15-$7.5=$7.5.
(3) The fee for reducing the number of users to "1 User" is $5. Since only half of the month remains, the fee is $5*50%=$2.5.
(4) The $7.5 Account Balance will be applied first, the remaining balance will be $7.5-$2.5=$5. No additional payment is required until the Account Balance is used up.
Please refer to the figure for further clarification:
An example of changing the number of users from 8 to 7.
If you have any billing issues, please email sales@ragic.com.
The linking types in Ragic have some rules, and we have listed out some guidelines on correct linking between your Ragic applications with Link & Load. You can also refer to our documentation on Link & Load and Linking Sheets Together while you are designing your form to decide on the correct linking type that would fit your own workflow the best way.
1. You may link & load data from other forms as a subtable. This works best if you would like to manually select (or type to see options) in one field of the data, and load the corresponding information in other fields in a row of the subtable.
Please refer to our documentation for generating a linked sheet and adding a reference subtable for more linking options regarding subtables.
2. You can rename the fields anytime - this would not affect the linking or your entries.
Common mistakes when creating links are listed below. Please check if you are attempting any of the listed linking types below if you are having problems with using link & load.
1. Linking data from subtables to your form.
The reason for this is you cannot link from a subtable and load to a regular field (from a subtable on the right side of the link manager to the left side), since a subtable could have many different values entered in an entry, but a regular field would only have one value.
2. Linking a different subtable on the same row.
There might be issues that could arise in interpreting your links when you create different subtables on the same row, so it's best to avoid doing so. Moreover, if you have other users that use the same account, it having different subtables on the same row could lead to confusion.
Notification settings for your listing and form pages could be configured through the Tools menu under Notification Setting.
A window will pop up that shows the options available for e-mail notifications
If you would like to set the notifications for many sheets at the same time, or for your Ragic System configurations, you can go to the Notification Settings from the Account Setup under the Start tab, where you can also see your past notifications. (This page can also be reached through the URL https://www.ragic.com/accountname/notificationSetting - make sure to replace your account name in the URL.)
Clicking on any of your application tab names in the menu will take you to a list of all the sheets under that application tab where you can configure the e-mail notifications you would like to receive.
If you are the administrator of the Ragic account and would like to configure the notifications being sent to other users under this account, you can use this type of URL by replacing the account name and the user's e-mail.
https://www.ragic.com/accountname/notificationSetting?e=user@email.com
Below is a sample that would send out an e-mail notification when a sales order entry is created by a customer. Notice that the parameters refer to the Field IDs, which can be looked up both in the design mode of your forms, and in the global javascript workflow.
var name=param.getNewValue(1001426);
var email=param.getNewValue(1001428);
var title=param.getNewValue(1001386);
mailer.sendMail(email,'Your Sales Order'+
title,
'Hi '+name+',
we have received your sales order '+'and will be processing your order very soon.
'+'You can see your order details at https://www.ragic.com/example/1
'+'Thanks.
Best Regards,
Sophia, Sales Manager
www.ragic.com');
If you're sending e-mail to multiple recipients, just separate each e-mail addresses with commas.
You can add this script to the form's "post-workflow" from the Javascript Workflow module.
As you can see in the e-mail example above, you can use HTML tags to format your e-mail. The e-mail being sent is in HTML format, so basically all HTML tags would work. You can also add your form entries as an attachment within the e-mail by appending the URL of the record as an extra parameter.
You can follow this format:
mailer.sendMail(email,subject,content,attachmentURL)
The last number in the URL is the record id of an entry, you can find the record id of a record by calling param.getNewNodeId to the key field. The key field field id can be found when you open the Javascript workflow editor.
Ragic offers the following types of discounts:
Educational and non-profit organizations choosing the Professional Plan or higher are eligible for a 30% discount with no minimum user requirement.
Depending on the subscribed plan, the following volume discounts are available:
| Plan | Number of Users Required |
|---|---|
| Lite Plan | 80 users or more |
| Professional Plan and above | 20 users or more |
Only one of these two discount options can be selected, based on the most favorable terms. For further details about the discounts, feel free to contact us!
You can get one free month per year if you choose to subscribe annually to the Lite, Professional, or Concurrent User Plan with a credit card payment (pay for 11 months and use for 12 months).
Only plans that offer both monthly and annual payment options are eligible for this discount.
The credit card discount can be combined with the two discounts above. For example, if you select the Professional Plan for 20 or more users and pay annually by credit card, you can enjoy both the "Volume Discount" and the "One Free Month" discount.
Note:
1. Plans with only annual payment options are not eligible for this discount.
2. If you switch from credit card payment to bank transfer, the "One Free Month" discount will no longer apply.
A string formula is pretty straightforward: if the value on C1 is Michael, and C2 is Scott, then C1+' '+C2 will be "Michael Scott".
Further to the previous example, if you want to add a fixed string into your formulas, please mark the string with either single quotes or double quotes. For example, C1+" "+C2+" "+"Jr.". Then, the result would "Michael Scott Jr.".
As a more advanced example, we will create a field that will display an address in standard postal format for shipping purposes in the U.S.
Make sure you have all the fields that you need to display the information required.
Here we would like to have the field header Full Shipping Address display the title and name of the customer, with the shipping address written in the standard postal format. We add the following formula to the field settings:
A3+' '+A4+' '+D14+' '+D13+' '+D12+' '+D10+' '+D11
Now that the Full Shipping Address displays, we can use information from this field whenever we need a full address, for example when printing shipping labels.
You can set reminders triggered by the values entered in the date fields in Ragic. You will have the option to send these reminders to either the entry creator, or an e-mail entered to an e-mail field in the same form.
To access the reminder settings in a form, go to the Reminder tab under the Form Settings in the Design Mode.
Here you can set reminders according to the fields that contain dates. You will only have to do this once in your form design, and Ragic will send reminders automatically according to the date values that are entered in entries. You can set as many reminders as you want.
In the example below, we have already set two reminders for a Sales Order form that contains two date fields that are sent to the data creator, and we're adding a new one for the field "Shipping Date", which will send a notification to the Customer's e-mail the day an order is shipped.
If you would like to have a customized message upon an action being completed instead of Ragic's default reminder e-mail, please check our documentation on creating an automatic e-mail notification.
If you would like to add a company logo to your Quotes or Sales Orders forms, you can hover on a blank cell and right-click to Insert Image.
In this window, you upload an image or fill in the image URL and then set the width and length of the picture.
Click on the image to edit or delete it.
After saving the design, it will display in the form.
The image will also show on the printer-friendly page.
You can search for data in a subtable by filtering from left sidebar on your subtable fields.
To make the data in the subtables more accessible, you can create a new form from a subtable. When you're in the Design Mode, simply click on the Sheet Linking Tools button, and choose the New sheet from subtable option.
You can choose which fields you would like to display on your listing page. It's best to display only the essential fields that you would need at a glance for better readability.
Click on the Change Design button on the upper-right corner to go to the Design Mode of your listing page that has too many columns.
By default, all the regular fields you have in your listing page will be selected fields for your listing page. Select the fields you would like to display from the Listing Page Field Picker. You can also change the order of selected fields.
You can also change the width of the columns according to your fields.
After saving your changes in the design, your listing page will look more organized.
You can always click on the summary of an entry in the listing page to view the entry's details in the form page.
Usually Ragic interprets the format of dates when you are importing from an excel or .csv file. If you are using a format that Ragic interprets incorrectly, make sure that the format you are using in your spreadsheet is the same in Ragic.
It's recommended to use the format yyyy/MM/dd, which is the ISO standard format for calendar dates in your .csv file.
You can change the date formatting that is displayed in date fields in Ragic in the Design Mode. Navigate to the Basic tab under Field Settings. You can select the format type from the formatting options, or edit the chosen formatting manually.
You can add new fields to your form by clicking on the Change Design button, which will take you to the Design Mode. Click on an empty cell that you would like to place your field, and start typing the field name. By default, the field type would be free text, which allows anything to be typed as the field value.
Check how the normal process for developing a sheet is done here.
Learn more about different field types here.
Ragic has different types of Access Rights that you can set for your users or user groups.
You can find a comparitive table for system default access rights below:
| Access Right Setting | View | Create | Modify | Level |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| No Rights | Nothing | No | No | |
| Survey User | Own entries | Yes | Own entries | ** |
| Viewer | All entries | No | No | *** |
| Bulletin User | All entries | Yes | Own entries | **** |
| Admin | All entries | Yes | All entries | ***** |
Here is a detailed explanation of how they work:
No Rights: The user group will not be able to see this sheet at all.
Survey User: The user group will be able to create and edit their own entries, and won't be able to see other entries.
Viewer: The user group will be able to view all entries and entry details, but won't be able to edit or create new entries.
Bulletin: The user group will be able to create and edit their own entries, and view all other entries. They won't be able to edit or delete entries that they don't own.
Admin: The user group will be able to create, edit, view and delete all entries in the sheet.
If you would like to give an internal user administrator privileges for all sheets, add them to the SYSAdmin user group from your User Management Settings in your Account Settings.
If you would like to give administrator privileges for a user group on one sheet, change the access rights settings of the sheet in the Design Mode. You will find the Access Rights tab under Form Settings. Change the access rights of that user group to Admin.
To have some of your users to be able to create and edit entries without access to the design mode, you can add a new User Group from your form design. Click on Add User Group under Access Rights in your Form Settings while in the Design Mode to add a new user group.
Set the newly created user group to have administrator rights by selecting the Admin option. Users in this user group will now be able to create and edit all entries under this form.
To add a user to the newly created user group, navigate to your User Management Settings in your Account Setup.
You can add new users from the User Management page under your Account Setup, by clicking the red +New button, which is essentially creating a new entry. You can also import your user information from excel or csv files.
You can always change the amount of users under your account from the Account Billing settings. Learn how to here.
If you do not have the “change email” action button on your users sheet, please contact Ragic Support.
When you need to change a user’s email address, you can go enter the user’s respective entry on the users sheet and click on the “Change Email” action button.
A popup will then appear, and you can then enter the user’s new email address here.
After saving the updated email address, the system will send a confirmation email to the user's new email address with a temporary password. The user can then log in to Ragic with the updated email address and temporary password, and change his or her password after logging in to Ragic successfully.
You can register for a new account with the account name you would like to use. Afterwards, backup your data on your previous account to restore your data in your new account.
In Ragic, to record multiple related items within a single record, you can use Subtables. If you want each Subtable data item to appear as an independent record, use the New Sheet From Subtable feature. This setup is commonly used for assignment-type data—for example, "Project Task Assignments".
If you need to create two sheets reference each other, for example, a project may involve multiple employees, and an employee may be assigned to multiple projects. To structure this relationship between the sheets, follow the example of the "Employee" and "Project" sheets.
In the Design Mode of the "Project" sheet, to record the employees assigned to each project, add a Subtable to store this information. First, create a Unique Value field in the Subtable, such as "Assignment ID", to distinguish each assignment.
Then, use the Link and Load feature to let users select data from the "Employee" sheet and automatically load relevant employee information into the Subtable.
In addition to the Loaded Fields, you can also add others, such as "Task Description", to describe each employee’s responsibilities within the project.
After completing the design of the "Project" sheet, use the New Sheet From Subtable feature under Form Tools to generate a new sheet, such as "Assignment Records".
During setup, select the "Project ID" field to link the new sheet to the "Project" sheet.
Each Subtable row will then be displayed as an independent record in the new sheet, representing a task assigned to an employee within a project.
When you create a new project in the "Project" sheet and fill in employee assignments and task details in the Subtable, the system will automatically generate an "Assignment ID" upon saving.
These Subtable records will also be automatically synchronized and displayed in the "Assignment Records" sheet created in Step 2. In the new sheet, you can use filters to quickly lookup previous assignment records or add additional fields to record more assignment-related information."
If you want to view the projects each employee is assigned to directly within the "Employee" sheet, you can use a Referenced Subtable. In the "Employee" sheet, use Show References From Existing Sheets to insert relevant records from the newly created "Assignment Records" sheet. This way, each employee’s assignment records will be displayed under their record, making it easy to review and manage.
Ragic has some handy keyboard shortcuts that you can use.
Hotkeys for browsing data:
| Hotkey | Listing Page | Form Page |
|---|---|---|
| ↑ | to previous entry | to previous field |
| ↓ | to next entry | to next field |
| → | go to form page of entry | |
| ← | back to listing page of entry | |
| Page Up | to previous page | to previous entry |
| Page Down | to next page | to next entry |
| E | edit multiple entries | edit entry |
Hotkeys for creating / editing data:
| Hotkey | Function |
|---|---|
| N | Create a new entry |
| E | Edit entry/entries |
| F2 | Edit entry |
| Alt+↓ | Show selection drop-down |
| Tab | Switch between cells (clockwise) |
| Shift+Tab | Switch between cells (counter-clockwise) |
| Alt+Enter | New line |
| Ctrl+S | Save entry |
| Esc | When editing a field: Revert edited value on that field When not editing a field: Go back to browsing mode |
| Space | Switch to the next option in Check Box Field |
Ragic provides a variety of learning resources. Here are a few ways beginners can quickly get started.
If you're new to Ragic, we recommend watching the "Create a Quotation in 5 Minutes with the Ragic Founder" video or the basic sheet design tutorials. These videos offer clear, hands-on demonstrations to help you quickly grasp Ragic's functionality.
If you plan to use Ragic for tasks like inventory management, accounting, production, HR, project management, or administration, you can Install Templates to quickly explore Ragic's applications. These templates can serve as a foundation, allowing you to customize their design to meet your specific needs.
If your workflow is unique or you wish to digitize paper-based forms or build a custom application from scratch, you can read the article "How to Build a Database Structure". It offers guidance on converting your needs into sheets.
If you encounter unfamiliar Ragic terms or concepts (such as what qualifies as "a sheet", what defines "a record", or what is meant by "Design Mode"), you can refer to the Basic Glossary.
Ragic offers a well-organized set of learning resources on the "Learn Ragic" page.
For users without a Ragic account: You can access the "Learn Ragic" page through this link without logging in.
For registered users: After logging in, you can find "Learn Ragic" in the "hamburger menu" on the left side of the homepage or by clicking "Learn Ragic" in the top-right corner.
After clicking to enter the "Learn Ragic" page, you will see the following page (the image below shows the page after logging in).
In addition to the videos, the main page displays three sections: Required Courses, Elective Courses, and Use Cases. We recommend beginners review the Required Courses section at least once to understand basic concepts such as sheet creation, Subtables, setting access rights, and demand analysis. The Elective Courses and Use Cases sections can be explored as needed.
If you're looking for specific features, you can use the keyword search bar at the top. On the left menu of the "Learn Ragic" page, you'll find a comprehensive list of resources for learning Ragic. Below, we explain some key sections:
In the "Ragic Learning Hub" section, in addition to accessing the Required Courses, Elective Courses, and Use Cases, the following learning resources are also available:
1. Interactive Tutorial:
You can choose a topic, and the system will guide you step by step, like a personal tutor, showing you how to complete basic Ragic tasks, such as installing templates and creating sheets and Subtables. If you skipped the tutorial when you first registered or want to review it, you can revisit it here.
Note: You need to log in to use this feature.
2. Video:
In addition to the tutorial videos on the main page, you can access the live-stream video list in the "Webinars" section. Watch Office Hours where Ragic's founder answers user questions and offers solutions to the challenges you're facing.
3. Documentation:
You can access two comprehensive Ragic manuals: "Database Design (For SYSAdmins)" and "User Manuals (For End Users)", as well as the "FAQs".
The distinction between the two manuals is because Ragic is a database design tool. SYSAdmins have the authority to design the database, set up sheet structures, layouts, and manage user access, requiring more detailed knowledge. In contrast, Users only interact with the database after it’s set up, so the manuals are separated accordingly.
The "Database Design (For SYSAdmins)" manual is essential for Ragic SYSAdmins. It provides detailed descriptions of various functions with diagrams and can be considered Ragic's 'dictionary.' Most functionality-related issues during sheet design can be resolved by referring to this manual.
Once the Ragic database is set up, SYSAdmins can direct users to the "User Manuals (For End Users)" to help them learn how to use its features.
The "FAQs" page you are currently viewing lists answers to common questions. Typically, issues not covered in the user manual can be found here. You can also use the search bar at the top.
4. Developers Hub:
If you have programming needs, you can find the relevant tutorial documents here.
5. Educators Hub:
If you need to introduce and teach Ragic to colleagues or clients, you can download the presentation slides we provide here.
1. If you need direct assistance from a consultant or customer service to address your issues and clarify your needs, click Customer Support to submit your question.
This is the same option as Need Help? in the top-right corner of the database page (or you can email support@ragic.com directly).
2. By clicking What's New?, a window will open on the right side, displaying the latest news and feature notifications from Ragic. For more details, refer to this article.
Note: You need to log in to use both features above.
3. If you'd like to discuss publicly with other users or report non-sensitive issues, you can visit the Ragic Community Forum.
4. You can also visit the Ragic Blog for more introductory articles and case studies to help with your application.
In addition to the learning resources mentioned above, you can also use Ragic AI in your database to ask Ragic-related questions and even request Ragic AI to help you design sheets directly!
For more applications of Ragic AI, please refer to this document.
You can change the number of entries that are displayed in your listing page by clicking on the range shown in the upper-right hand corner.
Remember if you set the number of records too high, the listing page may load slower. We generally recommend displaying no more than 100 records per page unless necessary.
You can change the appearance of your field headers in your form and listing pages from the Styles tab in the Design Mode.
Click on the Change Design button, and click on the field header you would like to edit. Navigate to the Styles tab on the left sidebar, where you can edit the formatting of your field.
1. Add your company logo
It's always a great idea to customize Ragic to fit your company's look & feel. If you are using Ragic's professional or on-premise plan, you can replace the Ragic logo in the top-left to your company's logo. (if you're using a different plan, check the next tip!)
Go to your Company Setting under your Account Setup. You can upload your company logo on this page so that it'll show up on every page.
2. Add images to your form design
Adding a header or footer on paper or on digital forms usually works great to establish your corporate identity. Same goes for banners and your logo. The design elements you add here will be displayed in the printer-friendly version as well.
To add a default image that will always display on all your forms, simply add a static text field with an HTML image tag containing a link to your image. Learn how to do this by following the simple instructions here.
3. Mix and match your colors
You can change the style of static text fields as well as the headers of regular fields to fit your company's corporate identity. Whether the colors you choose match your logo or your website's color scheme, editing the colors will add a sense of integrity to your overall design.
4. Make the columns fit just right.
Whether it's your listing page or form page, having overset text is pretty unseemly. To avoid this, you can drag the edges of the column header from the design mode to fit your field header, or the width of your field values.
Additionally, you can change the field header text from the design mode of your listing page. The changes made for what is displayed on the listing page will not reflect to the form page, and vice versa.
5. What about the rows?
If you'd like to keep everything on one line, you can have a field span multiple columns from the Basic tab while designing your form page.
If you'd rather have a paragraph-like field that would expand as you enter more data, you can resize the height of the row, just like editing the width of the columns in the design mode.
6. Add some space
It's always a good idea to leave some white space for better readability, like how you'd leave a margin when composing a text document.
I've discovered that the best way for this in Ragic is to leave an occasional empty column (for me a 50-px width looks great) between fields in the same row in the form page.
7. Keep your listing page clean.
One of the best features that comes with using Ragic is the powerful search engine — you can search for values that aren't displayed on the listing page with any of the search tools.
You can also click on individual entries to go to the form page and view the details of each entry.
This means that you don't have to display most of the fields on your listing page, save the important data. You can choose which fields are displayed as columns in the listing page from the design mode.
before:
after:
8. Be consistent.
However you wish to design your forms, make sure that the design of your forms are consistent with each other to avoid confusion.
This knowledge base entry was originally posted in our blog.
The SYSAdmin is the highest administrator level in the database, with permissions to add sheets, modify designs, and use all functions. If you prefer not to grant other users the highest level of permissions and instead limit their access to specific tabs, for example, allowing a sales manager to modify designs within the "Sales" tab, follow these steps:
1. Adding a Group
Click the hamburger icon on the upper-left of the page and select Groups under User Access. Add a group in the sheet.
For detailed instructions, please refer to this section.
2. Configuring the Group Tab
In the Group Tabs field, select the sheet tabs for which you want permission from the group administrator.
3. Adding Users to the Group
Click the hamburger icon on the upper-left of the page and select Manage Users under User Access. In the user sheet, add the users to the specified group.
4. Setting the User as a Group Administrator
Go back to the Groups sheet under User Access and select the user as the Group Administrator.
After the setup is complete, users designated as Group Administrators will have SYSAdmin-like capabilities within the specified tabs. They will not be restricted by feature access or sheet access rights and will be able to add sheets and modify designs.
Toggle between the design mode of the listing page and the form page while changing your database sheet's design with the arrow icon on the right.
You can add your event data from Ragic database sheet to your calendar applications with more information like title, description, and duration with beginning and ending date & time.
To do this, navigate to the Calendar Sync option found under Tools
Select the fields you would like to add to your calendar like Title, Description, Start Date, Start time, End Date, and End time of a event from the pop-up menu, you can create another set by clicking plus button if needed.
Obtain your iCalendar URL from the button below, and follow the instructions to add these dates to your favorite calendar application.
Ragic's calendar feature is supported on major calendar applications, including iCal, Google Calendar, IBM Lotus Notes, and Microsoft Outlook, which means that you'll be able to track the important dates within your Ragic database from all devices.
Below is the result of Calendar sync with Google calendar:
You can also refer to this topic about how to force refresh Google Calendar.
Ragic has certain default access rights for user groups for features, that is visible under the Feature Settings menu. This is accessible from Start tab > Account Setup > Feature Settings.
Below are the features that are listed in the Feature Access Setting menu.
| Feature Access Setting | Description | Default Setting |
|---|---|---|
| Import/Export | ||
| Import Data From File | The ability to import data from .csv and .xls files. This includes doing a mass update by importing data | SYSAdmin |
| Download Listing | Exporting data from the listing page | Everyone |
| Download Form | Downloading single entries from the form page | Everyone |
| Mass Actions | ||
| Mass E-mail | Sending out mass e-mails | Everyone |
| Mass SMS | Sending out mass text messages | Everyone |
| Mass Delete | Deleting filtered entries from the listing page | SYSAdmin |
| Mass Edit | Editing entries through the listing page | Everyone |
| Reporting | ||
| View Report | Viewing reports that are saved under the Reports tab | Everyone |
| Generate Website Plugins | Creating a website plugin through the web embed tool | SYSAdmin |
| Basic Actions> | ||
| Single Delete | Deleting a single entry that does not belong to a user | SYSAdmin |
| Single Copy | Cloning an entry | Everyone |
| Email Entry | E-mailing an entry | Everyone |
| Locking | Locking an entry so it cannot be edited without unlocking | SYSAdmin |
You can configure the access rights for certain features within Ragic if you have a professional plan subscription or above. Simply select the user groups that should have access to use a certain feature.
Regarding how to send mass SMS through Ragic, you may refer to this article
Ragic uses Twilio to send text messages, and you can send text messages to phone numbers in almost any country in the world. So if you're outside US or Canada, please format your mobile phone numbers in international format E.164 like +18886668037.
E.164 international phone number formatting can have a maximum of fifteen digits, and are usually written as follows:
[+][country code][subscriber number including area code]
For example, for a mobile number 05 12 34 56 78 in France, you will have to write +33512345678.
For a mobile number 0911-010203 in Taiwan, you will have to write +886911010203
If you have a "Phone" field already, you may use string formulas to retrieve international format.
For example, if the "Phone" field locates in A2 with format 310-123-4567, you can create a "SMS" free text field with formulas below:
"+1"+LEFT(A2,3)+MID(A2,4,3)+RIGHT(A2,4)
If you have multiple versions of the same sheet, you can add an action button to easily switch between the same record's entries in other sheets within Ragic.
To do this, go to the design mode of the form page you would like to add the action in. You will find a list of your linked sheets under the Sheet Linking Tools menu, sorted beneath the type of linking. Click on the + icon next to the version of the sheet you would like to navigate to through your entries.
You will be prompted to name the button that will be added to your action.
This will create an action button that will take you to the URL from each entry to the associated entry in your duplicated sheet.
To have a link back to the first sheet, you can redo these steps in your second sheet.
If you have a subtable that is linked to a full entry with a sheet generated from this subtable, or is a reference from another sheet, you can add an action button to easily add a new entry in the form where this subtable is referring to.
To do this, go to the design mode of the form page you would like to add the action in. You will find a list of your linked sheets under the Sheet Linking Tools menu, sorted beneath the type of linking. Click on the + icon next to the linked sheet you would like to add a new entry in.
You will be prompted to name the button that will be added to your action.
This will create an action button that will allow you to add a new entry to your subtable by filling out the full version of the form.
Ragic has a convenient import wizard for users to import from their existing data from Excel or CSV files.
To import multiple values for your multiple selection fields, you can format your fields in the file you are importing with a vertical bar character (|) separating your values.
You can make it easier for your users to find your database in Ragic by creating a custom domain name.
For example, with a custom domain name, users can sign in to their Ragic account at ragic.yourdomain.com instead of at the longer default address www.ragic.com/youraccountname.
First we need to know what is the server name. If the URL of your database account is:
ap2.ragic.com/demo
then your server name is:
ap2.ragic.com
After that, you can add a new CNAME record from where you manage your DNS. Make
ragic.yourdomain.com
point to
ap2.ragic.com
Note that adding a CNAME record requires logging in to your account at your domain host's website, not with Ragic. (You might have already done this to verify your domain, in which case you'll find the steps are similar.) If you can't access your domain's DNS records, contact your domain host directly for assistance.
You can also refer to this document on typical CNAME configurations
Next, navigate to Company Setting under Start tab > Account Setup in your Ragic database account.
Fill the Company Domain field with the URL you have assigned for this custom domain. For this case it will be:
ragic.yourdomain.com
Finally, you can then use the URL created with your custom domain name to enter your Ragic database!
You can set up a custom login screen for your company that will make it easier for users to recognize your branding.
To do this setting, under your Start tab, click on Account Setup. Navigate to go to your Company Setting.
Upload a custom banner image to the Login banner field with the specified recommended image size setting. You can also change what the greeting message header is through the Login page greeting1 field, and the greeting message text through the Login page greeting2 field.
Your custom login screen will be displayed according to the settings you have made in the company setting page.
You can set up a custom splash screen for your company that will make it easier for users to recognize your branding.
To do this setting, under your Start tab, click on Account Setup. Navigate to your Company Setting.
For your custom splash screen, you can use basic HTML in the Custom Splash Screen field to add your company logo or other type of image.
Example HTML code:
Design tip: depending on the size of the image you are using, the progress bar might overlap your image. For your progress bar to display below your image, you can add a margin property to your image to adjust your overall layout.
Example HTML code:
Your custom splash screen will be displayed according to the settings you have made in the company setting page.
You can set up custom security policies for your users in your company.
To do this setting, access your Company Setting Panel.
View the last section, Security Settings and make the necessary changes to the fields.
Setting the password complexity to high will require the passwords include numbers and special characters. Your password will need to have at least two of the following: numbers, symbols, and uppercase characters.
Setting the password complexity to medium will require the passwords include at least 6 characters in their passwords.
When set, the user will be prompted to change their password according to the number of days you enter. If there is no need for your users to change their passwords periodically, enter 0 for this value.
Input number only.
Set to 0 to allow your users to reuse passwords that they have used before.
Set to 1 to allow your users to reuse passwords except last passwords.
Set to 2 to allow your users to reuse passwords except last two passwords.
And so on.
This password will be the default password for users who have had their password reset by the admin. You can change this to another string if required.
If set, Ragic will automatically log the user out after the specified minutes of idle time. Set to 0 if this is not required.
You can change the formatting in Ragic for most field types, including date fields.
If none of the date formats fit your requirements, you can write your own formatting with the table below:
| Field | Full Form | Short Form |
| Year | yyyy (4 digits) | yy (2 digits), y (2 or 4 digits) |
| Month | MMMM (full name Ex. January), MMM (abbr. Ex. Jan) | MM (2 digits), M (1 or 2 digits) |
| Day of Month | dd (2 digits) | d (1 or 2 digits) |
| Day of Week | EEEE (name) | E (abbr.) |
| Hour (1-12) | hh (2 digits) | h (1 or 2 digits) |
| Hour (0-23) | HH (2 digits) | H (1 or 2 digits) |
| Hour (0-11) | KK | K (1 or 2 digits) |
| Hour (1-24) | kk (2 digits) | k (1 or 2 digits) |
| Minute | mm (2 digits) | m (1 or 2 digits) |
| Second | ss (2 digits) | s (1 or 2 digits) |
| AM/PM | a |
The left sidebar in Ragic contains many useful tools such as links to your account homepage, most visited sheets, and recent items you have worked on, as well as the left sidebar search tool.
If, for any reason, you need to collapse this left sidebar, you can hover over the edge between the left sidebar and the listing page, you'll notice that your pointer will turn into a double-sided arrow. Use this arrow to drag the listing page to the right or left as needed.
You can use an Excel or CSV file to create a new sheet as you import your data into Ragic, instead of creating the Ragic sheet first. (If you would prefer to build a Ragic sheet first, please check the normal process of developing Ragic sheets.)
You can create a new sheet by clicking on the + sign at the top of your page.
Name your new sheet and check the box Create new sheet with my Excel file. This will take you to the import wizard. The step-by-step wizard will guide you through the field mapping process as well as other configurations for the data to import correctly.
Pick a file from your computer to upload into Ragic.
Ragic supports .xls .xlsx and .csv files. We recommend that you save your file as .csv for the best performance.
For Ragic to map your information correctly to entries, you will need to have a unique identification that we call key field, such as "Product ID" for products, or "Customer No." for your customers. To make your database easier to use, let the first column of your import data be this type of key field.
Determine if your first row is the header. If so, Ragic will automatically determine how the data in this row will be mapped to your fields for the next step.
You can choose an initial field type for each field.
There are many other field types available in Ragic, and you can later edit your fields according to your own requirements.
The last step is to import your data and create your new sheet in Ragic. This step can take up to a few minutes if you have a lot of columns and rows in your spreadsheet.
Congratulations, you have now created your new database sheet in Ragic.
Ragic has a forever free version that you can use, but for any reason, you can still delete your Ragic account.
Please make sure that you have exported all your data beforehand, or you do not have any data of importance on your account.
Please click the hamburger icon on the upper-left of the database and navigate to the DB Maintenance Menu page. You'll see the Delete My Account option on the bottom.
Please check this documentation if you are looking to cancel payment to your account.
Yes, you can change your plan anytime you want from your Account Setup page under Account Billing.
When querying in Ragic, you can write some syntax in the top search bar to combine multiple terms, and use boolean operators to form a more complex query to find specific entries, similar to the google syntax.
You can also modify query terms to provide a wide range of searching options.
While doing this, you can search any field by typing the field name followed by a colon ":" and then the term you are looking for.
Boolean operators allow terms to be combined through logic operators. Ragic supports AND, "+", OR, NOT and "-" as Boolean operators. Please note that the boolean operators are case-sensitive.
OR
The OR operator is the default conjunction operator. This means that if there is no Boolean operator between two terms, the OR operator is used. The OR operator links two terms and finds a matching entry if either of the terms exist in an entry. The symbol || can be used in place of the word OR.
To search for documents that contain either "customer service", or just "customer" use the query:
"customer service" customer
or
"customer service" OR customer
AND
The AND operator matches documents where both terms exist anywhere in the text of a single entry. The symbol && can be used in place of the word AND.
To search for documents that contain "customer service" and "Service Issues" use the query:
"customer service" AND "Service Issues"
+
The "+" or required operator requires that the term after the "+" symbol exist somewhere in a the field of a single entry.
To search for entries that must contain "customer" and may contain "service" use the query:
+customer service
NOT
The NOT operator excludes entries that contain the term after NOT. The symbol ! can be used in place of the word NOT.
To search for entries that contain "customer service" but not "Service Issues" use the query:
"customer service" NOT "Service Issues"
Note: The NOT operator cannot be used with just one term. For example, the following search will return no results:
NOT "customer service"
-
The "-" or prohibit operator excludes entries that contain the term after the "-" symbol.
To search for entries that contain "customer service" but not "Service Issues" use the query:
"customer service" -"Service Issues"
You can place single and multiple character wildcard searches within single terms (not within phrase queries).
To perform a single character wildcard search, use the "?" symbol.
To perform a multiple character wildcard search, use the "*" symbol.
The single character wildcard search looks for terms that match that with the single character replaced.
For example, to search for "text" or "test" you can use the search
te?t.
Multiple character wildcard searches looks for 0 or more characters. For example, to search for test, tests or tester, you can use the search
test*.
You can also use the wildcard searches in the middle of a term, such as
te*t
Note: You cannot use a * or ? symbol as the first character of a search.
To do a fuzzy search (finding stings that match a pattern approximately, rather than exactly) use the tilde, "~" symbol at the end of a single word term. For example, to search for a term similar in spelling to "roam" use the fuzzy search
roam~. This search will find terms like foam and roams.
An additional (optional) parameter can specify the required similarity. The value is between 0 and 1, with a value closer to 1 only terms with a higher similarity will be matched. For example:
roam~0.8
The default that is used if the parameter is not given is 0.5.
You can find words that are within a specific distance away. To do a proximity search use the tilde, "~", symbol at the end of a phrase. For example, to search for a "customer" and "breakfast" within 10 words of each other in an entry, use the search:
"customer breakfast"~10
Usually, the left sidebar search tool would have options to do a range search for specific field types, such as date fields, but range searches are also supported in Ragic.
Range queries allow one to match entries whose field values are between the lower and upper bound, specified by the range query. Range queries can be inclusive or exclusive of the upper and lower bounds. Sorting is done lexicographically.
Date:[20020101 TO 20030101]
This will find entries whose "Date" field has values between 20020101 and 20030101. These dates would be inclusive to the search. Note that range queries are not only reserved for date fields. You could also use range queries with other fields:
title:{Aida TO Carmen}
This will find all entries whose titles are alphabetically between Aida and Carmen, but not including Aida and Carmen.
Note: Inclusive range queries are denoted by square brackets. Exclusive range queries are denoted by curly brackets.
You can boost the relevance level of matching entries, based on the terms found. To boost a term use the caret "^" symbol with a boost factor (a number) at the end of the term you are searching. The higher the boost factor, the more relevant the term will be.
Boosting allows you to control the relevance of an entry by boosting its term. For example, if you are searching for customer service,
and you want the term "customer" to be more relevant, you can boost it using the ^ symbol along with the boost factor next to the term. You can type:
customer^4 service
This will make documents with the term customer appear more relevant. You can also boost Phrase Terms as in the example:
"customer service"^4 "Customer Service"
By default, the boost factor is 1. Although the boost factor must be positive, it can be less than 1 (e.g. 0.2)
You can use parentheses to group clauses to form sub queries. This can be very useful if you want to control the boolean logic for a query.
For example, to search for either "customer" or "service" and "address" use the query:
(customer OR service) AND address
This eliminates any confusion, and makes sure that address must exist, and either term customer or service may exist in the resulting entries.
You can use parentheses to group multiple clauses to a single field.
To search for a title that contains both the word "return" and the phrase "pink panther", use the query:
title:(+return +"pink panther")
If you want to copy an existing database to another account or create a new account with the same sheet design, you can use one of the following methods:
You can manually back up your database and restore the backup file to another account. Ragic offers two types of manual backups:
(1) Backup the Entire Database (.ragicdb file): Includes both data and sheet designs. Ideal for fully migrating a database to another account.
(2) Backup the Design of Your Database (.ragic file): Includes only the sheet design, without any data. It is useful when you just want to replicate the structure.
To copy specific sheets only, use the Cross Account Sheet Copier. This tool copies only the design structure of the sheet; data is not transferred. For data migration, please use Backup the Entire Database instead.
You can create a public database sheet in Ragic by setting the correct access rights.
Navigate to the database sheet you want to make public.
Click on "Change Design" to go to the Design Mode.
Navigate to Form Settings and Access Rights
Set the default user group "Everyone" to "Viewer".
This method will allow anyone to see your database entries. The best way to display your public database is through the web embed option, where you can embed your database as a list of entries, database search options, or a form that will populate your database when filled on your website.
Below is a short list of math objects properties and methods available. These can be applied with your formulas.
| Property | Description |
|---|---|
| Math.E | Returns Euler's number (approx. 2.718) |
| Math.LN2 | Returns the natural logarithm of 2 (approx. 0.693) |
| Math.LN10 | Returns the natural logarithm of 10 (approx. 2.302) |
| Math.LOG2E | Returns the base-2 logarithm of E (approx. 1.442) |
| Math.LOG10E | Returns the base-10 logarithm of E (approx. 0.434) |
| Math.SQRT1_2 | Returns the square root of 1/2 (approx. 0.707) |
| Math.SQRT2 | Returns the square root of 2 (approx. 1.414) |
| Method | Description |
|---|---|
| Math.acos(x) | Returns the arccosine of x, in radians |
| Math.asin(x) | Returns the arcsine of x, in radians |
| Math.atan(x) | Returns the arctangent of x as a numeric value between -PI/2 and PI/2 radians |
| Math.atan2(y,x) | Returns the arctangent of the quotient of its arguments |
| Math.cos(x) | Returns the cosine of x (x is in radians) |
| Math.exp(x) | Returns the value of E raised to the power of a number |
| Math.log(x) | Returns the natural logarithm (base E) of x |
| Math.sin(x) | Returns the sine of x (x is in radians) |
| Math.tan(x) | Returns the tangent of an angle |
Ragic will display the first field in your forms as the entry title in the top search bar.
In some cases, this might be inconvenient when you're viewing your data.
You can change the field to display as the title of your entries, through the design mode of your form. Navigate to Form Settings > Form Settings, and change the Title Field from the dropdown menu that will show you all the available fields.
This will change the title field for the top search bar.
After modifying, the change may not be immediately reflected. If you need to update immediately, you can Rebuild Search Engine Index.
Ragic is pronounced like magic, and the word Ragic was merged from rapid and magic.
It's always a great idea to customize Ragic to fit your company's look & feel. If you are using Ragic's professional or on-premise plan, you can replace the Ragic logo in the top-left to your company's logo.
Go to your Company Setting under your Account Setup. You can upload your company logo on this page so that it'll show up on every page.
Conditional formulas like the IF function can be nested, when you have multiple conditions to meet.
Example:
IF(A1==1,"Bad",IF(A1==2,"Good",IF(A1==3,"Excellent","No Valid Score")))
The above formula means that
if A1 is 1, the result is "Bad"
if A1 is 2, the result is "Good"
if A1 is 3, the result is "Excellent"
if A1 is anything else, the result would be "No Valid Score".
You might want to delete a field while you're changing the design of your sheet. To do this, simply press the backspace key on your keyboard (or delete on mac) while focused on the field you want to delete while in the Design Mode.
If the system stop you from deleting a field, please refer to this document.
There are many sheets in the ERP template that can be installed into your account from Start tab > Install Templates > ERP.
Here is a flowchart showing how these sheets are linked to each other.
While you are browsing entries in either your listing page or form page, if you hover on a linked field, Ragic will show you the original entry's details on a panel that appears on the right side of your screen.
You can choose to open the original entry, or close this panel.
If you would like to disable the right panel, you can run the following URL:
https://www.ragic.com/sims/sharedProperties.jsp?update&fpHoverDisabled=true
If you would like to enable the right panel again, you can run the following URL:
https://www.ragic.com/sims/sharedProperties.jsp?update&fpHoverDisabled=false
You can configure Access Rights to let users view records or submit forms as an online survey. For example, guests can register for an event, view the list of registrants, and later fill out a feedback survey. You can follow the steps below to set it up.
If you want guests (users not logged in to a Ragic account) to view all records in a sheet, simply configure the sheet’s Access Rights:
(1) Enter Design Mode for the sheet and click Access Rights under the Form Settings tab in the left sidebar.
(2) Set the Access Right for the EVERYONE group to "Viewer", then click Save.
(3) You can now copy the sheet URL directly or click Share This Sheet to get a link or QR code. Anyone with the link will be able to view the data.
To let anyone fill out the sheet and create new records:
(1) Enter Design Mode for the sheet and click Access Rights under the Form Settings tab in the left sidebar.
(2) Set the Access Right for the EVERYONE group to "Survey User", then click Save.
This setting allows users to submit new records, but they will only be able to see the records they submitted. To let them view all records, assign them the "Bulletin User" access right instead.
(3) You can now copy the sheet URL directly or click Share This Sheet to get a link or QR code. Anyone with the link can submit responses.
Note: If you prefer to embed the sheet in your website instead of sharing a link, you can use Embedding on Your Website to make the sheet publicly viewable or fillable directly on your webpage.
Since Ragic is designed as a database application rather than a flat spreadsheet file, each saved record is associated with its record history. To ensure data integrity, users must manually update existing records to prevent unintended changes. You can view a record's history by clicking the i icon at the bottom-right corner of the sheet.
Therefore, after adding or modifying a formula, if you want the changes to apply to existing records, you need to manually trigger a formula recalculation through the field settings. You can choose to either Apply this formula to all saved records or Apply all formulas on this sheet to all saved records.
Note: Once applied, existing calculated or manually edited values will be overwritten by the new formula results.
Ragic will keep a history of a record for each time you edit and save this particular record, which is visible through each entry's information panel.
On your Ragic server, there is a configuration file in conf/ragic.properties. Inside the configuration file, there is a configuration called "API_URL". You should put down a domain name or an IP to this server that you plan to use with your API.
For example, if your Ragic server's domain name is ragic.example.com, you can assign an additional domain name called ragic-api.example.com and point this domain to the same IP as your Ragic server. This way ragic.example.com will serve the normal Ragic service, and ragic-api.example.com will serve the API content.
Also remember to restart your Ragic service after you change configurations here for it to take effect.
Please go to the configuration file conf/ragic.properties on your on-premise server installation, this is where you'll find a way to do all types of configuration for your on-premise server.
For configuring SSL / HTTPS
# If SSL enabled, must create ./keystore file for java key# Must provide password to enable
SSL_ENABLED=false
SSL_PASSWORD=
SSL_KEY_PASSWORD=
SSL_TRUST_PASSWORD=
SSL_KEYSTORE=./keystore
SSL_TRUSTSTORE=./keystore
For configuring mail:
# For sending out notifications, using a free Mandrill account as default# Shared with other Ragic on-premise users, 12k emails per month
# If left blank, no notifications will be sent
SMTP_SERVER=
SMTP_SENDER_EMAIL=
SMTP_SENDER_PERSONAL=
SMTP_SENDER_AUTH_USER=
SMTP_SENDER_AUTH_PWD=
SMTP_PORT=587
SMTP_SSL_ENABLE=
SMTP_SSL_PORT=
There are also other optional configurations that you can try out. Remember that you will need to restart your Ragic service when you make edits to the configuration file.
Zapier lets you easily connect the web apps you use, making it easy to automate tedious tasks. Ragic now support integrating with other on-line service via Zapier. If you'd like to join in to use Ragic as a trigger or action application, you can navigate to the Tools menu, and selecting Connect with your web apps under the Sync section.
Once you click on Connect with your web apps, you’ll have a pop-up window with pre-built suggestions.
Click on any of the suggestions will lead you to the configuration wizard. With our example of connecting with Gmail, you’ll be asked to log into your Google account before proceed with next step.
With our examples, you’ll need to set Ragic as trigger application while create a new record as trigger action.
Then, you'll need to connect the API Key and Sheet Path. These can be found on your Ragic API page, which will be linked from Zapier in this step.
You may click on Ragic API page to have the full list of your sheets or select from the dropdown menu.
Since you can have many different apps on your Ragic account in different sheets, make sure that you are connecting the correct sheet path.
After connecting to your Ragic accounts, you can continue on with the next step. With our examples, you’ll need to set Gmail as action application while send an email as action.
In this step, you’ll need to create the mail template and decide what kind of information you would like to populate in the e-mail subject and the e-mail body.
Once you have mapped all the necessary fields, you will be able to test and view samples from Gmail you are using.
If the test mail works perfectly, you can name your Zap which will automate actions that you have specified according to your settings, in the timeframe that is specified depending on your Zapier account.
Log into your Zapier account (or create an account if you don't have one yet.) Click "Make a new Zap" to get started on your integration. You should be able to see Ragic in the available apps.
Ragic can be used as either a trigger or an action on Zapier for creating entries.
In this example, when a new record is created in Ragic for a project task, a new card for this task will be created in Trello, a team collaboration tool. The possibilities are endless with all the available apps that have Zapier integration.
With our examples, you’ll need to set Ragic as trigger application while create a new record as trigger action.
If you're doing an integration with an app on Zapier for the first time, you'll need to connect the apps you use to allow Zapier access to read and write data.
In Ragic's case, you'll need to connect the API Key and Sheet Path. These can be found on your Ragic API page, which will be linked from Zapier in this step.
You may click on Ragic API page to have the full list of your sheets or select from the dropdown menu.
Since you can have many different apps on your Ragic account in different sheets, make sure that you are connecting the correct sheet path.
Once you have connected your accounts, you can continue on with the next step.
The steps that Zapier offers for integration might differ according to the app combination you are creating. Usually, you will need to map which fields correspond to each other.
Tip: Since the fields available on Ragic differs depending on your sheet design, you can always go back to design your sheet if you would like to make modifications, such as adding extra fields if necessary. Zapier will save the zap you are editing as a draft.
Once you have mapped all the necessary fields, you will be able to test and view samples from each app you are using.
Once you have finished linking your apps together, you can name your Zap which will automate actions that you have specified according to your settings, in the timeframe that is specified depending on your Zapier account.
In this example, Zapier would automatically check for new Ragic records in our Project tasks sheet every 15 minutes, and will post them to Trello if there are new records with no further action required from the user.
You can have an unlimited number of free External Users that can register to your account, who can freely use your web plug-ins, but cannot access the back-end of the Ragic sheets that you have created.
Important note: If your account was created after Fall 2015, please view this documentation on managing your external users.
If a visitor who is not logged in to Ragic tries to access a Web Plug-in that does not allow unregistered users (set to have the user group to "Everyone"), they will be redirected to a log-in screen for your account. From here, they can log in or register for a free external user account. After this step, they will be redirected to your Web Plug-in.
You can check the external users registered for your application from
Through this way, Ragic can act as a flexible and powerful medium in managing your website members and content that they can access, with multiple Web Plug-ins embedded on different pages.
Your external users will go through the process of viewing your embedded database or forms according to whether they have the right access rights. The following chart displays how this process is.
You can also have public sheets and control how everyone can see your Ragic database through Ragic's access rights settings.
Ragic also has a convenient way of giving a user temporary log in without him having an account on Ragic, by setting an E-mail Id. attribute.
It is also possible to sign into Ragic with open ID.
You can save these banners to upload and use as the custom banner for your account.
You can also use the patterns below for your banner, these wrap the length of your screen so they will look seamless even if you have a very large monitor.
If you would like to create your own banner, the recommended size is 1366x102 px. You can change the width according to your preference.
If your Listing Page is loading slowly, it may be due to too many fields being included in the view. You can refer to this article to help resolve the issue.
If you suspect the problem is caused by a slow connection to Ragic and would like to troubleshoot it, feel free to contact us. Our engineering team will be happy to assist with an evaluation. Please follow the steps below to run the command and send us the results.
A command prompt is an entry point for typing computer commands in the "Command Prompt" window. By typing commands at the "Command Prompt", you can perform tasks on your computer without using the Windows graphical interface.
Here are some ways to open the "Command Prompt":
1. Click the Start button, go to All Programs > Accessories, and click "Command Prompt".
2. Use the Search box on your computer to search for "Command Prompt".
Enter the command based on your database server. You can determine the server from its URL by the first three letters after "https://", such as www, ap2, ap3, eu2, na2...
For example, if your server is na3, enter the following command:
tracert na3.ragic.com
And, if your server is eu2, enter the following command:
tracert eu2.ragic.com
After entering the command, it will automatically detect the network connection.
Once the trace is complete, copy and paste the content that comes up to us at support@ragic.com. This will help our developers to identify your issue.
If you want to learn more about the Tracert command please refer to this support documentation on Microsoft.
Please also provide the following information to help us diagnose the issue:
1. Do you consistently experience the same level of latency on every Ragic page?
You can check the loading speed of the following pages:
Ragic official homepage: https://www.ragic.com/intl/en/home
Your database homepage (click the "Home" button in the top right corner or the "Logo" in the top left): https://www.ragic.com/your-account-name
2. Do you experience the same latency when accessing these pages without logging in?
3. How long is the delay when the issue occurs?
For example: 1 second, 5 seconds, 10 seconds, or over 30 seconds?
If you frequently modify a formula or its variables, or if your sheet includes formulas that require daily updates such as TODAY() or TODAYTZ(), you can add a script to automate daily formula recalculation.
The following explains configuring automatic recalculation for entire records or specific fields.
Step 1: Open the Javascript Workflow Editor
Right-click on any sheet name and select Javascript Workflow.
Step 2: Switch to Daily Workflow
Step 3: Enter the Sheet Path for Recalculation
For example, if the sheet path you want to recalculate is:
https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/1?PAGEID=wSM (ignore the ?PAGEID=wSM part), enter the following in the script:
db.recalculateAll("/tabname/1");
Then click Save to complete the setup.
Step 1: Open the Javascript Workflow Editor
Right-click on any sheet name and select Javascript Workflow.
Step 2: Switch to Daily Workflow
Step 3: Enter the Sheet Path and Field ID for Recalculation
For example, if the sheet path you want to recalculate is:
https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/1?PAGEID=wSM(ignore the ?PAGEID=wSM part)
and the field ID you want to recalculate is: 1000001,
then enter:
db.recalculateAll("/tabname/1", 1000001);
To recalculate multiple fields, enter:
db.recalculateAll("/tabname/1", 1000001, 1000002, 1000003);
Then click Save to complete the setup.
Daily formula recalculation will execute according to the "Daily Workflow" schedule in the Job Schedules. To test if the setup was successful, you can also manually click "Execute Daily Workflow Now".
All forms can trigger Ragic's server-side Javascript workflow engine to execute complex business logic, such as calculating costs and posting inventory balance. Basically, any complex business logic that you would like to execute but cannot be covered by Ragic's existing functions can be covered by server-side scripting.
Ragic's spreadsheet design interface can handle most of your data management work, such as creating, editing, and querying records without much problem. On the other hand, manual data maintenance can be a bit time consuming and routine after a while. This is the time when Ragic users will start thinking of ways to automate these processes.
Inside Ragic, there is a pretty powerful scripting engine where you can write Javascript that runs on the server-side, to retrieve data you have on your spreadsheet, make modifications, or even create many records with one click. Typical usage includes updating inventory, creating a new record based on another (creating a sales order from a quote, creating contact from a sales lead), or doing record validation based on database data.
There are several ways to run your Javascript workflow:
This is the most common and cleanest way to run Javascript workflow, and generally our first recommendataion. You can write your script in the installed sheet scope of your sheet, and configure an action button to execute the script when the user clicks on the button that will be displayed in the "Actions" panel in the lower right side.
To add an installed sheet scope script, just right click on a sheet, and choose Javascript Workflow:
And choose installed sheet scope from the top dropdown:
You can then go to the form page of your sheet design, and add an Action Button of the type JS Workflow, and refer to the Javascript function that you have written.
Note that you can pass the record id of the current record by using {id} in the argument for the function call like:
setStatus({id})
Of course, we will talk more about how to write these functions in the following sections.
Post-workflows are executed immediately after a record is saved. With post-workflow, it's very convenient to automate changes that you would like to make on the record that you just saved that cannot be done with formulas. Or you can make modifications to records on other related sheets, like updating inventory balance.
To add a post-workflow, just right click on a sheet, and choose Javascript Workflow:
And choose Post-workflow from the top dropdown.
Pre-workflows are executed before a record is saved, so it can be used as a way of validation to check the data entered against data in the database. Generally most validation can be done with our front-end regular expression checks, or the unique checkbox for free text fields. But for more complex backend checks, sometimes pre-workflow will be needed.
To add a pre-workflow, just right click on a sheet, and choose Javascript Workflow:
And choose Pre-workflow from the top dropdown.
Daily workflow runs on a daily basis. It's useful for doing modifications that needs to be refreshed every day. Like updating the results of the formulas based on the current date.
To add a daily workflow, just right click on a tab, and choose Global Javascript Workflow:
And choose Daily Workflow at the first top dropdown.
Global workflow is a place where you can write Javascript workflow modules that other workflow functions can reference. It will not be exeucted by itself, but can be referenced in any types of the workflow listed above. It's a great place to put scripts that you might need to duplicate across multiple sheets otherwise.
To add a global workflow, just right click on a tab, and choose Global Javascript Workflow:
Let's start with a simple example which retrieves the current record as an object, update its value with a button, and then saves it back to the database. Here is what the demo form looks like:
We would like to design some buttons that will change the value of our status field with the click of a button executing simple server-side Javascript workflow. Here's the code behind the button:
/**
* AP_Name:wfdemo
* Key Field: 1000013
* Name ID
* - - - - - - - - - - - --------
* No. : 1000011
* Status : 1000012
*/
function setStatus(recordId, status) {
var STATUS_FIELD = 1000012; //field id of the status field
var query = db.getAPIQuery("/workflow-demo/2"); //get the query object for a sheet with path to sheet
var entry = query.getAPIEntry(recordId); //get the record object for the current record
//set the status value for the current record to the object
if (status) {
entry.setFieldValue(STATUS_FIELD, status);
}
else {//for switching
var newStatus = entry.getFieldValue(STATUS_FIELD) == 'On' ? 'Off' : 'On'; //get the current value of a field
entry.setFieldValue(STATUS_FIELD, newStatus);
}
//save the record back to the database
entry.save();
}
When writing Javascript workflow, the variable db is predefined. You can reference to it anywhere. Generally we call the method getAPIQuery(pathName) to retrieve the query object for a sheet.
Then you can retrieve a record with its record id on the sheet object with getAPIEntry(recordId), and call setFieldValue(fieldId,value) to set value to a field, or getFieldValue(fieldId) to retrieve value from a record.
If you're retrieving a value from a multiple selection field, where there may be multiple values, use getFieldValues(fieldId) to retrieve all the values in an array. You can also call setFieldValue(fieldId,value,true) with an extra true argument at the end to specify that you're "adding" an option to the current list of values, not overwriting the existing ones. Note that these operations is only suitable for multiple selection fields.
After you're done, just call save() on the record object to save it back to the database.
If you have subtables in a sheet, you can also use our API to retrieve data from it, or make edits like the following example. The form looks like this:
The workflow will walk through each row in the subtable, and find the total amount for this year (according to date field in the subtable), the total for the year with the most amount, and identify which year has the highest total. This is designed as a post-workflow, so the three read-only fields will be filled by workflow after the record is saved.
/**
* AP_Name:wfdemo
* Key Field: 1000006
* Date subtable key: 1000007
* Field Name Field Id
* - - - - - - - - - - - --------
* No. : 1000001
* Name : 1000002
* Date : 1000003
* Amout : 1000004
* Total of This Year : 1000010
* Maximal Total of Year : 1000009
* Year of Maximal Total : 1000008
*/
var KEY_FIELD = 1000006;
var AMOUNT_SUBTABLE_ID = 1000007;
var DATE_FIELD = 1000003;
var AMOUNT_FIELD = 1000004;
var MAX_YEAR_FIELD = 1000008;
var MAX_TOTAL_FIELD = 1000009;
var THIS_YEAR_TOTAL_FIELD = 1000010;
var query = db.getAPIQuery("/workflow-demo/1");
var entry = query.getAPIEntry(param.getNewNodeId(KEY_FIELD));
var subtableSize = entry.getSubtableSize(AMOUNT_SUBTABLE_ID);
var yearTotal = {}
for (var i = 0; i < subtableSize; i++) {
var year = parseInt(entry.getSubtableFieldValue(AMOUNT_SUBTABLE_ID, i, DATE_FIELD).substr(0, 4));
var amount = parseInt(entry.getSubtableFieldValue(AMOUNT_SUBTABLE_ID, i, AMOUNT_FIELD));
if (year in yearTotal) {
yearTotal[year] += amount;
} else {
yearTotal[year] = amount;
}
}
var maxYear;
for (var year in yearTotal) {
if (!maxYear || yearTotal[maxYear] < yearTotal[year]) {
maxYear = year;
}
}
entry.setFieldValue(MAX_YEAR_FIELD, maxYear);
entry.setFieldValue(MAX_TOTAL_FIELD, yearTotal[maxYear]);
entry.setFieldValue(THIS_YEAR_TOTAL_FIELD, yearTotal[new Date().getFullYear()]);
entry.save();
The basic idea is to use getSubtableSize(subtableId) to get the number of rows for a record, and use getSubtableFieldValue(subtableId,subtableRowIndex,subtableFieldId) to retrieve their values. You should be able to find subtable id, field id information in the auto generated comments when you start editing workflow scripts.
You can also use setSubtableFieldValue(subtableFieldId,subtableRootNodeId,value) to set values to a subtable. The subtableRootNodeId is used to specify which subtable row that you're referring to. To find a subtableRootNodeId for an existing subtable row, you can use the following call getSubtableRootNodeId(subtableId,subtableRowIndex) which will return an integer containing the subtableRootNodeId.
If you need to add a row to the subtable, you can use a negative subtableRootNodeId like -100, this way all values set to the same negative subtableRootNodeId will be applied to the same new subtable row, and values set to a different negative subtableRootNodeId like -101 will create different row in the subtable with this different set of values.
Link to example: Copy From and Copy To
Copying records is one of the most common workflow program we encounter. We have written a pretty simple function to simplify this type of operation. Let's say we would like to see a record on this sheet:
With the click of the button, generate a record on this sheet:
Here is the code for this action button:
/**
* AP_Name:wfdemo
* Key Field: 1000022
* S1 subtable key: 1000023
* T1 subtable key: 1000029
* Field name Field ID
* - - - - - - - - - - - --------
* A : 1000014
* C : 1000015
* B : 1000016
* D : 1000017
* S1 : 1000018
* S2 : 1000019
* S3 : 1000020
* S4 : 1000021
* T1 : 1000024
* T2 : 1000025
* T3 : 1000026
*/
function copyEntry(nodeId) {
db.entryCopier(JSON.stringify({
THIS_PATH:"/workflow-demo/3",
THIS_NODEID:nodeId,
NEW_PATH:"/workflow-demo/4",
COPY:{
1000030:1000014, // A
1000031:1000015, // C
1000032:1000018, // S1
1000033:1000020 // S3
}
}),response);
}
Here you can see we can do the copy with one simple function call to entryCopier. entryCopier takes a JSON string as its parameter. Just put down the source sheet, target sheet, the record that we're copying, and most importantly, which field should be mapped to which field. When the mapping is complete, you can create action buttons to copy records from one sheet to another very easily.
Sometimes you would like to send e-mail notifications based on a set of conditions, or you would like to really customize your notification message content. You can write server-side Javascript workflow for this purpose. Here is the script that you will use to send out e-mail, it's really simple:
//omitted...retrieve record object first
var name=entry.getFieldValue(1001426);
var email=entry.getFieldValue(1001428);
var title=entry.getFieldValue(1001386);
mailer.compose(
email, //to
null, //cc
'support@example.com', //reply to
'Acme, Inc.', //displayed from
title,
'Hi '+name+',
we have received your sales order '+'and will be processing your order very soon.
'+'You can see your order details at https://www.ragic.com/example/1
'+'Thanks.
Best Regards,
Sophia, Sales Manager
Acme, Inc.');
//mailer.attach(myURL); //you can use .attach to attach content from a URL
mailer.send();
For attachments, you can use mailer.attach(myURL); to attach a record on Ragic by using the record's URL. For example, here is a record URL on Ragic (always ignore URL after the hash) :
https://www.ragic.com/wfdemo/workflow-demo/2/9
Here is its HTML printer friendly URL:
https://www.ragic.com/wfdemo/workflow-demo/2/9.xhtml
Here is its Excel version URL:
https://www.ragic.com/wfdemo/workflow-demo/2/9.xlsx
You can also use a Mail Merge URL like this, the cid being the id of the Mail Merge, you can get the cid in the URL when trying to download the Mail Merge document:
https://www.ragic.com/wfdemo/workflow-demo/2/9.custom?rn=9&cid=1
We do enforce some limitations on how many e-mails you can send. So send reasonably! If you have some questions on e-mail sending quota, send us an e-mail at support@ragic.com.
You can first issue the following command to the query object you get from db.getAPIQuery to include full record info:
query.setIfIncludeInfo(true);
and then you can get the approval information for a record like this:
entry.getFieldValue('_approve_status');//getting status of current approval
entry.getFieldValue('_approve_next');//getting the next person who should sign this record
entry.getFieldValue('_create_date');//getting the create date of the record
entry.getFieldValue('_create_user');//getting the create user e-mail of the record
The approval status will be F is approved, REJ for rejected, P for processing.
If you want to get more than one records by filtering:
var query = db.getAPIQuery("/workflow-demo/1");
query.addFilter(1000002, '=', 'Green');
query.addFilter(1000008, '=', '2017');
var results = query.getAPIResultList();
for (var i = 0; i < results.length; i++) {
var entry = results[i];
// ...
}
You can add filters to query by addFilter(fieldId, operator, value), and call getAPIResultList() to get the list of records.
You can show message in a pop-up window:
response.setStatus('WARN');
response.setMessage(message);
You can send an HTTP GET/POST request to an URL and get returned result:
util.getURL(String urlstring)
util.postURL(String urlstring,String postBody)
The variable util is predefined.
| Method | Description |
|---|---|
| getAPIResult() | Get first entry when iterate over the query |
| getAPIResultList() | Get array of entries of the query |
| getAPIEntry(int rootNodeId) | Get entry by node ID |
| insertAPIEntry() | Insert a new entry to the query, the method returns the new entry |
| addFilter(int domainId, String operand, String value) | Filtering entries by specified condition |
| setOrder(int orderDomain, int orderDir) | Sort entries of the query by specified field domain ID and order direction, parameter orderDir is set to 1 if sort ascending, and set to 2 if sort descending. |
| deleteEntry(int nodeId) | Delete entry by node ID |
| Method | Description |
|---|---|
| save() | Save a entry |
| setCreateHistory(boolean createHistory) | Set if the entry need to create history |
| isCreateHistory() | Whether the entry is set to create history |
| setIfExecuteWorkflow(boolean executeWorkflow) | Set if executing workflow (pre-workflow and post-workflow) of the entry is needed |
| setIgnoreEmptyCheck(boolean ignoreEmptyCheck) | Set if checking not empty fields would be ignored |
| setRecalParentFormula(boolean recalParentFormula) | If this sheet is created by subtable of other sheet, or is referenced by other sheet, which means, this sheet has the parent sheet, then you can call this method to set if you want to recalculate the parent sheet or not. |
| setFieldValue(int domainId, String value) | Set value to specified single field |
| setFieldValue(int domainId, String value, boolean appendValue) | Set value to single field which is a multiple select field, parameter appendValue need to be true |
| setSubtableFieldValue(int domainId, int subtableRootNodeId,String value) | Set value to subtable field, you can get parameter subtableRootNodeId by method getSubtableRootNodeId. |
| setSubtableFieldValue(int domainId, int subtableRootNodeId, String value, boolean appendValue) | Set value to subtable field which is a multiple select field, parameter appendValue need to be true |
| getJSON() | Get JSON of the entry |
| getFieldValue(int domainId) | Get value of the field by domain ID |
| getRootNodeId() | Get root node ID of the entry |
| getRootDomainId() | Get root domain ID of the entry |
| getSubtableSize(int subtableRootDomainId) | Get size of subtable, specified by root domain ID of subtable. |
| getSubtableRootNodeId(int subtableRootDomainId, int rowNumber) | Get root node ID of subtable, specified by its root domain ID and row number in subtable. |
| deleteSubtableRowByRowNumber(int subtableRootDomainId, int rowNumber) | Delete subtable row by its root domain ID and row number in subtable. |
| deleteSubtableRowAll(int subtableRootDomainId) | Delete every row in specified subtable |
| deleteSubtableRow(int subtableRootDomainId, int subtableRootNodeId) | Delete subtable row by root domain ID and root node ID of subtable |
| loadAllListenFields() | Load value of all loaded fields in the entry. |
| recalculateAllFormulas() | Recalculate every field that contains formula in the entry. |
| recalculateFormula(int domainId) | Recalculate formula of specified field. |
| loadAllDefaultValues(ScriptUser user) | Load value of every field that is set with default value, parameter user is predefined. |
| loadDefaultValue(int domainId, ScriptUser user) | Load default value of specified field, parameter user is predefined. |
| lock() | Lock the entry |
| unlock() | Unlock the entry |
| Method | Description |
|---|---|
| getEmail() | Get user's email address |
| getUserName() | Get user name |
Link and Load operates the same way as formulas and default values—it is triggered only when data is entered in the fields where it is applied.
For example, if Link and Load is set up in the "Order" sheet, linking the "Customer ID" field to the "Customer ID" field in the "Customer" sheet, fields such as "Customer Name", "Customer Phone", and "Customer Address" in the "Order" sheet will automatically load data from the corresponding fields in the "Customer" sheet.
After saving the design, the "Order" sheet and "Customer" sheet establish a Link and Load relationship. However, customer data won't automatically appear when creating an order, as the system cannot determine which customer is placing the order. You must "manually select or enter the Customer ID", which triggers the system to automatically load the corresponding customer name, phone number, and address. This action of "manually selecting or entering the Customer ID" is how Link and Load is "triggered".
Link and Load is triggered only during data input. After data is entered, even if the linked source sheet data changes, the system will not automatically sync those changes to the Loaded Fields.
Using the "Order" sheet and "Customer" sheet as an example:
For example, if an order was created on 2019/09/08 for Customer ID 001, Emily, with the address "27-01 Queens Plaza N, Long Island City", and the order was successfully shipped and delivered to her address, then in 2020, when Emily moved and updated her address to "25-05 Kent Avenue, Brooklyn" in the "Customer" sheet, this update should not affect the order created in 2019. At that time, Emily's address was indeed the old address, "27-01 Queens Plaza N, Long Island City".
Therefore, if Link and Load was designed but the Loaded Field (e.g., address) is inconsistent with the source sheet's data, you can check the Loaded Field values in the source sheet at the time of triggering Link and Load to find the cause (you can refer to Entry Information).
To explain with the above example:
1. You find that the Customer Address displayed on the order is "27-01 Queens Plaza N, Long Island City", but in the "Customer" sheet, the address is "25-05 Kent Avenue, Brooklyn".
2. After checking Entry Information, it was found that the order was created on 2019/09/08 at 10:00 AM with Customer ID 001, and the address was automatically loaded as "27-01 Queens Plaza N, Long Island City". The "Customer" sheet address was updated on 2020/09/08 to "25-05 Kent Avenue, Brooklyn". Therefore, it can be confirmed that when Link and Load was triggered, the "Customer Address" was "27-01 Queens Plaza N, Long Island City".
"Empty values" is one of the most common misconceptions.
For example, if an order was created on 2019/09/08 at 10:00 AM while the "Address" field in the "Customer" sheet was empty, then the "Address" field in the "Order" sheet would also be empty.
If the "Customer Address" was later filled in 2020, the following may occur:
1. The "Address" field in the "Customer" sheet now has a value.
2. The "Address" field in the "Order" sheet remains empty, making it seem like the data was not loaded correctly.
In fact, this is the same as the previous example, but because the field was initially empty, it can be easily mistaken for a loading issue.
To automatically sync changes to Sheet B that is linked to Sheet A whenever changes are made in Sheet A, follow these steps:
1. Go to Design Mode > Form Tools > Link and Load, then click the gear icon.
2. Check Keep loaded value sync with source to enable automatic updates when the source data changes. Alternatively, click "Sync this set (or ALL) of linked fields with updated source values for all records" to manually re-trigger the sync.
Note:
Checking "Keep loaded value sync with source" ensures that "when the source sheet data changes, the corresponding Loaded Fields will also update". However, this does not mean the Loaded Field values will always match the source. There may be slight differences, as the mechanism triggers Link and Load when the source sheet (e.g., "Customer" sheet) is updated, syncing the Loaded Fields in the target sheet (e.g., "Order" sheet).
If you directly modify the Customer Address in the "Order" sheet (target sheet), the system will not reverse-update the "Customer" sheet (source sheet). Link and Load synchronizes data from the source sheet to the target sheet, not the other way around.
If you are already using Ragic as your main database system and need to make changes or additions to sheet designs, we recommend following the steps below to avoid disrupting your current system:
1. Back up your current data and design
Manually download a complete backup of your database as a .ragicdb file. This backup will include all sheet designs and data.
2. Restore the backup to a trial account
Restore the backup to a new trial account. Perform the design changes in this trial account so that your production system remains unaffected.
3. Export a design-only backup file
Once your design changes are complete, download a new backup from the trial account as a .ragic file, which includes only the sheet design and no data.
4. Apply the new design to your current account
Before restoring the new design, be sure to save a complete backup or create a snapshot of your current account, just in case. Then, restore the design-only .ragic file to your production account. This process will update only the sheet designs without affecting your existing data.
An account is a Ragic database account created for an organization, it can contain many users, which are actually user e-mail and password combinations that a person can log in with. Ragic uses the number of users to determine the price of an account's subscription fee.
Ragic charges based on different database accounts, and each account can select only one plan, with pricing determined by the selected plan and the number of users.
If the same user uses the same email and is included in multiple database accounts, each account will be billed separately, as these accounts are independent.
For example, if John belongs to both database A and B, so he will be charged as one user separately for each database based on its respective plan.
Each of your fields have a Field ID, which is how Ragic identifies and references to your fields. In some cases you might need to manually edit the Field ID. Please note that manually editing the Field ID is in beta, so use at your own risk.
To manually edit the Field ID, navigate to the Design Mode, and focus on the field that you'd like to edit. Double-click on the Field ID number below the Field Name. A window will prompt you to enter the new Field ID number.
If you accidentally deleted a field from your form, but the field and values are still in the listing page, you can add this field back to your form page.
If you want to prevent records from being edited, you can Lock the Record. Below are two types of locking mechanisms. Note that Locking a Record only prevents users from manual editing; however, the records can still be modified through Action Buttons or formula recalculations that update field values.
If "User A" is editing a record and "User B" attempts to edit the same record, the system will automatically lock the record and notify "User B" that "User A" is editing it. This prevents simultaneous editing, which could lead to data errors or loss.
If you're "User B" and need to edit the record, you can manually unlock it. However, the first saved record will be overwritten by the later one. It's recommended to ask "User A" to save the record first or exit the editing mode before proceeding.
Note: The system will lock the record for editing based on the same record in the Form Page (including edits from other sheets with multiple versions) or for all records edited at once on the current screen in the Listing Page.
If you want the entire record to be read-only, click the Lock Record option by clicking the information icon (i) at the bottom right of the Form Page. (If you do not have access to this feature, please contact your SYSAdmin.) The record will remain read-only for others to view until it is unlocked.
In addition, you can add a lock record Action Button with this method if needed.
You can use the Reminders feature to send notifications based on the dates entered in the sheet's fields. In addition to setting reminders for a specific date, you can also set them to be sent a certain number of days before or after the specified date.
If you want to send a reminder on a specific day of the week, such as a homework submission reminder every Sunday after class, follow these steps using a formula:
1. In addition to the "Class Date" field (A1), add a new date field as the "Reminder Reference Date" field.
2. Use the WEEKDAY formula in the "Reminder Reference Date" field to calculate the date of the next Sunday based on the "Class Date" field.
Formula: A1+8-WEEKDAY(A1)
3. Set this field as the "Reminder Reference" field.
The formula example above calculates the next Sunday. To specify a different weekday, please refer to the table below:
| Specified Day | Formula (A1 as the specified date) |
|---|---|
| Sunday | A1+8-WEEKDAY(A1) |
| Monday | A1+2-WEEKDAY(A1) |
| Tuesday | A1+3-WEEKDAY(A1) |
| Wednesday | A1+4-WEEKDAY(A1) |
| Thursday | A1+5-WEEKDAY(A1) |
| Friday | A1+6-WEEKDAY(A1) |
| Saturday | A1+7-WEEKDAY(A1) |
1. When the specified weekday is Saturday or Sunday, the returned date will be the next Saturday or Sunday after the Reference Date (A1), as shown in the example above
2. When the specified weekday is from Monday to Friday, the returned date will vary depending on the Reference Date (A1):
(1) If the Reference Date (A1) is a Sunday, the Reminder Date will be set to the following week's date.
For example, if the formula is set as A1+4-WEEKDAY(A1) to send a reminder on Wednesday, and A1's date is 2025/03/09 (Sunday), the Reminder Date will be set to 2025/03/12 (Wednesday), which is the following Wednesday.
(2) If the Reference Date (A1)) is any day other than Sunday, the reminder field will be set to the corresponding date within the same week.
For example, if the formula is set as A1+4-WEEKDAY(A1) to send a reminder on Wednesday, and A1's date is 2025/03/08 (Saturday), the Reminder Date will be set to 2025/03/05 (Wednesday), which is the Wednesday of the same week.
Apart from using boolean operators on the top search bar, you can do querying by using special parameters on the URL of your sheet.
For the sheet
https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/3
You can use
https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/3?pqv100003=New
The part before ? is your sheet path.
The parameter name is pqv
(Your field ID can be found with this method.)
The value after = is the value to filter with, which is "New" in our example above. Please note that this value is case-sensitive.
For multiple queries, you can use the ampersand symbol &.
Comparison operators such as, <, >, or >= will not work with this method. If you need to do this type of comparison, you can use the left sidebar to filter your data.
You can view What's New?, including feature updates and event announcements, in the pop-up window on the right side of the page.
You can click on any announcement to view the details.
Click on the thumbnail to see the enlarged image.
If you close the "What's New? " pop-up window and want to reopen it, hover over Learn Ragic in the top-right corner of the page and click What's New?.
When there are new updates, a "red number" will appear, indicating how many updates there are!
If you need to restore your database to a previous state, you can choose one of the following methods based on your needs:
1. Restore the Entire Database: Use the Auto Backup feature to download a backup file from a specific point in time, or the Manual Backup feature to download the entire database. Then, manually restore the downloaded file.
2. Restore a Specific Sheet: If you only need to restore a specific sheet, go to the sheet’s Listing Page, click Tools > Download as Excel or CSV, and select From Backup. Download the backup file from a specific time or version history, then import it back into the original sheet to complete the restoration.
Ragic is offered in English, Traditional Chinese, and Simplified Chinese. While you can design your apps in any language you want, Ragic gives you the opportunity to translate the user interface into your own language so that it would be easier for your users to navigate.
To translate Ragic into your own language, navigate to Start Tab > Account Setup > UI Translations
Pick the language you would like to translate Ragic into under Language to translate. The UI Sections are the sections to translate.
You'll see the names of the classes Ragic uses to identify where your text goes in blue. Do not edit this blue text.
The green text is where you'll be editing into the language you are translating to. After editing the text, click Save above the translation window.
After you're done with a few sections, you'll start noticing that your saved translations are automatically being displayed in the Ragic menus where your UI sections were pointed at.
You can keep translating to your own language. Users in your account will be able to see these translations and interact with Ragic in the language you're translating to.
When you have multiple versions of the same sheet, when a field value is updated and saved, it will be updated in other versions as well.
On the other hand, if you have important constants or formulas that you would need to display results, but you don't want to display these values to other parties externally, you have the option to hide these fields with the hidden attribute.
This might be a requirement when you have to edit fields or values quite often, as you'll still need to refer to values in the hidden fields.
In the example below, the Internal copy has a few fields such as the profit that we're making, and the original vendor price that are sensitive, and will need to be hidden in the customers' invoice.
In the customer invoice, we can still have the fields that we need to refer to with formulas, but keep them hidden.
"Reports" are not counted as Custom Sheets! Therefore, users who subscribe to the Free and Lite plans can save an unlimited number of reports.
Refer to this documentation to learn about the types of reports available in Ragic.
You can move your subtable field to the front or the last by dragging it horizontally and dropping it at where you want it to be.
Moving subtables to another row can be done in the design mode by dragging your subtable field into an empty cell.
First make sure that you have enough space (3 cells beneath your subtable field headers (these will expand in your form in editing mode later).
You can drag one of your subtable fields to an empty space on your form to start the process.
Ragic will show you a prompt, asking if you want to move your subtable. Select the cell that you would like your first subtable field (the leftmost) would go to.
Ragic will move your entire subtable upon confirming.
The "EVERYONE" user group is a setting to make your database public, either to set your database sheet so that anyone can create entries, like a survey, or to set your database sheet to be publicly viewable, like a product catalogue.
The external user structure is different in the way that you can add the users you want, or have others request access to your account.. It's also possible to assign entries to external users to have more control over what an external user can access.
You can register for a new account with the account name you would like to use.
Afterwards, backup your data manually on your previous account to restore your data in your new account.
There are two ways of saving a manual backup in Ragic, you can either back up your entire database that includes your data as well (saved as .ragicdb format), or use the "Backup database definition only" option to save the design elements without your data (saved as .ragic format).
You can restore either type of backup on your new account.
To prevent duplicate records when importing data, you can use either of the following methods:
In Design Mode, check the "Unique" option in the field settings. This ensures that the field value cannot be duplicated across records.
During the "Import Policy" step in the import process, select "Renew Data" to avoid importing identical data more than once.
For more details on importing data, please refer to this article.
Ragic's ROUND formula will round a number to the nearest integer.
Ragic's number formatting options, such as #,####.## and #,####.00 would actually display the decimal points rounded, but will store the numbers with their actual decimal values.
If you're looking to round to the nearest two decimal points, as is found with currency or other financial transactions, you are most likely looking to calculate according to the nearest 2 decimal places, which would be the nearest cent for the resulting sum to be accurate.
An example for a workaround that will have Ragic store numbers rounded to the nearest two decimals is shown below:
Original formula that needs to be rounded: A1/4
Suggested formula: ROUND(A1*100/4)/100
Ragic will simply not save the record, and display a pop-up window that will direct you to the entry with the same value (opens in another window)
Creating and editing entries from mobile devices are available for both our iOS app and Android app.
iOS app :
Android app :
Screenshots:
Navigate to the tab and sheet you would like to access.
In the Listing Page, you can browse multiple records. And click on the record to see the detailed information.
In the Form Page, you can edit entry here.
If your Listing Page is loading slowly, try the following methods to improve performance:
Display only the essential fields needed to identify each record, rather than showing all fields from the sheet. This improves readability and reduces load time.
For instructions on how to configure which fields appear on the Listing Page, please refer to this article.
You can change the number of records displayed on your Listing Page in the top-right corner. We recommend displaying no more than 100 records per page to maintain optimal performance.
Displaying images can affect the loading speed of the Listing Page. We recommend avoiding Image Upload fields on the Listing Page. If images are necessary, consider reducing their size to minimize the impact on page performance.
If you don't want some of your fields on your form to show up in the left sidebar search tool, you can add "__" as a prefix to the field name.
So if your field name is "Project Assistant", writing "__Project Assistant" will make the system ignore your field while showing the fields available for querying on the left sidebar.
Please note that this does not make your field entirely invisible while doing queries. If your field is selected to be displayed as a column in the listing page, or if a user searches for the content in the top search bar, the results will still be displayed.
For the format 12,345.67, you can use TEXT(A1, '#,###.##').
This formula can also be applied to other numeric field formats.
To display the full weekday name (e.g., "Friday"), use TEXT(A1,'EE'). To display the abbreviated form (e.g., "Fri"), use TEXT(A1,'E').
For other formatting options, please refer to this document.
You can use the combination of RIGHT() or LEFT() with the FIND() function to find a specific character and get the corresponding string values before and after this character.
In the example below, we will get the first and last name of a person, using the space character.
Our form design is quite simple, with the full name on A1.
Using LEFT(A1,LEN(A1)-FIND(" ",A1,1)) for the first name,
and RIGHT(A1,LEN(A1)-FIND(" ",A1,1)) for the last name. Notice that we're looking for the space character with the blank space in between quotation marks (" ") with FIND.
The output is the first name and last name that is extracted from the full name.
Using the "Tab" key, the order for data entry goes from left to right and top to bottom.
If you use the "Enter" key, the order goes from top to bottom.
You can use the arrow keys to navigate to the next field in the direction of the arrow key.
If you're trying to display from a set of images that will change according to a certain value in a selection field, the easiest way is to use an insert image BBCode in the formula on a free text field.
Since the image will need to be referred to with a URL, the image will need to be hosted online. This can be on your own website, on a free image hosting service, or even in an attachment you've made in a form comment on Ragic. In our example, we're using imgur to host 3 traffic light icons.
We would like our project proposals to show a red icon if the project proposal has the status "Rejected", a yellow icon if the project proposal is "On Hold", and a green icon if the status is "Approved".
Traffic Light Icons
Using a nested conditional formula on field A5, where our Status Indicator will be,
IF(A4.RAW=='Rejected','https://i.imgur.com/JTH6pcq.png',
IF(A4.RAW=='On Hold','https://i.imgur.com/cVorwf4.png',
IF(A4.RAW=='Accepted','https://i.imgur.com/xqtgvSV.png','please make a status selection'
)
)
)
the end result is displaying the appropriate icon link with the [img] BBCode tag, and the text 'please make a status selection' if a selection is not made.
Selecting the field A4, which is the project status, we're able to view the icon on our form page.
The status indicator is also visible from the listing page.
If your users don't have access right to see "Tool" on Ragic sheets (external users don't have tool button) or if your users don't have access right of features "Download as Excel File","Download as PDF file"or "Printer Friendly" under Export section from tool, you can add action buttons to let them have chance to download data in Ragic to Excel file or get printer friendly page.
To add this kind of action buttons on your sheet Form page(to export a single record), please navigate to Form design mode >"Form settings" from left side panel > "Actions", and you can use parameter /{id}.xlsx(to download as Excel file) ,/{id}.pdf(to download as PDF file) and /{id}.xhtml(Printer Friendly) to create action buttons.
Action Name: user defined.
Action Type: URL
Action: /account_name/tab_path/sheet_index/{id}.action_parameter
Below is the example of adding a "Download as Excel file" action button to the Form page.
Remember to click on "Add Action" once you finish this action setting.
This action is now added, please save your design change before exiting design mode.
You will now see this action button at lower right corner on your Form page.
Below is the result of clicking this action button.
If it's to export all records or filtered records in rows, please add action buttons to your Listing page. You can navigate to Listing design mode >"Form settings" from letf side panel > "Actions", and you can use parameter /.xlsx(to download as Excel file), /.pdf(to download as PDF file) and /.xhtml(Printer Friendly) to create action buttons.
Action Name: user defined.
Action Type: URL
Action: /account_name/tab_path/sheet_path.action_parameter
Below is the example of adding a "Printer Friendly" action button to the Listing page.
Remember to click on "Add Action" once you finish this action setting.
This action is now added, please save your design change before exiting design mode.
You will now see this action button at lower right corner on your Listing page. (Refresh your page if you didn't see this action button.)
Below is the result of clicking this action button.
The following steps will help you set up a button to Update Value on Another Sheet to calculate a running balance.
Let's say we have the "Account Balance" sheet which includes a Subtable recording all transactions.
In the "Account Balance" sheet, create a "Transaction ID" sheet by generating a New Sheet From Subtable.
Select "Account ID" as the Key linking field to the new sheet.
After clicking "Create new sheet", you can now see this new sheet is with the fields that are from the Subtable in the sheet "Account Balance".
Add additional fields and assign formulas to calculate the transaction balance in Design Mode.
To load "Account Name" and "Current Balance" data according to its "Account ID", we can use Link and Load to link them as Loaded Fields for our existing set "Account Balance".
Assign a formula to the "New Balance" field: C3 + A4 ("Current Balance" + "Amount").
And now we can create an Action Button to Update Value on Another Sheet.
Select the "Account Balance" sheet as the target for updates, configure the values to be updated, and create the button.
Navigate back to the "Account Balance" sheet to add another Subtable field, "Initial Balance", and apply the formula: E5 - D5 (New Balance - Amount).
Additionally, if you want to quickly create transaction records in the "Transaction ID" sheet from the "Account Balance" sheet, you can configure it to create new records in the linked Subtable.
Click the gear icon next to the sheet name under the New Sheet From Subtable section.
Click Create Button and name the Action Button.
You will see the newly created action button under the Action Buttons tab on the left sidebar. To prevent the page from closing automatically after a new record is created, remove the parameter "Close" from the Action URL.
Now let’s try creating a transaction record for the account "ABC Bank".
Click the "Create transaction" Action Button in the lower-right corner.
It will redirect you to the "Transaction ID" sheet page. After filling in the details and saving the record, the "New Balance" field will automatically calculate the updated balance. Then, click the "Run Account Balance" button.
The system will display a message indicating that the update is complete and automatically populate the "Run Account Balance executed time" field.
When you return to the "Account Balance" sheet, you will see that the "Current Balance" has been updated to $1200.
Currently only the raw embed type will display static text fields. For other embedding types, you can add instructions for fields on Field Settings > Other, or change the field name to be more descriptive.
Sometimes you may see some fields in grey color and you can't create a link while setting up a link & load, connection. The reason would most likely be two reasons explained as below:
This type of link will not be permitted in the link manager, as you cannot link from a subtable and load to a regular field (from a subtable on the right side of the link manager to the left side), since a subtable could have many different values entered in an entry, but a regular field would only have one value.
On the contrary, you can link & load from regular fields to a subtable, this works best if you would like to manually select (or type to see options) one field of the data, and load the corresponding information in other fields within a row of the subtable, such as having multiple line items for products in a sales order.
The linked field is a kind of selection field (select from other sheet). In order to identify each selection as unique, the linked field should be linked from a key value that can identify each entry on the source sheet as a unique entry, which is usually the id number or serial number field. Thus, you cannot link from a linked field or a numeric field as the linked field. However, you can link from a linked field or numeric field as a loaded field.
There are two ways to navigate to the configuration of your action buttons on the sheet, where you can delete the action buttons that are obsolete to your database sheet:
1. Under Form Design Mode > On the left side panel > Form Settings > Actions > click "x" next to the action button you don't need > Save design changes.
2. Or under Form Design Mode > click Form Tools > and find Actions under Form Tool settings.
You will see the configuration of your action buttons is on the left side panel > click "x" next to the action button you don't need > Save your design changes.
Ragic will keep a records' history for each time you edit and save this particular record, which is visible through each entry's information panel.
Clicking the i icon at the lower-right corner of the form page while browsing your entry will display the history details, such as the create date, user the entry was created by, entry manager, users that are notified, and locking status.
If you have access rights higher than survey user (such as viewer, bulletin user, or admin), you will be able to view the history details of records.
You can click on the added/modified records, to view details on additions and modifications.
This behavior has something to do with how Ragic determines if a subtable row should be saved to the database.
For a subtable row to be saved to the database, it needs to have at least one non-empty values for a row. However, there are some exceptions that we need to consider. For example, if a field is configured to have a default value, its value is auto generated or generated by formulas, it will always have a value, regardless of the rest of the row being filled out or not. Therefore, Ragic has a rule in place to prevent empty rows to be generated. Fields in the subtable row with default values, formulas, or auto generated fields will need another fields' value filled in the same subtable row, so that this subtable row is saved to the database. Otherwise the default, formulas result, or auto generated value will not be counted as a non-empty field.
If you would like to assign entries to particular users to ensure that they only have the necessary access rights to a select amount of entries, a good way to hide this assignment is to use the form rules, especially if the assignments are made by a particular admin, or to prevent users to accidentally change the assignment.
Leaving the form rule condition blank in this example ensures that the Select User field used for the assignment is hidden when a user is already assigned to a record.
You can view your account billing information by navigating to Start tab > Account Setup > Account Billing.
This will display your current account plan, including the billing cycle, next billing date, the number of licensed users, billing amount, as well as your accounts' billing contact.
Through this setup window, you can change your plan or plan details, update your credit card information, or purchase add-ons such as SMS credits or extra storage space. Clicking on the Billing History link on the right side will show you a breakdown of your previous payments.
You can access each payments' invoice by clicking on a line item through the links on your payment description column.
Whether it's a single field linked through the select from other sheet field type, or a linked field via the link & load that links data from another sheet, the methods below can be used to enter data into linked fields:
Start Typing:
You can type directly into a linked field, which will automatically display related records.
Using the link & load pop-up:
Click on the empty linked field value to bring up a pop-up displaying the listing page of your linked sheet.
You can use the full-text search bar on the top to show related results,
or filter individual fields with the arrows next to the field headers.
Both of these search options behave according to the search tools available in Ragic.
Setting up your personal profile information for your database account and preferences can be done through your Personal Settings panel.
To access the Personal Settings panel, hover on your name (if you don't have a name registered, your e-mail address will be shown) on the upper-right side of your screen. Under Personal, click Personal Settings.
Your Profile will let you set your display name, change your password, and set your phone, picture, and signature. This information will only be visible to System Administrators in your Ragic account through the internal user information panel, and anywhere this information is linked to within your database for users with the access rights to view this information.
Your Preferences panel is a global display setting that affects how you interact with your Ragic database sheets. The default values and what these preference options mean are explained below:
| Preference | Default Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| Show fly-in when hovering on linked fields | On | Displays the right panel fly-in when hovered on linked fields. |
| Show fly-in when hovering on linked subtable fields | On | Displays the right panel fly-in when hovered on linked fields in subtables. |
| Show fly-in preview when hovering on uploaded picture or file | On | Displays an image or file preview for image upload fields or file upload fields when hovered on an existing uploaded image or file. |
| Display link & load as a link | On | Displays linked fields as links that take the user to the corresponding linked record. |
| Display e-mail addresses as a link | On | Displays E-mail fields as links, and behaves according to how the user has configured their browser setting for e-mail addresses. |
| Display phone numbers as a link | On | Displays Phone fields as links, and behaves according to how the user has configured their browser setting for phone links. |
| Open tab folder menu with mouse click | Off | Toggles setting for tab menus to display sheet names when hovered or clicked. |
| Number of entries per page | 25 | Global setting for the number of entries displayed on listing pages. This can be configured for individual sheets with this method. |
There are three additional settings for action buttons that you can configure if necessary:
These settings can be found under Design mode > Form Settings > Actions.
To prevent users from accidentally clicking on action buttons and cause unexpected situations, such as creating new data or modifying data you can configure the action buttons to be Confirmed before execution.
With this configuration, users will have to confirm that they would like to execute the action.
In some situations, executing action buttons make significant changes to existing entries. In order to have another layer of security, you can configure the action buttons to be executable only when approved in the approval flow.
If you would like to hide some action buttons, for example, after combining two action buttons, you will not have the option to delete the old action buttons, but you can hide it to prevent users from accidentally clicking them to execute actions that are irrelevant. You can configure the action buttons to be hidden by selecting the Hide this action button option.
It's very common for a sheet to be accessible by multiple user groups, with different access right privileges.
For example, while a user group might be a "Viewer" who can only view entries, "Admin" or "Bulletin Users", on the same sheet would be able to modify entries. In most cases users who have "Viewer" access rights shouldn't be able to view or click on the action button.
As the result, you can have a more fine-tuned control on the access rights for each action button through this additional setting.
By default, the action buttons are available for the EVERYONE user group, which means that anyone who has access to the sheet would be able to execute this action.
You can click on the dropdown arrow under "Action available for these user groups" to select the user groups you would like to grant access to.
Don't forget to Save the changes made in Design Mode.
Sometimes you would like to allow users to modify entries with action buttons, but only the entries that they have editing rights to. In this case, you can check Only available for users who can edit this entry. With this being configured, this action button will be only available for users on the records that they have editing rights to, and not on the records that they can only view.
Hovering on the file name of certain file or images uploaded in file upload fields and image upload fields will allow you to preview them within the right panel.
Below are some examples on how these files are displayed:
PDF files
Word documents
Excel files
Image files
Users who have the appropriate access rights can e-mail details of an entry to others via e-mail.
To e-mail an entry, you can click on the Tools menu on the top of the form page, and select E-mail this entry.
You will have the option to include a link to this record, which will be displayed on the bottom of the entry. While the record details are sent on the e-mail body, if the receiver doesn't have access to the database sheet, they will not be able to access the record on Ragic, so you can choose to exclude the link.
You can also choose to include an Excel copy of this record.
An additional option, including a Mail Merge of this record can also be selected. This will give you an option to choose from Mail Merge templates you already have on this sheet.
Once the e-mail is sent, it will be displayed in your e-mail history within Ragic. You can access sent e-mails through the records you have sent them.
Users will also be able to reply to this e-mail through this record.
You can customize the subject and the content of your e-mail notification by clicking on Custom Review Email link under Invite user to review this record.
In the pop-up window, you can design the e-mail template using HTML formatting and use variables. Check all supported variables here.
You can click on 
which will show you a demo on how the custom e-mail looks like. If you decide to use our standard template instead, click on 
will discard all the changes you've made.
Furthermore, you may also attach URL, Excel, PDF, or mail merge file of the record; or other attachments. When you attach the URL of the record, please make sure you have granted the access right of the sheet to the recipients. Otherwise, they'll have a blank page when they access the database through the entry URL.
Once the editing completed, remember to save before you exit the pop-up window.
You can manage all of your support e-mails in this Ragic sheet that you can install as a template. Received e-mails will create a new entry, and your users can reply the e-mail directly through Ragic. All responses in the e-mail thread will be stored in the same entry as well.
You can also assign the ticket to another user, or decide if this ticket still needs to be replied or followed up.
By using this template, you can easily manage all your support tickets in the same place.
The E-mail Support Ticket System Template can be installed to your database account from Start Tab > Install Template > Support > Customer Service Tickets > GET .
The corresponding e-mail address will be "apname.support1.1@tickets.ragic.com".
(The corresponding e-mail address above is generated by the following: apname.tab_path.sheet_index@tickets.ragic.com)
For example, if your template URL is https://www.ragic.com/accountname/support1/1, then your corresponding e-mail address for this template will be accountname.support1.1@tickets.ragic.com. (This address is case sensitive, you may send an e-mail to this address to test if the e-mail is received in your template as a new entry.)
After installing the template and having the corresponding e-mail address, you will need either add this e-mail address into your company e-mail group (or mailing list) or configure automatic forwarding of your mail box, so when people send e-mails to your company's support e-mail address, new support tickets will be generated as entries in this template.
The default filter applied on the listing page is "Need Action?: Y", which will show only the tickets that need action on the listing page as default. This can be changed if necessary.
When you reply to an e-mail, the "Need Action?" status will be changed to N, and will not be shown in the default filter that's applied.
You can clear the filter if you'd like to see all e-mails.
When you receive a reply to an e-mail, they will have the "Need Action: Y" status again, and will be shown in your listing page with the default filter.
Fields
| Field Name | Content |
|---|---|
| Status | The ticket status, can be changed by selecting from the drop down menu. The default setting for new tickets are "New". |
| Need Action? | The default value to this field is "Y" for new tickets. Once you reply to an e-mail, it will be changed to "N" automatically. This field value can also be changed to "N" by clicking the "No Action Needed" button through the Actions panel. |
| Priority | To mark the priority of this ticket, which helps collaborating with other users. |
| Assigned To | You can assign this ticket to another user. The assigned user will receive a notification within Ragic, and via e-mail. |
You can click on the mail icon on the lower-right corner to view an e-mail thread.
You can send a reply to an e-mail after scrolling down an e-mail thread. An e-mail draft will be saved even if you leave this page.
BBCode tags can be used here as well, which are useful to insert images and links.
Tip: You can paste an image from your clipboard directly into an e-mail, the system will help turn this into an inserted image using BBCode.
Common replies that you write often can be added to your template. Your reply will be auto-filled with the reply template contents by clicking on the saved template name. Reply templates are shared within the account, so all users will be able to see all reply templates.
You can click +New under the TEMPLATES section to add a reply template.
You can add/edit your signature by clicking the arrow next to Send button > Edit Signature.
You can attach files from the Attach File link below the e-mail body. The size limitation of an e-mail is 25MB, however, it's still recommended to check the policy of your recipient's server.
You will need Ragic Professional / On-premises / Enterprise to remove "Powered by Ragic" from an embedded sheet.
If you use Ragic's Website plug-ins to embed your Ragic database to your website or blog, you might notice that there will be a footer "Online database powered by Ragic" displayed on the bottom of the embedded sheet.
To disable this footer, you can add the code snippet below to the JavaScript code used to embed your database sheet:
var hideSlogan = true;
Note: This Ragic feature is implemented using AWS SES. If you are using on-premises servers, you will need to purchase your own domain and AWS SES service to enable this feature.
In addition to using the Customer Service Tickets Template, you can also create entries from received emails in existing sheets.
Follow these two steps:
1. Confirm the Corresponding Email Address for the Sheet
Example:
Database account: testing123
Sheet URL: www.ragic.com/testing123/forms1/1
Corresponding email address: testing123.forms1.1@tickets.ragic.com
2. Set the Corresponding Email Address as the Recipient
Once you have the corresponding email address for the sheet, you can set up automatic email forwarding or add it to your company’s email group (or mailing list). Emails sent to this address will automatically generate new entries in the sheet.
Once an entry is created, users can view the email history by clicking the Email icon in the bottom right corner of the Form Page. They can also reply to emails directly from the sheet.
In the Form Page fields, you can use the Manual Attributes settings with parameters to automatically populate corresponding fields with relevant email information (such as sender, subject, content, etc.) when the system receives an email and creates an entry.
The table below lists the currently supported parameters:
| Parameter | Value | Description |
|---|---|---|
| email_subject | 1 | Email Subject |
| email_content | 1 | Email Content |
| email_updateDate | 1 | Entry Last Modified Date |
| email_fromAddress | 1 | Sender's Email |
| email_fromPersonal | 1 | Sender's Name |
| email_updateEmail | 1 | Last Updated By Email |
| email_toAddress | 1 | Recipient's Email |
| email_toPersonal | 1 | Recipient's Name |
| email_ccAddress | 1 | CC Email |
| email_ccPersonal | 1 | CC Name |
| email_needAction | 1 | Display If Email Requires Action (Y/N) |
| email_upload | 1 | Email Attachment (Requires File Upload field) |
After setting up, it is recommended to send a test email to verify the configuration.
Note: Please do not use this feature unless instructed by a KB article or by Ragic support.
To add manual attributes to a field, you can enter the Design mode of the form page, select the field, and navigate to Field Settings > Other > Manual attributes on the left side of the page.
After entering your parameter to the Manual attributes configuration, click the "+" button next to it.
You might notice the entered parameter is now cleared, which means it has been added to the field.
Before exiting the design mode, please don't forget to save your design changes.
To remove an attribute, simply try to add an empty attribute value to an attribute and the attribute will be removed.
The mass e-mail feature sends out e-mails that you compose, to records that have at least one e-mail field. You can select an e-mail field to use for the recipients. This is extremely useful for sending follow-up e-mails, during promotional campaigns, or newsletters to certain groups of people.
To send out mass e-mails, you can first filter your records if necessary, and use the Send Mass E-mail function under the Tools menu.
Not filtering records would mean that the mass e-mail will be sent to all contacts in your database sheet.
Select the e-mail field that you would like to send e-mails to, and enter the Subject and contents of the e-mail.
You will be able to refer to field values within the record that you're using to send out this e-mail with variable syntax:
Below is the list of variables you can use in the e-mail content:
| Variable | Description |
|---|---|
| {{AP_NAME}} | Your Ragic account name |
| {{USER_NAME}} | Name of sender |
| {{RECORD_LINK}} | Record URL |
| {{FIELD ID}} | Value of the field |
| {{FIELD NAME}} | Value of the field |
Note. If there are duplicated field names on the sheet, please use {{FIELD ID}} to retrieve the field value instead.
After clicking the "Mass Send" button, you be able to view the sent e-mails' status.
Below is a received e-mail sent with the mass e-mail feature that includes variables:
The sent e-mail will be stored with your entry in the database, which can be found on the entry's form page, accessible through the e-mail icon on the lower-right corner.
Similar to our E-mail Support Ticket System Template, you can reply to sent e-mails.
Please first update the system through the built-in interface, if manual updates are necessary, follow the steps below.
When you need to manually update or back up Ragic-related files on your NAS, you can refer to the following instructions:
QNAP
Your Ragic package is typically installed in /share/CACHEDEV1_DATA/.qpkg/Ragic (If it’s not installed there, you can check the installation path by viewing /etc/config/qpkg.conf for the Ragic Install_Path). The Ragic-related files are stored in the Ragic directory under this path (i.e., /share/CACHEDEV1_DATA/.qpkg/Ragic/Ragic).
Synology
Your Ragic is installed in /var/packages/RagicBuilder/target.
Simply copy the certificate into the installation path and restart the NAS to access the Ragic application.
In Ragic, if you use features including Email This Entry, Send Mass Email, Reminders, and Send Custom Email, you can see the email history of the entry on the Form Page.
If you do not want to display email history, go to the Form Settings tab in the Form Page's Design Mode, then enter the Form Settings and check the option Hide e-mail history of this sheet.
When hovering over Linked Fields or a file or image in a File Upload or Image Upload field, a fly-in panel showing related information appears on the right side of the screen.
To disable this fly-in panel, click the gear icon in the upper-right corner of the panel and select Turn off fly-in.
After clicking Turn off fly-in., all fly-in panels on the right side will be disabled. To configure settings individually for enabling or disabling specific types of preview information, go to Preferences under your Personal Settings.
To recalculate all formulas or the formula assigned in a field for a single record instead of all records, you can add an action button to execute formula recalculation for the current record by adding a simple script.
Please follow this guide to add your script:
Step 1: Open the Ragic workflow editor.
Right-click on the sheet name under the tab and select Javascript Workflow, which will take you to the Workflow Module.
Step 2: Switch the page being edited to the "Installed sheet scope".
Step 3: Modify and add the following code to your installed sheet scope and save.
Remember to change the '/sales/3' in the example code below to your own sheet path.
Example If your sheet url is 'www.ragic.com/sample/sales/3', the code would be written as following:
function recalc(nodeId){
var query=db.getAPIQuery('/sales/3');
var entry=query.getAPIEntry(nodeId);
entry.recalculateAllFormulas();
entry.save();
}
If you would like to only do recalculate for a single field, let's say with field id 1000001. You can use this instead:
function recalc(nodeId){
var query=db.getAPIQuery('/sales/3');
var entry=query.getAPIEntry(nodeId);
entry.recalculateFormula(1000001);//recalculate formula for only field id 1000001
entry.save();
}
Step 4: Add the action button to your sheet.
Under the form page design mode of the sheet, navigate to Form Settings > Actions. Add a new action as following:
Action name: The name of the action button.
Action type: JS Workflow
Action: recalc({id});
Remember to click "Add Action" and save your design changes.
If you don't see "Change E-mail" action button on your user page, please contact support@ragic.com.
In case you would like to change the e-mail address of a user, as a SysAdmin you may click on the "Change E-mail" action button from the Actions panel within the corresponding user's page.
Input the updated e-mail address in the pop-up window. When the e-mail is confirmed, Ragic will automatically send an e-mail to the updated address containing the user's temporary password to log into the system. The user may then change their password when they log on to Ragic.
Ragic does not allow you to delete a field if it is referenced by other sheets. For example, the field may be used as a Linked Field in a Link and Load relationship or in a sheet generated from a Subtable.
This restriction is in place to prevent other sheets from referencing a field that no longer exists. If you still want to delete the field, you must first remove any Link & Load relationships associated with it. You can click the sheet link in the warning message to go directly to the related sheet.
Similarly, if a sheet contains fields that are referenced by other sheets, the system will prevent you from deleting that sheet.
Ragic will generate a preview page based on the printing settings of your browser in the printer friendly version, accessible in the Tools menu.
From the generated printer friendly page, you can use the Print function of your browser (right click > print) to print out the page.
And to adjust the printer friendly version settings, you may need to check the printing settings of your browser, including the items listed below.
1. Field background color (Background graphics)
2. Margins (Margins & Scale)
3. Headers and footers
4. Portrait or landscape (Layout)
If you have a set of linked sheets under a tab for a specific project, and you would like to copy the whole tab, preserving the design and linking relationships of the sheets in a new tab for another project, you can use the Duplicate Tab feature to achieve this so that you don't have to duplicate each sheet and re-arrange the linking.
You can find this feature by clicking the arrow icon next to the tab name, or right-clicking the tab name and selecting Duplicate Tab.
Select the sheets you would like to duplicate. (By default, all sheets under your tab will be selected.)
Click Submit, and the tab with the selected sheets will be duplicated. The new duplicated sheets will link to each other instead of linking with the original sheets.
Note This feature is to duplicate the design of all sheets under a tab. It's not for creating multiple versions of the same sheet. The newly created sheets will not be multiple versions of the same sheets that share the data, but rather be new sheets created with the same design.
When adding a new record, the system automatically saves your input as a draft in the browser every few seconds.
This ensures that if you accidentally close the browser window, the system will check for available drafts when you return to add a new record in the same sheet. If a draft is found, you will be prompted to load it.
You can load the latest draft to continue editing or discard it and start a new record from scratch.
When organizing or archiving records across years, we do not recommend creating a new sheet with the same structure for each year. Storing yearly records in separate sheets makes it difficult to generate cross-year reports.
If you need to archive old records, we recommend using one of the following three methods:
For example, if you only want to display this year’s orders in the "Sales Orders" sheet and archive past records, you can click the gear icon of the "Order Date" field in the Left Sidebar, apply the "This Year" filter, and then save it as the Default View or Fixed Filter.
Once set, only this year’s orders will be shown when accessing the sheet.
If the records you want to archive cannot be filtered through the Left Sidebar, you can create a new "Archived" selection field with options such as "Y" or "N". Then, apply a Default View or Fixed Filter based on the "Archived" field to display only records with "Archived = N".
In the future, when you need to archive specific records, manually change the field value to "Y" so that the record will be excluded from the Listing Page.
With Automatic Archiving, you can archive records on specified sheets at defined intervals. Please note that archived records cannot be retrieved via the API or reports until they are unarchived.
Just create an URL action button with the record URL adding .xhtml to the end.
For example, the sheet URL is https://www.ragic.com/demo/sales/1
For a record, the URL would be like: https://www.ragic.com/demo/sales/1/18
So for the action button, you can put down the URL:
https://www.ragic.com/demo/sales/1/{id}.xhtml
When using an Embedded Sheet to display data, what users see depends on the Access Rights configured for the sheet in your database. For example, if the sheet is set to VIEWER for the EVERYONE group, even guest users who are not logged in can view all records through the embedded sheet.
However, if you want to allow guest users to search for specific records without making the sheet public, such as searching for a shipment by entering a tracking number online, you can achieve this using Exact Mode.
Both Database Query and Database View & Query support Exact Mode. When this mode is enabled, users can search for records by entering query values that exactly match the data, even if the sheet is not set to public.
Setting Steps:
1. In the embed settings, check the Exact Mode option in the upper left corner.
2. Click Set Default Query Field to choose the fields users will use to query.
3. Click Save, then complete the remaining embedded settings as needed.
Users will now be able to search for data by entering exact matches in all query fields, even if they do not have access rights to your sheet.
They can also click a result to view the detailed record.
1. In Exact Mode, users must enter an exact match in all query fields to retrieve data. Partial inputs or incomplete criteria will not return any results.
2. Exact Mode settings are shared across the same sheet. For example, if you enable Exact Mode in a Database Query for the "Sales Order" sheet, it will also apply to the Database View & Query for the same sheet. Disabling it in either one will remove the setting from both.
The Send mass SMS feature is available if you subscribe with our Professional plan or above.
The send mass SMS feature sends out SMS (text messages) that you compose, to selected recipients in a phone number field within your records. Your sheet will need to have at least one phone number field, and you will be able to select the phone number field to use for the recipients.
This is extremely useful for sending follow-up messages as an SMS, during promotional campaigns, or newsletters to certain groups of people.
Before you start using this feature, you will need to purchase SMS credits from your Account Billing. (Or click "Get SMS credits" from Send mass SMS configuration to navigate to this page.)
To send out mass SMS, you can first filter your records if necessary, and use the Send mass SMS function under the Tools menu.
Not filtering records would mean that the mass e-mail will be sent to all contacts in your database sheet with the specified phone number field.
Select the phone number field that you would like to send an SMS to, and enter the body content of the SMS.
Ragic uses a third-party service named Twilio to send text messages. You can send text messages to phone numbers in almost any country in the world. If your recipients are outside the US or Canada, please format your mobile phone numbers in the international format E.164, which will include country codes, such as +18886668037. For detailed information regarding formatting phone numbers to send mass SMS through Ragic, please refer to this article.
Clicking on the option Test Send (To Self), will prompt you to enter your phone number to be used for testing in the pop-up window so you can test send an SMS to your phone number.
And you can refer to this article for SMS character limit information.
Another thing is that you will be able to refer to field values within the record that you're using to send out this SMS with variable syntax:
Below is the list of variables you can use in the SMS content:
| Variable | Description |
|---|---|
| {{AP_NAME}} | Your Ragic account name |
| {{USER_NAME}} | Name of sender |
| {{RECORD_LINK}} | Record URL |
| {{FIELD ID}} | Value of the field |
| {{FIELD NAME}} | Value of the field |
Note. If there are duplicated field names on the sheet, please use {{FIELD ID}} to retrieve the field value instead.
The character limit for a single SMS message is 160 characters, however most modern phones and networks support concatenation and segment and rebuild messages up to 1600 characters. Messages not using GSM-7 encoding are limited to 67 characters.
We recommend you check any mass messages in this tool before you send them out. It will flag any UCS-2 characters to avoid you being double charged for messages. Sending out SMS through Ragic, you can see whether a message was encoded as UCS-2 or GSM7 by viewing an individual message in your console logs.
When you send a SMS message over 160 characters the message will be split. Large messages are segmented into 153 character segements and sent individually then rebuilt by the recipients device. For example, a 161 character message will be sent as two messages, one with 153 characters and the second with 8 characters.
If you include non-GSM characters like eastern characters in SMS messages, those messages have to be sent via UCS-2 encoding. Messages containing any UCS-2 characters are limited to 67 characters and will be concatenated into 67 character message segments, even if the messages contain less than 160 characters.
When you use publish to the web, you may choose to export data from fields on the listing page or all fields.
If you would like to further specify which fields you'd like to export, you can add the snippet "?f=cust&s=1000&order=["field_id",...]" to the URL generated from the publish to the web feature.
For example, below is the URL to download an excel file retrieved from publish to the web, which would only export data from the fields that are on the listing page:
https://www.ragic.com/ExampleAccount/Tab1/18.xlsx
To export the data from certain fields instead of the fields on the listing page, or all fields on the sheet, we use the parameter "?f=cust&s=1000&order=["field_id",...]" to specify fields. (The field ID can be found under the design mode from field settings.) the URL to Download an Excel file for only the field IDs "1000231" and "1000243" would be:
https://www.ragic.com/ExampleAccount/Tab1/18.xlsx?f=cust&s=1000&order=["1000231","1000243"]
Ragic's iOS App now supports filtering entries with views. Users can either apply saved views or create a new view.
You may enter the listing page and click on the filter icon:
Click on the name of the saved view you'd like to filter with. Ragic will apply it automatically and toggle back to the listing page:
If you would like to clear the applied view, click on the filter icon again and select “Clear”. You'll be able to see all entries again.
You may click on the filter icon from the listing page and enter the criteria below:
Click on 
to apply the new view.
If you want to clear the view, click on the filter icon again and click on “Clear”.
Notice
New views created on the Ragic iOS App cannot be saved yet. If you would like to save a view, please access Ragic from the web version.
Download Ragic's iOS App from the link below:
When editing subtable data, you can click the deletion icon to delete the row completely.
If you want to prevent your users from deleting subtable rows, you can navigate to Form Settings under Design Mode and choose the option no subtable deletion allowed.
To recalculate all formulas or the formula assigned in a field for all records without navigating to Design mode, you can add an action button to execute formula recalculation for all records by adding a simple script.
Please follow this guide to add your script:
Step 1: Open the Ragic workflow editor.
Right-click on the sheet name under the tab and select Javascript Workflow, which will take you to the Workflow Module.
Step 2: Switch the page being edited to the "Installed sheet scope".
Step 3: Modify and add the following code to your installed sheet scope and save.
Remember to change the '/sales/3' in the example code below to your own sheet path.
Example If your sheet url is 'www.ragic.com/sample/sales/3', the code would be written as following:
function recalc(){ var pageSize = 1000; //read 1000 entries at a time
var qMain = db.getAPIQuery('/sales/3');
qMain.setUpdateMode();
var mainAr = null, mainOffset = 0;
while(mainAr==null || mainAr.hasMore()){
qMain.resetData();
qMain.setLimitSize(pageSize);
qMain.setLimitFrom(mainOffset);
mainAr = qMain.getAPIResults();
var iterator = mainAr.iterator();
while(iterator.hasNext()){
var entry = iterator.next();
entry.recalculateAllFormulas();
entry.save();
}
mainOffset += mainAr.getData().size();
}
}
If you would like to only do recalculate for a single field, let's say with field id 1000001. You can use this instead:
function recalc(){ var pageSize = 1000; //read 1000 entries at a time
var qMain = db.getAPIQuery('/sales/3');
qMain.setUpdateMode();
var mainAr = null, mainOffset = 0;
while(mainAr==null || mainAr.hasMore()){
qMain.resetData();
qMain.setLimitSize(pageSize);
qMain.setLimitFrom(mainOffset);
mainAr = qMain.getAPIResults();
var iterator = mainAr.iterator();
while(iterator.hasNext()){
var entry = iterator.next();
entry.recalculateFormula(1000001);//recalculate formula for only field id 1000001
entry.save();
}
mainOffset += mainAr.getData().size();
}
}
Step 4: Add the action button to your sheet.
Under the form page design mode of the sheet, navigate to Form Settings > Actions. Add a new action as following:
Action name: The name of the action button.
Action type: JS Workflow
Action: recalc({id});
Remember to click "Add Action" and save your design changes.
You can create custom buttons to have easy access to your frequently used tools. From Design Mode, go to Form Settings, select the suitable Action type, and name your button.
Simply click on the “Add Action” button, save the design, and exit Design Mode. Your custom button will show up in the lower-right corner of your database:
Here are the tools which can be added as custom buttons:
| Tools |
|---|
| Clone Entry |
| Download as Excel File |
| Printer Friendly |
| E-mail this entry |
| Apply all formulas to this record |
| Lock or unlock record |
Please Note: This function is only supported in form pages and cannot be added to the listing page.
By adding the special parameter pqv to the sheet URL, you can query and filter records within the sheet as well as download the filtered records.
The following are these two use cases:
In addition to using Boolean Operators on the top search bar, you can also perform filtering queries by using special parameters in the sheet URL.
If the sheet URL is: https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/3?PAGEID=wSM (ignore the part after ?PAGEID=wSM),
then the URL with special parameters would be:
https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/3?pqv100003=New
1. After the ?, add the parameter name: pqv.
2. Add the Field ID you want to filter by (you can find the Field ID using this method).
3. After the Field ID, add = followed by the filtering condition. In our example, it is "New". When the field value is text, it is case-sensitive.
By entering this URL, you can directly query all records in the sheet where the field value is "New".
Notes:
(1) When there are multiple filtering conditions, you can use the & symbol to separate them.
(2) If you want to use comparison operators (e.g., <, >, or >=), such as filtering records with field values greater than 20, this method is not applicable. Please use the left sidebar to filter records.
If users have Access Rights to records, they can either manually export the data or be provided with a download URL to download the records as an Excel file, CSV file, or in a printer friendly format. To download filtered records, you can add the special parameter pqv to the URL.
Below are the URLs of data exporting options:
| File Format | URL |
|---|---|
| Excel File | www.ragic.com/account_name/tab_path/sheet_path.xlsx |
| CSV File | www.ragic.com/account_name/tab_path/sheet_path.csv |
| Printer Friendly | www.ragic.com/account_name/tab_path/sheet_path.xhtml |
To download the Excel file of the sheet, use the following URL:
https://www.ragic.com/testaccount/practicetab/1.xlsx
To export filtered records, add the special parameter to the URL:
https://www.ragic.com/testaccount/practicetab/1.xlsx?pqv1000105=Taiwan
1. The part before the ? is the URL used to export the sheet as an Excel file.
2. After the ?, add the parameter name: pqv.
3. Add the Field ID you want to filter by (you can find the Field ID using this method).
4. After the Field ID, add = followed by the filtering condition. In our example, it is "Taiwan". When the field value is text, it is case-sensitive.
Notes:
(1) When there are multiple filtering conditions, you can use the & symbol to separate them.
(2) If you want to use comparison operators (e.g., <, >, or >=), such as filtering records with field values greater than 20, this method is not applicable. The SYSAdmin needs to set the filter criteria as a Shared View. After that, use the shared view URL to download the filtered records.
(3) Only users with Access Rights to the sheet can use the link to download records. If users have no Access Rights, the downloaded Excel file will contain no data.
To grant people with no Access Rights to download the records, use Publish to Web with API Link instead. You can also add special pqv parameters to the link to allow the download of filtered records.
Ragic’s web version supports signing up and logging in with a Google account. When logging in with Google, you can access Ragic without setting or entering a separate Ragic password.
Note: If you encounter features that require password verification, such as Approvals, follow these steps to reset your Ragic password.
On the sign-up page, click "Sign up".
Alternatively, on the sign-in page, click "Sign in with Google".
If your Google account’s email is already registered in a Ragic database, you can log in directly. Otherwise, the system will prompt you to create a new Ragic account.
To change text in multiple Free Text fields, you can use Search and Replace. However, since the Search and Replace function is not supported for Selection fields, you will need to use Mass Update to change their values.
Here's an example:
Suppose your current data is as shown below.
If you want to change the selection "banana" to "Banana" and apply it to existing data in the "Product" field for consistent formatting (capitalized first letter), follow these steps:
After completing the steps above, you can return to Design Mode to remove the original "banana" option.
When installing and using Free Template Sheets, you can adjust them according to your needs, such as adding or removing fields, applying Conditional Formatting, or modifying the sheet layout. Please refer to this article for detailed instructions on how to adjust a template properly.
Note: If you are using the Free or Lite Plan, the number of Custom Sheets is limited. Once you reach the limit, you will no longer be able to modify templates that have not yet been edited.
If a customer’s name is too common, linking to customer details while entering an order may make it hard to identify who placed it. To avoid this, include a "Unique Value(Key Value)" field, like a "Customer ID", in your sheet design. This ensures customers with the same name can be easily distinguished!
A "Unique Value" refers to a value that is "not duplicated within a specific range".
Designing a "Unique Value" in a Ragic sheet means that a specific Field Value in the sheet must be distinct and non-duplicated. The most common example is a serial number, which can be Auto Generated. Alternatively, you can manually enter values as long as they are unique. You can set a field with the "Unique" attribute to ensure no duplicate values are allowed.
Typically, "Unique Value" fields are used to identify each record in a sheet. This identifier is also known as the "Key Value" of the sheet.
For example, in a "Product List" with 100 items, the "Stock" field (e.g., 5 units, 10 units) or "Color" field (e.g., white, red) cannot specify which product they belong to. Fields like "Product ID" or "Product Name" can be used to identify the exact product.
If a small stationery shop manages product data and initially stocks only "A Type" pencils, they might record the "Pencil" in the "Product Name" field of their "Product List" sheet. Later, when stocking "B Type" pencils, they could accidentally create another record with the same name, "Pencil". In this case, if a staff member uses "Product Name" to search or filter for "A Type" pencils, they will find two records and be unable to distinguish between them. Similarly, when selling a "B Type" pencil, they won't know which record to update to adjust the stock quantity.
Therefore, the "Unique Value", used to identify and match data, must be unique and non-duplicative. In the example above, one way to adjust the setup is to modify the "Product Name" field to "A Type Pencil" and "B Type Pencil," ensuring it serves as a "Unique Value". A second, more manageable method would be to use a "Product ID" field, generated by serial numbers, as the "Unique Value". This way, both finding products and updating stock rely on the Product ID, significantly reducing the chances of human error.
This isn't just for users to identify records; it also enables the system to execute automated tasks, such as retrieving a specific record, identifying a field within a record, or updating data under certain conditions. The "Unique Value" ensures the system can accurately match the intended data during these operations.
When designing Link and Load relationships, selecting a "Linked Field" is similar to choosing an "Option" from a menu (where the menu = the source sheet for the Link and Load). If the menu contains duplicate options ("Non-Unique Values"), it becomes difficult for users to make the correct selection. Therefore, it is recommended that Linked Fields use the"Unique Value". (For more details, please refer here.)
Note: If a Link and Load relationship was initially set up with a "Non-Unique Value" field, you can change the linked field using this method. There’s no need to delete and recreate the existing setup, as this may result in data loss in the Linked Fields.
When importing data from an Excel or CSV file into Ragic, the first column typically needs to be a "Unique Value" field.
You can choose to either import all data as "new entries" or match the imported data with "existing entries and only import new ones", skipping duplicates. In the latter case, the system relies on a "Unique Value" to identify and match corresponding entries.
For example, when "Updating Value on Another Sheet", the system needs to match the corresponding record to be updated.
In general, we recommend always including a "Unique Value" field in your sheets. If it's not needed, it won’t cause any issues, but if required, its absence can lead to significant problems.
When determining the "Unique Value" field for a sheet, remember that "the field must contain no duplicate values across the entire sheet" to qualify as a "Unique Value". If you're unsure which field can serve as a "Unique Value", use the Total & Summary feature on the Listing Page for that field. If each value has a count of 1, it indicates that the field is a "Unique Value". This method also helps check for duplicates.
However, keep in mind that records are added or updated over time. A field that currently serves as a "Unique Value" in your sheet doesn’t guarantee that duplicates won’t be added in the future. Therefore, after identifying potential "Unique Value" using the Total & Summary feature, you should also consider implementing proper validation mechanisms (such as setting the field as "Unique") to ensure accuracy.
If you are not receiving emails from Ragic, please ask your email administrator to whitelist the following IP addresses to ensure messages are not blocked:
54.240.35.150
209.61.151.75
Currently, Daily Formula Recalculation is executed based on the UTC+0 time zone, which may lead to results that differ from the time zone set in the user account.
If your account is set to the "UTC+8" time zone and the daily formula recalculation time is "01:00", the system will still execute the recalculation based on "UTC+0". At "UTC+8 01:00", it is only "17:00" of the previous day in "UTC+0", so the TODAY() function will return the "previous day's date", making the result appear one day behind.
Replace TODAY() with TODAYTZ() in your formulas.
TODAYTZ() returns the correct local date based on your company’s time zone setting, ensuring accurate results during daily formula recalculation.
By default, Ragic mobile app form page displays fields from left to right, top to bottom. To change the app form page field order, click on the App Field Order Setting under the form page design mode:
Then, click on the field name and use the arrow button to arrange the order:
Note: To change the listing page field order in mobile app, you may refer to this document.
In Ragic, you can use Import from URL feature to import Excel files stored in the cloud and automatically update the records within your Ragic sheet.
To be able to use "Import from URL", you need to first have a URL of your Excel file stored in the cloud, and this URL should directly link to the download .csv or .xlsx page.
If your Excel file is stored in OneDrive, you may follow below steps to get the direct download link of the file for import in Ragic.
Click Share at upper right corner, then copy the URL.
The URL you just copied is the direct path to your OneDrive:
https://org.sharepoint.com/personal/user_org/folder/filename.ext?d=oiuqjaweorihjlkj
Substitute everything after the "?" symbol in the URL with "download=1". In case there's no "?" in the URL, you can add "?download=1" at the end of it.
https://org.sharepoint.com/personal/user_org/folder/filename.ext?download=1
If you are importing from Google sheet, you can get the direct .xlsx/ .csv download link by using their "Publish to the web" feature. You can use this link for import in Ragic.
With Ragic's current available tools, we can set a minimum inventory requirement value with two methods.
Here, we use the "Inventory" sheet in "Inventory Management" template as an example.
Set "Min. Requirement" field type to Numeric, and
"Notify Date" field type to Date field with IF(A6>A5,TODAYTZ(),"") formula applied.
The formula will return today's date when the "Min. Requirement" field value is larger than that in "Total Qty" field. Otherwise, it will return an empty value.
Note: make sure that the execution time of daily workflow is earlier than the reminder.
With the above settings, the system will send reminders if the inventory is below the min. requirement value at the time configured in the job schedule.
Set the "Min. Requirement" field type to Numeric, and
"Check" field type to Selection field with IF(A6>A5,"Yes","No") formula applied.
The formula will return "Yes" if the "Min. Requirement" field value is larger than that in "Total Qty" field. Otherwise, it will return "No".
With the above configuration, you'll receive a notification email of:
1. New records that match the query conditions (either by creating a new entry or modifying an existing entry).
2. Records that formerly matched the queries but do not any longer.
Ragic uses Twilio service to send mass SMS. To use this feature, you will need to purchase SMS credits in Ragic so that the actual cost of each SMS sent (the fee charged by Twilio) will be deducted from your total purchased credits.
To purchase SMS credits, go to Tools > Send Mass SMS. This will take you to the SMS Credits section of the Account Billing page. Please note that only paid Professional plan or above can purchase SMS credits.
For information on the fees charged for each SMS in Twilio, please visit Twilio's official website: https://www.twilio.com/sms/pricing/us
Below is the screenshot from Twilio's official website showing the cost of each message sent to Germany domestic telecommunications (in US$).
Too many Subtable records in an entry may cause the print layout to extend across multiple pages. If you want to display specific parts of the sheet (e.g., the title field and page number) on each page, in addition to Setting Print Header and Footer for Printer Friendly and Download as PDF, you can also use the Mail Merge tool and configure the "Page Layout" in the Excel template, or use the Word's Custom Print Report feature with "Repeat Header Rows" setting. This allows you to define which elements appear on each printed page.
For example, this purchase order will generate multiple pages when printed due to the large number of purchase details.
To print documents with a fixed title and page numbers on each page, first download the record’s Mail Merge sample template in Excel.
In the file, navigate to the "Page Layout" top bar option, choose "Page Setup" > "Sheet" > "Print Titles" to select the rows and columns you want to show on each page.
To set up a page number on every page, go to "Page Layout" > "Page Setup" > "Header/Footer", and select your preferred page number format.
Remember to upload the modified template back to Ragic. By doing this, you will have the same template format the next time you export the records.
You can print it after you download the record through Mail Merge.
The page number and title are shown on every page as configured.
Custom Print Reports use a Word file as the template. After downloading the sheet’s print template, follow these steps to configure the Subtable to display a fixed title on each page.
First, adjust the template file as needed. Select the header row of the Subtable, then, from the toolbar, click "Table Layout" and choose "Repeat Header Rows".
You can also click "Insert" and select "Page Number" to add page numbers to each page.
Once the adjustments are complete, save the file and upload the modified template.
After downloading the report, the Subtable will display the fixed title on each page.
After adding an approval flow on your sheet, you can use the listing page field picker to add approval-related fields on the listing page. If you add these fields on the listing page, they will be automatically added on the bottom of the form page and set as hidden by default. If needed, you may manually unhide those fields.
Alternatively, you may manually create fields and apply approval formulas to populate approval-related values. For example, if you would like to populate the status of the approval flow, you may create a free text field apply the following formula.
APPROVAL.STATUS()
After saving the sheet’s design, you will need to execute formula recalculation to populate the approval status of existing records.
Note: If you use this formula to populate the status of your approval flow, the system will populate their respective system values, such as “F” means approved and “REJ” means rejected. If you want to convert these system values to text, you may create another field applying conditional IF() formulas. For more information, you may refer to this document.
Sometimes, deleting Subtable records or other factors can cause sequence numbers in the Subtable to become discontinuous. To reset the order, you may follow the steps below.
Go to the Form Page Design Mode, click Form Tools and choose Update Values.
Choose the Subtable field with the default value $SEQ and enter {{$SEQ}} under with these values. Also, be sure to check the Update all subtable records option in the Advanced settings.
Remember to save the design after creating the button.
After clicking the button, sequence numbers will be automatically reordered to be consecutive, such as changing from 1, 3, 4, 5 to 1, 2, 3, 4.
Before:
After:
You can easily generate the URL of an entry as a field value by creating an auto generate field in the sheet. On the field settings' formatting list, scroll down and choose "Record URL" format.
With this format, the system will auto-populate the field with the URL of each entry created in the sheet.
1. Please go to http://requestbin.com and click "Create a request bin".
2. Copy the request bin endpoint (at top right), and then send the request that you would have sent to Ragic and send it to this URL instead. This way RequestBin will receive your request detail
3. You can use this to compare API calls, or to save into a URL and send the request detail to support@ragic.com for Ragic team to look into why some API calls are not working as expected.
In Ragic, you can set a Default Value to automatically populate a Date field with the last modification date and time of the entry. However, if you need to automatically populate the field with the last modification date and time of a specific field in the entry, you’ll need to add a script to achieve this.
Please follow this guide to add your script:
Right-click on any sheet name and select Javascript Workflow, or right-click on any tab and select Global Javascript Workflow.
Independent fields :
function setLastModifiedOnField(pathSheet, observeField, recordField) {
if (param.getOldValue(observeField) !== param.getNewValue(observeField) || param.isCreateNew()) {
var today = new Date(new Date().getTime() + account.getTimeZoneOffset());
function pad2(n) { return n < 10 ? '0' + n : n }
var fmtValue = today.getFullYear() + "/" +
pad2(today.getMonth() + 1) + "/" +
pad2(today.getDate()) + " " +
pad2(today.getHours()) + ":" +
pad2(today.getMinutes()) + ":" +
pad2(today.getSeconds());
var query = db.getAPIQuery(pathSheet);
query.addFetchDomains(recordField);
var entry = query.getAPIEntry(response.getRootNodeId());
entry.setFieldValue(recordField, fmtValue);
entry.save();
}
}
Subtable fields :
function setLastModifiedOnSubtableField(pathSheet,observeSubtableKeyField, observeSubtableField, recordField) {
var list = param.getSubtableEntry(observeSubtableKeyField);
var entry = param.getUpdatedEntry();
var today = new Date(new Date().getTime() + account.getTimeZoneOffset());
function pad2(n) { return n < 10 ? '0' + n : n }
var fmtValue = today.getFullYear() + "/" +
pad2(today.getMonth() + 1) + "/" +
pad2(today.getDate()) + " " +
pad2(today.getHours()) + ":" +
pad2(today.getMinutes()) + ":" +
pad2(today.getSeconds());
for (var i = 0; i < list.length; i++) {
if(list[i].getOldValue(observeSubtableField) != list[i].getNewValue(observeSubtableField) && (list[i].getOldValue(observeSubtableField) !== null || list[i].getNewValue(observeSubtableField) !== "" )){
var subRootNodeId = list[i].getSubRootNodeId();
entry.setSubtableFieldValue(recordField, subRootNodeId, fmtValue);
entry.save();
}
}
}
If your sheet URL is: https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/1?PAGEID=wSM (ignore the ?PAGEID=wSM part)
Independent fields:
Add the following code to the Post-workflow:
setLastModifiedOnField("/tabname/1", Specific Field ID, Record Date Field ID);
To find the Field ID, please refer to this article.
Taking "Sales Order" as an example, refers to the following image and table:
| Field | Field Name | Field ID |
|---|---|---|
| Specific Field | Status | 2000880 |
| Record Date Field | Status Update Date | 1001110 |
The code after filling in the corresponding field ID:
setLastModifiedOnField("/tabname/1", 2000880, 1001110);
When creating a new record, if a specific field is empty, the last modification date will still be generated in the record date field after saving. To trigger this only during updates, adjust the code as follows:
if(param.getOldNodeId(Specific Field ID) !== -1 || param.getNewValue(Specific Field ID)){
setLastModifiedOnField("/tabname/1", Specific Field ID, Record Date Field ID);
}
Subtable fields:
Add the following code to the Post-workflow:
setLastModifiedOnSubtableField("/tabname/1", Subtable Key Field, Specific Field ID, Record Date Field ID);
Note: Only Subtable fields can be selected as the "Record Date Field".
You can find the Subtable Key Field in the Download Data Dictionary. Refer to the following example, where the Subtable Key Field is 2001138.
For example, as shown in the image above:
| Field | Field Name | Field ID |
|---|---|---|
| Specific Field | Status | 1001111 |
| Record Date Field | Update Date | 1001112 |
The code after filling in the corresponding Subtable Key Field and Field ID:
setLastModifiedOnSubtableField("/tabname/1", 2001138, 1001111, 1001112);
When creating a new record, if a specific field is empty, the last modification date will still be generated in the record date field after saving. To trigger this only during updates, adjust the code as follows:
var paramList = param.getSubtableEntry(Subtable Key Field);
var list = paramList.toArray();
for(var i = 0; i < list.length; i ++) {
if(paramlist[i].getOldNodeId(Specific Field ID) !== -1 param.getNewValue(Specific Field ID) !== ""){
setLastModifiedOnSubtableField("/tabname/1" , Subtable Key Field, Specific Field ID, Record Date Field ID);
}
}
Don't forget to save your changes before exiting.
Note:
1. If an error like TypeError: null has no such function "addFetchDomains" in at line number 25 occurs when saving, please check and confirm whether /tabname/1 is correct.
2. The update date and time will be recorded based on the Company Local Time Zone set in the Company Setting.
Please first update the system through the built-in interface, if manual updates are necessary, follow the steps below.
Note: If you run Ragic on QNAP, you may also follow the instructions below to do a manual update.
1. Download the Ragic On-premises patch (https://www.ragic.com/sims/download.jsp), and unzip it to another dir.
2. Stop the Ragic service.
3. Delete the "lib" and "web" folders in the Ragic installation directory (or move them to any temporary directory; the "lib" and "web" folders must not be present in the Ragic installation directory).
P.S. For the Ragic installation directory on QNAP and Synology, please refer to this article.
4. After extracting the Ragic On-premises patch, you will see four folders: "conf," "cust," "lib," and "web."
5. Start replacing the related files:
5.1 In the "conf" folder, there are "template.json" and "version.json" files:
Template.json: Application store (add this if it’s missing, no need to update if not necessary).
Version.json: Version information (replace this every time, otherwise the displayed version number won't update).
5.2 In the cust\def\app path, there are two folders: "standard" and "standardzhtw," which are application store modules; no need to update if not necessary.
5.3 Copy the "lib" and "web" folders to the Ragic installation directory (replacing the original "lib" and "web" folders).
5.4 Check if the permissions for the replaced files are correct (755 for directories, 644 for files).
5.5 Check if the ownership and group settings for the replaced files are correct (the owner and group need to be the same as the old files).
6. Start the Ragic service.
You can add an Action Button and set the Action Type as URL and go to a specific sheet.
You can also put a parameter in the link address so you can go to different pages based on different parameters.
For example, you can save a specific Facebook or Instagram account name in the field and click the button to go to a specific Facebook page or Instagram page.
As you can see in the image below, the value in the "Facebook Account" field is the account name in the link address.
If you want to configure the Action Button, you can go to Change design > Form Settings > Actions to add an Action Button, select URL in Action Type, and paste the link address which you want to access and a Field ID as a parameter in that link address in Action.
It’s better to select a field that has a unique value in it. Remember to click Add Action and Save after you configure the action. After you finish it you can click that button to go to different pages based on different values.
You can use other link addresses like Google search engine or Instagram link address. The link address in URL field will look like:
1. Google Search：https://www.google.com/search?q={Field ID}
2. Instagram account：https://www.instagram.com/{Field ID}
You can also set up an Action Button to navigate to another sheet. For example, if you convert a record from a "Purchase Requisition" (including the "Purchase Request Number") to a "Purchase Order," you can add a URL Action Button to the "Purchase Requisition" sheet. This button will use the pqv parameter and Field ID to search and filter "Purchase Orders" that match the "Purchase Request Number" from the "Purchase Requisition".
Please refer to the following steps:
1. Navigate to the Design Mode of the "Purchase Requisition" sheet > Form Settings > Actions. Add a new button and select "URL" as the Action type.
2. Confirm the following details:
(1) The sheet URL of the "Purchase Order":
https://ap11.ragic.com/kbdoc/ragicpurchasing/10005
(2) The Field ID of "Purchase Request Number" in the "Purchase Requisition" sheet: 2001085
(3) The Field ID of "Purchase Request Number" in the "Purchase Order" sheet: 2001109
3. In the "Action" field, paste the following URL:
https://ap11.ragic.com/kbdoc/ragicpurchasing/10005?pqv2001109={2001085}
(1) The part before the ? is the URL of the target sheet; in this example, it's the "Purchase Order".
(2) After the ?, add the parameter name: pqv.
(3) Following the parameter, add the Field ID of the "Purchase Request Number" in the "Purchase Order" sheet, which indicates the target field for filtering.
(4) After the Field ID, add = and the {Field ID of the "Purchase Request Number" in the "Purchase Requisition"} to set the filtering condition, matching the "Purchase Request Number" in the "Purchase Order" sheet with the "Purchase Request Number" from the current "Purchase Requisition" sheet.
Once set up, you can click the Action Button on the "Purchase Requisition" sheet to navigate to the "Purchase Order" Listing Page, where records with the same "Purchase Request Number" will be filtered and displayed.
This means that the port that your Ragic service is being used by another process, and you should stop that process before you start Ragic. The port that is being used is usually port 80 or port 443. The other process can be another Ragic service that you did not stop, or another web application like Windows IIS or Apache web server. Sometimes even applications like Skype can occupy port 80.
On a Linux server, you can use the following commands to find out which processes are listing on certain ports:
sudo lsof -i -P -n | grep LISTEN
sudo netstat -tulpn | grep LISTEN
sudo lsof -i:80 ## see a specific port such as 80 ##
sudo nmap -sTU -O IP-address-Here
On a Windows server, you can use the following command to find out all the ports being used by your applications on the server:
netstat -a -b
On Windows server, a service called "Web Deployment Agent Service" (MsDepSvc), which is part of IIS, may be the cause of this. Disabling the service will resolve the issue. This agent ran even after IIS was stopped/disabled.
On a Linux server, you can use the following commands to find out which processes are listing on certain ports:
sudo lsof -i -P -n | grep LISTEN
sudo netstat -tulpn | grep LISTEN
sudo lsof -i:80 ## see a specific port such as 80 ##
sudo nmap -sTU -O IP-address-Here
On a Windows server, you can use the following command to find out all the ports being used by your applications on the server:
netstat -a -b
The main differences between the Enterprise Plan and other versions are as follows:
Opt for a dedicated managed AWS/GCP instance for your Ragic service, allowing complete control over your schedule update. Please note that selecting a dedicated server means you must subscribe to Enterprise Plan with no option to downgrade.
This feature is only available for the Enterprise Plan databases using the on-premises version and the cloud version. For detailed information, please refer to this document.
If you are not on the Enterprise Plan, you can use the LDAP protocol for AD integration. However, this is only supported on on-premise databases using the Professional Plan or higher. For more information, you may refer to this document.
We will provide a test environment with the same license number as your production environment.
Guaranteed 99.99% uptime, 24/7 hotline to system administrator. We offer this option for enterprises with compliance requirements and does not imply that other plans are managed with lower quality.
The Enterprise Plan is $55 per month per user. However, this plan requires a minimum of 10 users, meaning that it starts at $550 per month.
In addition, this plan is paid yearly, meaning that you have to use this plan for at least one year. You can switch to other plans after the subscription year if you wish to do so.
On-premises: You can choose to install Ragic on your own server. In this case, you will need to manage and update your database by yourself. So, we recommend you employ on-premises only when you have dedicated personnel who will manage your Ragic service.
Concurrent Users option: Enterprise Concurrent User Plan is also available for enterprises with a high number of users that do not log in at the same time. The plan starts at $1399 per month, which includes 10 concurrent users. $139.9 per month for each extra concurrent user. The number of concurrent users refers to the maximum number of users that can access your database account at the same time. For example, if you have a license for 10 concurrent users and there are 10 users currently online accessing your account, the next user trying to log into your database would have to wait in line until one of the logged-in users has signed out of your database.
Discount: Enterprise Plan also has volume discount and educational/non-profit pricing.
For more details, please refer to the Pricing Page.
If you are interested in the Enterprise Plan, feel free to email "sales@ragic.com".
In most cases, the error results from conflicts between rules, especially when you have a field listed in multiple rules.
When creating or editing entries, the system will execute those conditional formatting rules from top to bottom and display the result of the last rule. Hence, if there are conflicts between rules, the result may not work as expected.
For example, if you have payment log as below:
And you would like to set the rules as:
1. If the "Payment Type" field is "Cash," display the "Amount Received" field.
2. If the "Payment Type" field is "Wire Transfer," display the "Amount Received," and "Transaction Fee" fields.
3. If the "Payment Type" field is "Check," display the "Check Number" field.
Most of the users will set the conditional formatting like:
With this setting, the "Amount Received" field is listed in multiple rules and may result in an error. For example, let's say we have a payment that is paid with cash, the "Amount Received" field won't be displayed as expected:
Let's see how the system executes those rules when a payment is paid by cash:
1. Match the rule and display the "Amount Received" field.
2. Does not match the rule and thus hides the "Amount Received" and "Transaction Fee" fields.
3. Does not match the rule and thus hides the "Check Number" field.
As a result, the system will hide the "Amount Received" field after executing all those rules.
In the example mentioned above, the "Amount Received" field is listed in multiple rules.
For example, set up a rule that displays "Amount Received" field when "Payment Type" field is "Cash" or "Wire Transfer".
Then, the conditional formatting shall work as expected:
Full-text search finds data according to the keyword you entered. However, it cannot find a query term appearing in the middle section of a word.
For example, if you have a product code “CODE1234”, you will not be able to find the record if you only enter ”1234” in the search engine since “1234” is a query term appearing in the middle section of "CODE1234".
If you have not updated your Ragic On-Premises Server after 2020/1/1, please carefully follow these instructions carefully for upgrading core components.
You will only need to do this once for this core component upgrade. After this you will be able to patch your Ragic service as usual:
1. Make sure the Java version on your server is JDK 8 or later. If you're running on earlier Java versions, please install a new version. You can check your java version like this:
java -version
2. Make a backup of your Ragic directory so that you can roll back any changes made and start the Ragic version that you were previously running.
3. Upload the latest patch using the patch uploader, or unzip the patch file to replace directories of the same name in the Ragic installation directory.
4. Modify your setclasspath.sh (for Linux) or setclasspath.bat (for Windows) file, find the line at the bottom of the file that starts with "CLASSPATH=" (Linux) or "set CLASSPATH=" (Windows), and change it to the following:
# For setclasspath.sh
CLASSPATH=lib/db/je4/*:lib/jetty9.4/*:lib/jetty9.4/annotations/*:lib/jetty9.4/apache-jsp/*:lib/jetty9.4/http2/*:lib/jetty9.4/transactions/*:lib/jetty9.4/websocket/*:lib/*:lib/serviceSync/*:lib/ZXing/*:lib/poi/*:lib/jfree/*:lib/aws/*:lib/google-api-client/*:lib/stripe/*:lib/dropbox/*:.
# For setclasspath.bat
set CLASSPATH=lib/db/je4/*;lib/jetty9.4/*;lib/jetty9.4/annotations/*;lib/jetty9.4/apache-jsp/*;lib/jetty9.4/http2/*;lib/jetty9.4/transactions/*;lib/jetty9.4/websocket/*;lib/*;lib/serviceSync/*;lib/poi/*;lib/jfree/*;lib/google-api-client/*;lib/stripe/*;lib/ZXing/*;lib/aws/*;lib/dropbox/*;.
5. Modify your ragic.sh or the shell script file you are using to start your Ragic service. Find the keyword "com.ragic.s3.nui.RagicJettyServer" near the end of the file and change it to "com.ragic.s3.nui.RagicJetty9Server", this is the newer version of the application that you need to run.
6. Now you can restart your Ragic service. For any reason that you cannot start your service, please use the backup of your Ragic directory to run your previous version for now and contact support@ragic.com and let us know the error message that you see in ragic.out file of the log directory.
In formal documents or certain special circumstances, numbers are sometimes written out in words. For example, you might use "one hundred" to represent "100". You can use the SPELLNUMBER formula if you need to convert numbers into words.
Formula Format: SPELLNUMBER(number, [lang])
1. number: The number or field you want to convert.
2. [lang]: Optional. Specifies the language for conversion. Defaults to English if not provided. Supported languages are listed in the table below:
| Language | [lang] |
|---|---|
| Traditional Chinese | cht |
| Simplified Chinese | chs |
| English | en |
| French | fr |
For example, let's say G1 is a numeric field with the value 100,032.02. Below are the results when the SPELLNUMBER formula is applied in other fields that reference G1.
| Formula | Result |
|---|---|
| SPELLNUMBER(G1) | one hundred thousand and thirty-two point zero two |
| SPELLNUMBER(G1,'cht') | 壹拾萬零參拾貳點零貳 |
| SPELLNUMBER(G1,'fr') | un cents mille trente-deux point zéro deux |
If, in some cases, the formulas on the sheet are not triggered when the record is created and you want to automatically recalculate them after saving the record, follow the steps in this guide to insert your script.
Step 1: Open the Javascript Workflow Editor
Click the arrow icon next to the sheet name in the tab, and select Javascript Workflow.
Step 2: Switch to Post-workflow
Step 3: Paste and Edit the Following Script, Then Save
var nodeId = param.getNewNodeId(Key Field);
var path = '/tab_path/sheet_path';
var query = db.getAPIQuery(path);
var entry = query.getAPIEntry(nodeId);
entry.recalculateAllFormulas();
entry.setIfDoLnls(true);
entry.setCreateHistory(true);
entry.save();
Edit Points:
1. Replace the Key Field with the Key Field ID of the sheet.
You can find this ID in the Javascript Workflow Editor (under Pre-workflow) or by referring to the Data Dictionary.
For example, if the key field ID is 2000906, update the script as follows:
var nodeId = param.getNewNodeId(2000906);
2. Replace '/tab_path/sheet_path' with your own tab and sheet path.
For example, if your sheet URL is:
www.ragic.com/sample/sales/3?PAGEID=wSM (ignore the ?PAGEID=wSM part),
then update the script as follows:
var path = '/sales/3';
3. To recalculate the formulas of specific fields instead of all fields, you can replace the following line:
entry.recalculateAllFormulas();
with
entry.recalculateFormula(field id);
For example, to recalculate formulas for three specific fields (Field IDs: 1000001, 1000002, 1000003), enter each Field ID separately. Since each field requires a separate line, you would write:
entry.recalculateFormula(1000001);
entry.recalculateFormula(1000002);
entry.recalculateFormula(1000003);
Some browser extensions are known to interfere with Ragic, causing different issues. We keep the list of these browser extensions here for our user's reference. We will remove the extension from the list when the conflict is resolved:
AdBlock: Interferes with the display of Notification Settings.
uBlock Origin: Results in duplicated execution of Action Buttons.
Kaspersky Password Manager: Interferes with delete function of sheets and tabs.
ProWritingAid: Interferes with the display of text during data entry.
Talking Web: Interferes with the display of UI for the Import function.
NordPass: Interferes with the display of UI for the Import function.
NordVPN: Ad and tracker blocker option interferes with the upload file function.
Black Mode - Dark theme for Facebook: Interferes with the display of UI for the Import function.
When customizing email templates, you may need to use custom email template variables. One useful variable, {{RECORD_ID}}, is applicable in which scenarios?
First, let’s understand what RECORD_ID is. The URL of each record in Ragic is: www.ragic.com/AccountName/TabPathParameter/SheetPathParameter/RECORD_ID. Each record within the same sheet will have a unique RECORD_ID.
If your sheet has Multiple Versions, the RECORD_ID for the same record across different sheet versions will be the same.
In such cases, if you want to include a link to the corresponding record in another version of the sheet in an email, you can use the {{RECORD_ID}} variable.
Example:
The "Applicant Interview Record" sheet has Multiple Versions: one for guest users to fill in resume details and another for internal use, which includes confidential information like evaluations and hiring decisions that applicants should not see.
In the internal "Applicant Interview Record" sheet, you may want to send an 'Interview Invitation' email using the Send Custom E-mail button, including a link to the Applicant Resume sheet for confirmation. In this case, the sheet used to send the email and the sheet containing the Applicant Resume link are different versions. This prevents applicants from accessing internal evaluation information. However, since the two multiple-version sheets correspond to the same data, their RECORD_IDs will be identical. Therefore, you can include a link in the email as: the URL of the other version of the sheet/{{RECORD_ID}}.
Please refer to the following example:
1. Set up the Send Custom E-mail button in the "Applicant Interview Record" sheet used internally.
2. In the email template, include the URL of the "Applicant Resume" sheet/{{RECORD_ID}} as the resume link.
3. Clicking the resume link in the "Interview Invitation" email will lead to the corresponding record in the "Applicant Resume" sheet.
If you have configured an approval flow on your sheet, and have also added the approval status field to state the approval status, in addition to the fact that you would like to use a formula regarding the field value (such as using a IF() formula), then you would need these values to use your formulas correctly. Below is the chart for the values that each type of status refers to.
| Displayed Status on Approval Field | Value Used in Formulas |
|---|---|
| Not started | N |
| Rejected | REJ |
| Approved | F |
| In process | P |
Therefore, if one of your fields would like to use a formula to reference the approval system field, the value would be "F" when this entry has completed the approval rather than "approved".
Furthermore, if you would like a field to display the approval status of the system field stating the status of the approval flow, you can additionally use the IF() formula. Let's say you've created a new field and applied the following formula.
IF(A1.RAW="N","Not started",IF(A1.RAW="P","In process",IF(A1.RAW="F","Approved",
IF(A1.RAW="REJ","Rejected",""))))
This means if the value on the approval status field located in cell A1 is "N", the new field's value will be "Not started"; if the approval status field's value is "P", the new field's value will be "In process"; if the approval status field's value is "F", the new field's value will be "Approved"; and if the approval status field's value is "REJ", the new field's value will be "Rejected".
Note: This feature is only available for the Enterprise plan databases using the on-premises version and the cloud version.
You may refer to our pricing page to know more about the differences between different Ragic plans.
If you are not on the Enterprise Plan, you can use the LDAP protocol for AD integration. However, this is only supported on on-premise databases using the Professional plan or higher. For more information, you may refer to this document.
Your users may log on to Ragic using the Single Sign-on function integrated from Active Directory after finishing the following settings.
If you would like to Add Ragic as a Non-Gallery App in Azure Active Directory and Configure SAML SSO Login, please refer to this page.
Step 1. Fill in the ADFS server location In the field “ADFS Server Location” under company settings in Ragic.
Step 2. While creating new users in AD, make sure that every user has an E-mail. This E-mail will be used as the value to verify and distinguish users on your Ragic database (Name ID).
Note: The E-mails must not be an existing Ragic account in other Ragic databases.
Step 3. Add relying party trust on ADFS. Please follow the following instructions correctly to add successfully.
a. Select the default option "Claim Aware".
b. Select the third option "enter data about the relying party manually".
c. Enter the display name you wish to use.
d. Skip the encryption configurations, just click next.
e. Skip the URL configurations, just click next as well.
f. In the "Relying Party Trust Identifier", you will be setting the server’s URL right here, such as ap2.ragic.com or na3.ragic.com.
g. Skip the access policy control settings, click next.
h. Click next to finish adding the relying party trust.
Step 4. Select to edit claim issuance policy, and add a rule to make the LDAP Attribute E-mail Addresses’ outgoing claim type as the Name ID.
After all of the previous steps are completed, your users may log in to Ragic using the single sign-on feature with the following process.
Step 1. Enter your database with its link to then log in.
If you see this screen below, it means that there is not a public SSL certificate bought for your Active Directory account. You can simply click to proceed and continue with your login process.
Step 2. Enter your username and password of your Active Directory server to log in, and then you can access the database.
Radio button field types are not currently supported. However, you can achieve a similar effect by using a Checkbox field with icon settings, as outlined in the steps below.
Step 1: Use the "circle" and "dot-circle" icons in the Checkbox field.
Step 2: Set the "circle" option as the Default Value.
If you want to allow users to check only one option in the Subtable, follow the steps below:
Step 1: Add a Numeric field and apply the COUNTIF() formulas to count how many "dot-circle" options are selected in the Subtable.
Example: COUNTIF(A7, "dot-circle")
Note: You can hide this field if needed.
Step 2: Apply Validation as "1" in the Numeric field, which means the record can only be saved when exactly one option is selected.
Note: You can also add an error message. If users select more than one option, an error will be shown when saving the record.
Sometimes you may need to calculate how many weeks have passed in this year based on a date.
You can use this formula, WEEKNUM(Date,[return_type]), to calculate.
Date: Date field
Return_type: Optional. A number that determines on which day the week begins. The default is 1.
There are two systems used for this function:
System 1: The week containing January 1 is the first week of the year, and is numbered week 1.
System 2: The week containing the first Thursday of the year is the first week of the year, and is numbered as week 1. This system is the methodology specified in ISO 8601, which is commonly known as the European week numbering system.
If there are no specific requirements, it is recommended to use the System 1.
In the following table are all the return_types that you can use.
| Return_type | Week begins on | System |
|---|---|---|
| 1 or omitted | Sunday | 1 |
| 2 | Monday | 1 |
| 11 | Monday | 1 |
| 12 | Tuesday | 1 |
| 13 | Wednesday | 1 |
| 14 | Thursday | 1 |
| 15 | Friday | 1 |
| 16 | Saturday | 1 |
| 17 | Sunday | 1 |
| 21 | Monday | 2 |
Let's say we apply a formula that refers to A2, and the value in A2 is 2020/01/07. The result will be:
WEEKNUM(A2) -> 2
WEEKNUM(A2, 13) -> 1
For a better user experience across devices, Ragic has released a new version of the web embed tool for Database Form. Due to significant layout changes, a "Switch to old version" option is available. Previously created embedded forms using the old version remain unaffected.
The main difference between the new and old versions is the layout of columns. In the old version of the Database Form, you could place more than one column in the same row, similar to how it works in a Ragic sheet. However, the layout of the new version resembles Ragic's mobile app Form Page, which only allows a single column per row.
Other adjustments in the new version include adding new theme colors and banner images, increasing the default font size, and changing the aspect ratio of the banner (the new ratio is 1500 x 300).
After picking "Database Form" as your web embed type, you can preview and configure the layout of your new version form. After finishing all the settings, Ragic will give you an HTML code snippet, a URL for this form, and a WordPress shortcode.
If you still need to use the old version, you'll need to click on the "Switch to old version" button on the top. This will take you to the old version configuration page and give you the URL and codes for the old version.
If you previously created an old version of "Database Form" and now want to switch to the new version, simply click on "Tools" > "Embed this sheet" in the sheet, and go through the process on the new version's settings page to obtain the new form URL.
The URL/codes Ragic provides in the new version will contain different parameters from those in the old version, even if they are embedded from the same sheet.
For example, if the URL of an old version embedded database form is: "https://www.ragic.com/databaseaccount/tab/form?webview&webaction=form", the new version web form will be: "https://www.ragic.com/databaseaccount/tab/form?webview&webaction=form&ver=new". The difference between the URLs is that the new version includes an additional "&ver=new" at the end.
Note: Although Ragic offers the option to "Switch to the old version," we will no longer maintain the old version of the embedded Database Form. We strongly recommend updating to the new version.
To automate link and load execution upon saving a record, follow the steps in this guide to insert your script.
Step 1: Open the Javascript Workflow Editor
Click the arrow icon next to the sheet name in the tab, and select Javascript Workflow.
Step 2: Switch to Post-workflow
Step 3: Paste and Edit the Following Script, Then Save
var nodeId = param.getNewNodeId(Key Field);
var path = '/tab_path/sheet_path';
var query = db.getAPIQuery(path);
var entry = query.getAPIEntry(nodeId);
entry.loadAllLinkAndLoad();
entry.setCreateHistory(true);
entry.save();
Edit Points:
1. Replace the Key Field with the Key Field ID of the sheet.
You can find this ID in the Javascript Workflow Editor (under Pre-workflow) or by referring to the Data Dictionary.
For example, if the key field ID is 2000906, update the script as follows:
var nodeId = param.getNewNodeId(2000906);
2. Replace '/tab_path/sheet_path' with your own tab and sheet path.
For example, if your sheet URL is:
www.ragic.com/sample/sales/3?PAGEID=wSM (ignore the ?PAGEID=wSM part),
then update the script as follows:
var path = '/sales/3';
If you no longer need to use the database or don’t need to use it temporarily, you can cancel your subscription anytime on the Account Billing page. After cancellation, you can continue using your current plan until it expires.
When your subscription expires, this message will appear. You can either convert your account to a Free Plan or renew your subscription. If no action is taken on this page, your database will be locked and accessible only once you make a choice.
While we typically do not proactively delete your sheets and data, without a subscription, we cannot guarantee that your data will be preserved indefinitely.
If you choose to convert to the Free Plan, you will be directed to a page where you can select up to three Custom Sheets to keep.
Additionally, you can downgrade your plan when your current subscription is about to expire by clicking the "blue text" in the top right corner of the page.
Before downgrading, ensure your database meets the plan limits (e.g., number of Custom Sheets, number of records per sheet). Otherwise, the downgrade will not be successful.
After downgrading, all templates will revert to their default design, and any modifications will be reset. You can retrieve previous sheet designs using Sheet and Field Version History, within the limitation of your plan.
We've just made document management on Ragic easier with our new application RagicDocs. The only thing you'll have to do is to link one of your Dropbox folders to your RagicDocs sheet, and you're good to go.
An awesome and very useful update we've done for Ragic during this implementation is the ability to search the content of your uploaded files. No more sifting through folders to find that one file with the name that escapes you.
We've also adapted all the features you've come to know and love in Ragic, such as setting access rights to users and user groups, and included them as fine-tuned sharing options for your documents.
You're welcome to try RagicDocs out! For existing Ragic users, you can add RagicDocs to your account by navigating to your "Start" tab > "Install Templates" > RD > "RD Document Management - Dropbox".
Our standard feature does not provide a way to set a limit on the Convert Records Action Button. However, you can achieve the goal by applying the Unique attribute in the destination sheet.
Take the "Purchase Requisition" sheet in our module as an example. It has a Convert Records Action Button as below:
If you wish to convert only one "Purchase Order" record for each "Purchase Requisition" record, you may follow the steps:
You'll need to find the Unique Value field from the listed fields in the Action Button settings. If you don't have such a field, consider updating your Action Button to include one. In the screenshot above, the Action Button's source sheet is the "Purchase Requisition" sheet. Furthermore, the Unique Value field is the "PR #" field.
In the screenshot above, the corresponding field of the "PR#" field on the destination sheet is the "From PR #" field. Hence, please apply the Unique attribute to it.
When users click the Convert Records Action Button more than once, the system will reject the request and display an error message indicating that the "Purchase Order" already exists, resulting in a failed conversion.
If you want to prevent users with Admin Access Right from creating records in a specific sheet, you can follow the steps below:
Right-click on any sheet name and select Javascript Workflow.
if(param.isCreateNew() && !user.isInGroup('SYSAdmin')){
response.setStatus('INVALID');
response.setMessage('None-SYSAdmin users are not allowed to create entries');
}
In the code above, 'Non-SYSAdmin users are not allowed to create entries' is the error message that Admin users will see when they try to create a new record. You can customize this message as needed. Once done, remember to Save before exiting the JavaScript Workflow Editor.
In the future, when Admin users try to create a new record, they will see this error message.
Note: For Survey Users or Bulletin Users, you can directly adjust their "Create Record" Access Rights in the Additional Access Rights Settings.
If you require multiple currencies in your data management, such as a product or service may be priced with different currencies for global businesses, here are the different ways to customize it on your Ragic sheets.
Please note that Ragic is a database builder tool instead of a database software package. Therefore, you would need to know which currencies are needed in your system and apply the corresponding fields, formulas, and settings on your forms. This document will guide you through the key concepts of money fields, formulas, and exchange rate fields.
Basically, a money field is simply a numeric field that has a dollar sign ($) before the numeric value by default. Both field types will store the same numeric value if you disregard the symbol.
You may customize the format of the money field, such as changing the dollar sign to other currency symbols (Euros, British Pounds, etc).
Since the money field works the same as a numeric field, you can also use a numeric field and state the currency in the field headers.
When you need to manage different currencies at once, you may create multiple fields to store the different prices of products in different currencies.
There are a lot of different situations that may require you to apply multiple currencies to a record. Let’s generalize them into five conditions.
For example, if a product can be priced differently with different currencies, all you need to do is to create the respective fields for the products’ prices in different currencies and manually enter the prices yourself.
You can create an exchange rate field and set the currencies to convert from and to on that field. When you are creating a new entry, the field will instantly populate the exchange rate at that time.
To convert currencies, you can create a new field and apply a formula referencing the exchange rate field. In the example below, the price in Euros is obtained by using a formula that multiplies the price in US Dollars with the exchange rate.
If you need to convert to multiple currencies, you would need multiple exchange rate fields and their new corresponding price fields in respective currencies.
Sometimes you would need to manually enter the exchange rate, such as entering the exchange rate used in a previous transaction or provided by a certain bank. If that is the case, Ragic’s exchange rate field will not be suitable. Instead, you should create a new numeric field for you to enter the exchange rate manually. And just like the 2nd option, you will also need to create a new field and apply a formula that references the exchange rate field.
Also similar to the 2nd option, if you need to convert to multiple currencies, you would need multiple numeric fields for you to manually enter the exchange rates and their new corresponding price fields in different currencies.
You can create a selection field that allows users to select and determine which currency to convert from. On the sheet, you’ll still need to create a field for the price in the original currency, a field for manually entering the exchange rate, and a field for the final price in the currency converted to (with the correct formula applied).
If there is a list of currencies you could be using and would like to automatically populate the exchange rate after selecting a certain currency, you can create another sheet to manage all currencies and exchange rates needed and set up link & load relationships on the sheets needed.
First of all, please create a new sheet to record all the currencies needed and their respective exchange rates.
Next, please set up the link and load relationships on any sheet that needs currency conversion. The sheet with all currencies recorded will be the linked source.
With the link and load relationship set up, when selecting a currency, the corresponding exchange rate will also be loaded, and you can then apply formulas referencing that loaded field (exchange rate) on the fields needed.
The simplest way would be to first download an Excel or CSV version of the Google sheet and import it manually
If you would like to do a periodic import, you can find the CSV feed URL of the sheet in this format:
https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/DOCID/export?format=csv
Remember to replace DOCID with the actual document id, which you can find on the URL of your Google Sheet.
You will need to configure these three items on your on-premises server and do a restart of your Ragic service:
LDAP_AUTH_SERVER=ldaps://your.server.name
LDAP_AUTH_DOMAIN=your.active.directory.domain
LDAP_AUTH_EMAIL_DOMAIN=your.email.domain
LDAP_AUTH_SERVER is the domain name or IP address of the LDAP service like Active Directory that you're connecting to. LDAP_AUTH_DOMAIN is the domain name for the principal on the LDAP server, and LDAP_AUTH_EMAIL_DOMAIN is the domain name part of the email addresses that the users will be used to log in to Ragic.
When designing a sheet, formulas are not only used for numerical calculations but also commonly used to combine text. The special character "\" can help adjust text formatting within a field. Below are several ways to use the "\" character in formulas.
Example: A15 + "\t" + A16 inserts a Tab space between "Recipient" and "Shipping Address".
Example: A15 + "\n" + A16 displays "Recipient" and "Shipping Address" on two separate lines.
If you want to display each row of a specific Subtable field with line breaks in another field, follow these steps:
1. Add a new field in the Subtable.
2. Use a formula that joins the target field values with the "\n" line break character.
The values from each row will then appear on separate lines in the field.
Since the "\" is a special character, you need to reference it as "\\" in formulas when populating it in your fields.
For example, if the value in field A1 is "a/b/c" and you want to replace all "/" with "\ "to make it" a\b\c", the formula would be: SUBSTITUTE(A1, "/", "\\").
When two date fields are formatted as yyyy/MM/dd and subtracted using a formula, the result may sometimes include a decimal value. This usually occurs when the user’s browser time zone is observing Daylight Saving Time (DST).
If one of the dates falls within the DST period (typically from March to October) and the other does not (from November to February), subtracting the two fields can result in a decimal.
Example:
The user’s browser is set to the U.S. time zone. The sheet contains two date fields (both formatted as yyyy/MM/dd):
1. A1 = 2020/10/31 (within Daylight Saving Time)
2. A2 = 2020/11/02 (outside Daylight Saving Time)
There is a numeric field A3 with the formula: "A2 - A1".
In this case, A3 will return "2.0416667" instead of the expected "2".
This happens because October 31, 2020, was within DST in the U.S., while November 2, 2020, was not. The difference of "0.0416667" days equals 1 hour.
Solution:
To avoid decimals and return the expected whole number of days, use the formula with the ROUND function: ROUND(A2 - A1)
This rounds the result to the nearest whole number.
If the Show References From Existing Sheets (Referenced Subtable) feature displays data differently than expected, try these "basic troubleshooting" steps before contacting support.
First, ensure the Show References From Existing Sheets feature is set up, and check how many referenced Subtables have been added and which one isn’t working as expected.
The most accurate way to verify is to go to Design Mode and navigate to Form Tools > Sheet Linking > Show References From Existing Sheets. This section lists all referenced Subtables created using this feature.
For example, in the image below, the "Customer" sheet has one Referenced Subtable created from the "Sales Orders" sheet.
If you're unsure whether a Subtable is a Referenced Subtable or want to confirm its source sheet, you can right-click the Subtable field (e.g., "Sales Order Number") in the "Customer" sheet and select Field Info, as shown in the image below. If the field shares the same Field ID as the corresponding field in the source sheet (e.g., "Sales Orders"), it confirms that the Subtable is referenced from that sheet.
If you believe the references were set up but nothing appears under Form Tools > Show References From Existing Sheets, you may have used the wrong feature, such as setting up a Subtable using Link and Load instead.
After confirming that Show References From Existing Sheets is set up, check whether all fields are missing or only some data isn't displaying correctly.
For example, if the "Order Information" Subtable in the "Customer" sheet (referenced from the "Sales Orders" sheet) is empty or missing expected records, follow the steps below to check:
1. Check for filters on the Referenced Subtable: If a filter is applied, the triangle icon in the column header will appear as a funnel. Clear the filter to ensure the data isn't hidden.
2. Confirm the Linked Field: If there's no filter issue, verify that the records are correctly linked through the appropriate field.
For example, in the "Customer" sheet, the "Order Information" Subtable is a Referenced Subtable from the "Sales Orders" sheet. Each customer record should display all orders placed by that customer. If the "Customer ID" is "C-00001", make sure all orders under "C-00001" are shown.
So, if the Referenced Subtable does not display any data or appears incomplete, go to the source sheet (e.g., "Sales Orders") and filter by the Linked Field (e.g., "Customer ID"). Check whether the filtered results match the data shown in the Referenced Subtable.
For example, if you want to verify the records for customer "C-00001", filter the Sales Orders sheet by "Customer ID = C-00001", and confirm whether the results match the four records displayed in the Referenced Subtable.
If the results match, the Referenced Subtable is working correctly. The issue may be due to missing or incorrect Linked Field values during data entry. In this case, consider reviewing and improving the data entry process.
If the results don’t match and you’ve confirmed the correct linked field was used for filtering, please contact support@ragic.com for further assistance.
If "some fields display data while others do not", check whether those fields are linked through the Show References From Existing Sheets feature. Sometimes, fields in the referenced subtable are added manually or via Link and Load, which prevents them from syncing properly, even if the field names are the same.
For example, in the "Customer" sheet, the "Order Information" Subtable (referenced from "Sales Orders") may display most of the order data, but not the "Order Completion Date", even though the corresponding field in "Sales Orders" contains data, as shown in the image below.
1. Check Field ID Using Field Info
Verify if the Field ID of the non-displaying field matches the source sheet’s Field ID in Field Info to confirm whether it’s a referenced field.
For example, as shown below, the "Order Completion Date" field in "Sales Orders" has a different Field ID from the "Order Completion Date" field in the "Customer" sheet. This indicates that the "Order Completion Date" field in "Customer" was not added using the Show References From Existing Sheets feature.
2. Verify How the Field Was Created
Using the Field Info and Link Manager, you can confirm whether the field with missing data was created using Link and Load through the "Customer ID" field in the same Subtable. Unlike Show References From Existing Sheets, which automatically displays corresponding field values, Link and Load only triggers when data is entered. In that case, users must manually click the Linked field or sync it to display the corresponding values.
If a field in the "Order Information" Subtable shows data not from the "Sales Orders" sheet, it’s because Ragic allows users to manually add fields in the Referenced Subtable, such as a "Remarks" field. These manually added fields do not sync with the source sheet.
3. Correct the Setup
If your goal is to "automatically sync and display data from the source sheet", you should not use "manually added fields" or the Link and Load feature, as these methods do not sync automatically with the source sheet. Follow these steps to correct the setup:
(1) Remove incorrectly created fields: Move any manually added or Link and Load fields to the far right of the Subtable and delete them.
(2) In Sheet Linking > Show References From Existing Sheets, edit the corresponding Referenced Subtable and select the fields you want to display, ensuring that they share the same Field ID as in the source sheet. For more information, refer here.
The Show References From Existing Sheets feature lists related data within a single record as a Referenced Subtable (one row per record). It supports referenced independent fields from other sheets but does not support referenced Subtable fields (since one record may correspond to multiple Subtable data).
To display Subtable data from another sheet, first use the New Sheet From Subtable feature to generate a new sheet with the Subtable data. Then, use Show References From Existing Sheets to add the Referenced Subtable from the newly created sheet. (For detailed steps, refer here.)
After setting up this configuration, if certain field values are not displayed, check for the following two possible situations:
Situation 1: The field values from the new sheet created from the Subtable are not synchronized with the Referenced Subtable.
Situation 2: Some fields in the new sheet created from the Subtable are not synchronized with the original Subtable.
Using the "Customer" and "Sales Orders" sheets as an example, the "Ordered Item Records" Subtable in the "Customer" sheet uses the Show References From Existing Sheets feature to display data from the "Order Details" sheet, which was created from a Subtable in the "Sales Orders" sheet.
If the "Subtotal" field doesn’t display correctly, check its Field ID in Field Info to see if it matches the source sheet. If not, follow the steps above to resolve the issue.
If the "Subtotal" field in both the "Ordered Item Records" Subtable and the "Order Details" sheet is indeed the same field (with the same Field IDs), you can further check for the following situations:
Situation 1: The "Order Details" sheet has field values, but they are not displayed in the "Ordered Item Records" Subtable.
Situation 2: The "Order Details" sheet does not contain the field value, and only the original "Sales Orders" sheet has the "Subtotal" value.
If the "Order Details" field contains no value, the issue lies not with the Show References From Existing Sheets setup, but with the synchronization during the New Sheet From Subtable process. This may occur if the field was manually added or brought in via Link and Load.
First, use the Field Info feature to check the "Subtotal" field in both the "Sales Orders" sheet and the "Order Details" sheet. If the Field IDs don’t match, delete the incorrect field and re-use the New Sheet From Subtable feature to ensure proper synchronization.
In Design Mode, you can click and drag, or press the Shift key along with the arrow keys to select multiple fields.
After selection, the following actions are supported:
1. Press Delete/Backspace to delete the selected fields.
2. Apply styles to the selected fields.
3. Copy and paste to create a new set of selected fields.
Form Page: In Edit Mode, you can click and drag or press the Shift key plus the arrow keys to select multiple fields.
Listing Page: In Edit Mode, you can press the Shift key plus the arrow keys to select multiple fields.
After selection, the following actions are supported:
1. Press Delete/Backspace to delete selected field values.
2. Copy and paste selected field values within Ragic or to/from Excel.
In both Form and Listing pages in Edit Mode, you can drag the lower-right corner of a field value cell to select other fields and copy the value to all selected fields.
You can use a Formula to automatically convert a field’s text to sentence case.
For example, you can set text to sentence case in the "Description" field of the "Customer" sheet.
Create a new field and apply this formula:
TOUPPERCASE(LEFT(A8, 1)) + TOLOWERCASE(RIGHT(A8, LEN(A8) - 1))
Replace A8 with the field you want to reference.
This will automatically capitalize the first letter of the sentence.
In Access Rights, we understand that there are 4 different levels of Access Rights. But how exactly does it work? Here are common organizational structures for your reference.
1. In the "Sales Order" sheet, agents can only view orders created by themselves.
2. In the "Job Assignment" sheet, workers can only view jobs assigned to them.
3. In the public sheet, students, clients, or vendors can only view entries created by themselves.
Take the "Sales Order" as an example, agents can only view orders that are created by themselves. Entries created by other agents are invisible to them.
You may follow the steps below:
Step 1. Create a "Sales" User Group and assign all agents to that group.
Step 2. In the Global Access Rights Panel, grant the "Sales" User Group with the "Survey User" Access Rights in the "Sales Order" sheet.
In the future, when agents access the "Sales Order" sheet, they'll be able to view entries created by themselves, but no entries created by other agents.
Take the "Job Assignment" as an example, entries on the sheet might be logged by the clients or a support team instead of each worker. Furthermore, workers should only view jobs that are assigned to them.
In this scenario, the settings of "Survey User" Access Right won't work since entries are not created by the workers. Hence, you'll need to combine with the Assign feature as below:
Step 1. Create a "Workers" User Group and assign all workers to that group.
Step 2. In the Global Access Rights Panel, grant the "Workers" user group with the "Survey User" Access Rights in the "Job Assignment" sheet.
Step 3. In the "Job Assignment" sheet, create a "Select User" field with the Assign feature.
With the above settings, you can assign a job entry to a specific worker by filling in the field you created in Step 3. Workers can only view jobs that are assigned to them.
1. Sales team is divided into several groups. Agents can only view their own clients. Furthermore, group managers can view all clients within their groups.
2. Job assignment works as a tree structure. Jobs will be assigned to the group manager first, and then assigned to individual workers by the group manager.
Take the "Sales Order" sheet as an example. Further to let agents view their own orders, you would like to let team managers view orders within their teams but not the orders created by other teams:
You may follow the steps below:
Step 1. Create a "Sales" user group and assign all agents to that group.
Step 2. In the User Page, fill in the "Department" field for each agent such as "Team A" or "Team B".
Step 3. Create a user group for each team such as "Team A" and "Team B". Then, assign team managers to the proper user group.
Step 4. In the Global Access Rights Panel, grant the "Sales", "Group Team A", and "Group Team B" User Groups with the "Survey User" Access Rights in the "Sales Order" sheet.
Step 5. In the "Sales Order" sheet, create a "Select User" field with the "Default to current user" attribute. Then, set the "Department" field as the Loaded Field in the Link Manager.
Step 6. In the "Sales Order" sheet, create a "Select User Group" field with the Assign feature. Then, apply formulas to reference the value in the "Department" field you created in Step 5.
With the above settings, when agents create new orders and save them, the system will run the assign settings so that team managers will be able to view the orders.
Take the "Job Assignment" sheet as an example. Once a job is created, it is assigned to the team manager, who then further assigns it to each worker.
You may follow the steps below:
Step 1. Create user groups for the "Team Manager", "Installation", and "Maintenance". Then, assign team managers to the "Team Manager" group. Also, workers are assigned to the "Installation" or "Maintenance" user group.
Step 2. Assign team managers to their teams' User Groups. For example, assign the maintenance team manager to the "Maintenance" User Group.
Once completed, team managers will be in two User Groups, one is the "Team Manager" and the other is their own team group.
Step 3. In the Global Access Rights Panel, grant the "Team Manager", "Installation", and the "Maintenance" User Groups with "Survey User" Access Right in the "Job Assignment" sheet.
Step 4. In the "Job Assignment" sheet, create a "Responsible Team Manager" field with the Assign feature, limiting the drop-down menu to "Team Manager" only.
Step 5. In the "Job Assignment" sheet, create an "Assign to Worker" field with the Assign
With the above settings, when a new job is created, it could be assigned to a specific team by filling the "Responsible Team Manager" field. Then, the team manager can assign it to workers within the same team.
An entry will be viewed by multiple departments. However, part of the fields is visible to certain departments only. For example, when agents access the "Product" sheet, you would like to hide the cost. Or, when workers access the "Product" sheet, you would like to hide the sales price.
Take the "Product" sheet as an example. Let's say we wish to hide the "Cost" field from the agents:
You can choose one of the following two methods:
1. Use Field-Level Access Rights to set the "Sales" group's access to the "Cost" field as "No Rights". This way, users in that group will not see the "Cost" field when they open the sheet.
2. Use Multiple Versions of the sheet by following these steps:
Step 1. Create a Multiple Versions based on the "Product" sheet. For example, the "Product for Agent" sheet.
Step 2. In the "Product for Agent" sheet, hide the "Cost" field.
Step 3. In the Global Access Rights Panel, configure the settings so that the "Sales" group can only access the "Product for Sales" sheet and not the original "Product" sheet. Above examples would be common settings of the access rights. If your structure is not listed above, feel free to contact us at support@ragic.com to discuss the proper settings.
User-related info can be automatically filled in using the link & load function.
1. Go to the User sheet in the hamburger menu on the upper left corner > User Access > Manage Users. Confirm whether the Manage Users sheet contains the info you want to load into another sheet.
If not, you can add fields to the User sheet, but please do not delete any default fields. It might affect system functionality
2. Go back to the sheet you want to load information into, under Design Mode. Add a field and set Field Type as Select User.
3. Click on Form Tool > Link & load to open Link Manager.
Select Ragic System Config > Manage Users on the lower right corner.
You'll see that the User Name field has already been set as the linked field.
You then can set up the loaded fields.
Click on Exit Link Manager on the upper right corner when you're done.
User info will be loaded into related fields automatically once the User Name field is filled.
You can also set the default user as the entry creator by checking the "Defaulted to current user" box. User related info will be loaded automatically upon entry creation.
Ragic offers various features for creating relations between sheets and automating workflows. Some features enable "automatic synchronization", while others can only be "manually triggered". Below is a summary table.
| Auto-synced | Triggered | |
| Definition | Changes made in sheet a will be reflected in sheet b automatically | Changes made in sheet a will not be reflected in sheet b without "triggering" |
| Features | Multiple Versions, New Sheet from Subtable, Show References from Existing Sheets | Link and Load, Formulas, Auto Generated Field Value, Default Values |
Ragic provides 4 features for linking sheets: Link and Load, Multiple Versions, New Sheet from Subtable, and Show References from Existing Sheets.
Except for Link and Load the other 3 features support auto-sync. These features create links between sheets by sharing fields with the same Field ID. Therefore, when you update Field A in one sheet—regardless of how the change is made—the same Field A in its Multiple Versions, New Sheet from Subtable, or in sheets using the Show References from Existing Sheets feature (with the same Field ID) will automatically sync the updated value.
Note: Not every field in sheets created by Multiple Versions or New Sheet from Subtable shares the same Field ID with the source sheet (e.g., fields unique to a specific Multiple Versions sheet or new fields added after creating a New Sheet from Subtable). Fields that do not share the same Field ID will not be auto-synced.
Link and Load is different from the other three features. Loaded Fields are only populated when triggered by "entering data into Linked Fields".
Knowing the difference between "Auto-Synced" and "Triggered" is crucial for choosing the right design feature for your database.
For example, if you want the "Contacts" sheet to sync with the "Employee Information" sheet or the "Contact Info" Subtable in the "Customer" sheet to sync with the "Customer Contacts" sheet, you can use Multiple Versions or New Sheet from Subtable, which can share Field IDs.
However, in cases like syncing the "Pricelist" sheet with the "Sales Information" Subtable in the "Sales Order" sheet, real-time synchronization is usually unnecessary. You only need to bring in the current product information when creating an order, without affecting past orders with changes made to this month's products.
Besides Link and Load, these features also require triggering: Formulas, Auto Generated Field Value, and Default Values.
In general, these features can only be triggered in the sheets where they are applied. That is, when you apply Default Values, Auto Generated Field Values (such as sequential numbers), and Formulas, the corresponding fields will be populated in the sheet when you create new entries or modify existing ones.
If a field value is modified or populated by other features, such as Updating Value on Another Sheet or executing Link and Load when importing files, additional steps (e.g., enabling specific settings or advanced options) are typically required to trigger value syncing.
Additionally, Action Buttons also require manual triggering (either by pressing the Action Button or using the Batch Execute Action Button on the Listing Page). You don’t need to worry about accidentally triggering the Action Button when updating field values.
For more detailed information, please refer to corresponding documents in the Ragic Design Manual.
To check why a specific function was not triggered, you can refer to these articles:
(1) Why Didn’t the Formula Trigger or Return the Correct Result?
(2) Why Didn’t the Field Apply the Default Value?
(3) Why Didn’t Link and Load Populate the Data Successfully?
We support two ways to copy a sheet:
1. Duplicate Sheet Design: Duplicates only the sheet structure, without including any data.
2. Create Multiple Versions: Duplicate the sheet structure and share the same data source with the original sheet.
If you want to duplicate both the sheet and its data without sharing the same data source (i.e., not creating a Multiple Version), follow the steps below:
First, right-click the sheet you want to copy, or click the arrow icon when hovering over the sheet name, then select Duplicate Sheet Design.
After duplicating, you will get a blank sheet with the same design as the original.
To copy the data from the source sheet to the new one, choose the method that best suits your case:
If your sheet contains Subtable data, we recommend using Convert Records after duplicating the sheet.
First, go back to the original sheet, switch to Design Mode, and create a Convert Records Action Button to transfer data to the new sheet.
When setting up the Action Button, click Auto mapping fields to let the system automatically match fields by name. Since the new sheet is a duplicate, the field names will match, so no manual mapping is needed.
Then, go to the Listing Page, filter the records you want to transfer and use the Batch Execute Action Button to convert and move them to the new sheet.
This will successfully copy both the structure and the data to your new sheet.
Since importing data into Subtables is a complicated process, we recommend using the first method if your sheet contains Subtables. If the sheet only includes independent fields, you can use Importing and Exporting to transfer the data to the new sheet.
As the new sheet is a duplicate of the original, field names will match automatically during import. However, to avoid incorrect mapping caused by duplicate or modified field names, we still recommend manually verifying the field mapping before proceeding.
`
The feature is still under development and plan to integrate with conditional formatting feature. If you would like to get an update on this feature release, please contact us at support@ragic.com.
Before the feature is released, you can apply scripting as below:
Step 1. Create a free text field type with conditional formulas to check if the entry matches your criteria. Please return "Yes" when it matches.
Note: you may hide this field if necessary.
Step 2. Check the field ID of the free text field.
Step 3. Right-click on the sheet to access the JavaScript Workflow engine. Then, navigate to the "Post-Workflow":
Copy and paste the scripting:
var ENTRYLOCK_KEY = field ID;
var entry=param.getUpdatedEntry();
var entrylockValue = entry.getFieldValue(ENTRYLOCK_KEY);
if (entrylockValue == "Yes"){
entry.lock();
}
Please replace the field ID with the ID you get in step 2. For example, 1000925.
Take the "Sales Order" as an example, if you wish to lock entry when the "Status" field is "Complete" or "Cancelled", you may follow the steps below:
Step 1. Create a "Entry Lock Check" field with conditional formulas to check if "Status" field is "Complete" or "Cancelled":
Step 2. Get the field ID of the "Entry Lock Check" field:
Step 3. Access the "Post-Workflow" and paste the scripting:
var ENTRYLOCK_KEY = 1013368;
var entry=param.getUpdatedEntry();
var entrylockValue = entry.getFieldValue(ENTRYLOCK_KEY);
if (entrylockValue == "Yes"){
entry.lock();
}
In the future, when users update the "Status" field to "Complete" or "Cancelled" manually, the system will lock the entry upon saving. SYSAdmin can unlock it for editing if needed.
Note:
1. The workflow will only be triggered by manual edit. Edits that are made by action button, formulas recalculation, or from listing page will not trigger the post workflow.
2. Entry lock via this scripting won't show up in the edit history.
We host your Ragic database on Google Cloud Platform (GCP) and Amazon EC2 located in the US, Europe (Belgium and Ireland), and Asia (Taiwan, Japan, and Singapore). If you need your database to be stored in a server at a specific region, please contact Ragic support so we can assist in moving the database to the required server.
If you are registering from a European IP, automatically your account will be hosted on a European server, with a domain name that starts with eu.
We use third-party subprocessors to provide certain services at Ragic, such as third-party hosting and transactional emails. Please refer to the table below to understand each provider’s purpose and location.
| Entity Name | Purpose | Location |
|---|---|---|
| Amazon Web Services, Inc. | Third-party hosting provider
Transactional email provider DNS service provider File storage provider Content Distribution Network service provider |
United States
Ireland Japan Singapore |
| Google LLC | Third-party hosting provider | United States
Taiwan Belgium |
| Twilio Inc. | Two-factor authentication | Global |
| Stripe, Inc. | Online payment service provider | Global |
| Microsoft Corporation | Attachment preview service provider | Global |
If you wish to prevent users from creating duplicated entries, you can set up the "Unique" attribute.
Sometimes, we would like the system to pop up a warning but still allow saves when users input duplicate values. For example, we want to prevent users from creating duplicated entries for the same customer in the "Contacts" sheet. However, there are cases where clients might have the same names. Hence, we would like to be notified before we save the entry and check if the entry is duplicated.
You may follow the steps below:
Step 1. In the "Accounts" sheet, create a link and load field and link to the "Contact Name" field:
Step 2. On the field you created in step 1, apply formulas to reference the "Contact Name" field:
Step 3. Save the design and trigger the formulas recalculation.
Step 4. Set up conditional formatting based on the field so it will pop up warning when there are duplicated values:
In the future, when users input duplilcated values, the system will pop up the message:
You may click the "Ok" and then save the entry still.
In Validation, you can use regular expressions to check user input. If you're not familiar with regular expressions, you can use Conditional Formulas as an alternative. For example, if you want to ensure that users enter a number between "1~99" in the "Qty" field:
You may follow the steps below:
With the above example, you can apply a Conditional Formulas in the free text field to check whether the value falls between "1~99":
IF(AND(E20>0, E20<100), "Yes", "No"). This formula returns "Yes" when the number is between "1~99", and "No" otherwise.
Apply Validation "Yes" and add an error message if necessary:
In the future, when users input numbers that don't match the criteria, the system will pop up the error message upon saving:
If you find that your system default sheets(users, groups etc.) are different from Design Guide. You can follow the instruction below to update account setup forms patch.
1. Downlond "Ragic On-premises account setup forms patch(including all system default sheets)" in System Sheet in this page. If you only want to update specific sheet, you can also download corresponding patch.
2. Locate the “RagicDef.zip” file you just downloaded and then decompress it. You can see the files ending with the extension of .nui as shown.
3. Back up the existing nui files from your Ragic Home folder. In this example, the store is located at "C:\Ragic\RagicBuilder\cust\def\app\default\ragic-setup"
4. Copy the nui files mentioned in item two to override the old nui files.
5. Restart Ragic Service, and you’re all done.
On-premise servers support SSL certificates. If you have your own certificate, you'll need to apply for and purchase it separately, and then install the purchased certificate on your server.
Before replacing the certificate, follow these steps to ensure and enable SSL connections:
1. SSL_ENABLED=true.
2. SERVER_NAME=localhost.
3. After saving, restart the Ragic Service.
4. Open "Edge" on the server and enter: https://localhost to confirm that it is enabled.
Once you have confirmed that SSL is successfully enabled, you can proceed with the following steps to replace it.
1. Before you begin, make sure the prepared CA certificate is a PKCS#12 file. For more information, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PKCS_12. In this case, it should be like this:
2. Locate the “keystore” file. By default, it is stored Your Ragic Home Folder like this:
3. Add the prepared CA certificate to the keystore so that it is recognized as a valid certificate. Run the following command, making sure to replace YourCA.pkcs12 with your own certs.
4. In the Password text field, enter the password for the certificate file.
5. Restart Ragic Service, and you’re all done.
When executing mail merge on on-premise databases, the system will check to see if the memory usage is too high. To prevent running out of memory in this situation, after clicking the mail merge button, the system will wait until the memory usage is back to normal before completing the mail merge.
You may go to the private server config to download lowMemoryDump.log to check if there is a high memory usage situation.
"Test environments" can help large organizations fulfill strict design version control. If you have multiple database accounts, you can modify the design of your "test environment" and make sure everything works well before restoring it to your production environment.
For Enterprise Plan databases, we provide a free "test environment", feel free to contact us if needed. For other databases on other plans, you can register the other account using the free trial period for testing purposes or purchasing at least one user account for long-term use.
Method 1: When creating a "test environment", if you want to apply the same design as your production environment, you can download the backup database definition file of your production environment and restore it to your "test environment". After restoring, you would need to manually add testing data to the restored database.
Method 2: If you have lots of sheets and don't want to re-create testing data in all of them, you can first restore the entire database to your "test environment". But you need to keep an eye on Reminders and remember to delete them after restoring. Otherwise, both your production and "test environment" will send Reminders. In addition, don't forget to suspend the users that don't need to access the "test environment", or they might receive notifications and see the "test environment" when switching accounts.
In the future, if you would like to change the design of your database and sheets, we strongly recommend modifying the design on your "test environment" and making sure everything works well before restoring it to your production environment. Please don't change the design on both sides simultaneously as it might cause unexpected problems as described below.
When restoring the entire database, it will completely overwrite your original one. However, when restoring the database definition file, you will need to pay attention to the following.
When creating fields, the system will assign a unique Field ID to each field and will not have duplicated IDs in each database account. However, for two independent database accounts, the IDs might be duplicated sometimes. For example, the "0000001" field could be "Customer Name" in one database, but the "0000001" field is "Product Name" in another database. If the same ID fields in two databases exist in different sheets as different field types or for different purposes, restoring one database definition to the other might cause unexpected issues.
Step 1. Enter Azure Active Directory
Step 2. Choose "Enterprise applications"
Step 3. Create New application: New application > Create your own application
Step 4. Application Config
1. You may customize the application name
2. Please select Non-Gallery App for the application
3. After creating the application, please fill in the application ID in the properties into the "Application ID" field on your Ragic Company Setting page
Step 5. Add Users to the Application
Step 6. Configure Application Single-Sign-On (SSO)
Step 7. Select SAML
Step 8. Setting Parameters
1. In the Identifier (Entity ID) and the Reply URL (Assertion Consumer Service URL) in basic settings, please fill in the URL of the server where your Ragic is located (for example: https://test1.ragic.com)
2. In Attributes & Claims, please change the unique user ID to the user mailbox
3. Please fill in the App Federation Metadata URL in the SAML Signing Certificate into your Ragic company setting page
Step 1. Enter IAM Identity Center
Step 2. Create a new application (Add application)
Step 3. Choose Add custom SAML 2.O application
Step 4. Set application parameters
1. Display name and “description” can be customized by user
2. Please fill “App Alliance Metadata URL” field in the Ragic company setting with the link of the IAM Identity Center SAML metadata file
3. Please fill “Application ACS URL” with the URL of the server where your Ragic is located and add “/api/external/saml/acs.jsp” to the end (For example your Ragic url is https://test2.ragic.com, please fill in “https://test2.ragic.com/api/external/saml/acs.jsp”), the “Application SAML audience” attribute can be customized by the user, and its value is filled in the “Application ID” field in Ragic company setting
Step 5. In "Attribute mappings", set the attribute mapped by Subject to "${user:email}", format to "transient", refer to the following Figure
Step 6. Add users to the application
Sometimes, data errors may occur from Imports or Mass Updates. The system includes a reversion feature for these functions. Locate the relevant import or Mass Update record in Recent Changes and click the Revert icon to restore the data.
For notes and limitations on reverting, please refer here.
Normally, a record won’t be modified during the approval process. However, if you want a field to be editable when a certain approval step is reached, follow the steps below:
In most cases, a record should not be modified once the approval process has started, so the system automatically locks the record when approval starts. If you want to make a field editable in later steps, you must check "ignore record lock" in the field settings and apply Read Only conditions using Conditional Formatting.
To help the system distinguish which step of the approval process we are in, we will need to add two fields and apply the approval formula to display the approval status.
For example, if the approval process consists of two approval steps, we can add fields I2 and I3, and apply "APPROVAL.STEP(1).STATUS()" in the formula setting in I2 and "APPROVAL.STEP(2).STATUS()" in I3 to display the status of first and second approval steps. The approval formulas will return "N" when the step is not finished, and "F" when it is finished.
After adding the two fields in the previous step to display approval statuses, you need to add another field to check whether the statuses of the first and second approval steps are the same.
For example, you can add a new field I4 and apply the conditional formula IF(I2.RAW = I3.RAW, 'Y', 'N') to it. If both I2 and I3 are "N" or "F", meaning both steps are either unfinished or completed, the formula will return "Y". If one step is "F" and the other is "N", it will return "N".
Set a new rule in Conditional Formatting to make the specific field Read Only when the approval statuses of the fields are the same, and remove the read-only status when they are not. This means that the 'Reviewed Amount' field will only be unlocked when the "Status 1 = Status 2? " field is "N" (first approval step completed, second approval step not completed). Once the design is saved, the rule will be activated, allowing the field to be modified only during the second approval step.
After applying the settings, if the approval process hasn't started, the "Reviewed Amount" field will be Read Only.
Once the first approval step is complete, the field will be unlocked and editable:
After setting the field to be editable at a specific approval step, you can restrict editing to only the approvers at that step. Follow these steps to configure this setting:
Add a Select User field and apply the approval formula APPROVAL.STEP([stepIndex]).USERS(). Leave the [stepIndex] parameter empty to return the approvers of the current approval step.
Note: If there are multiple approvers at the same step, enable the Multiple Select option for the field after applying the formula.
Go to Conditional Formatting, and add a rule to the existing conditional formatting. For example:
The original rule: "If the "Status 1 = Status 2? " field is not "N", set the specified field to "Read Only".
Add a rule: Select "OR" and set the rule to "Current Step Approver" does not contain "Logged in User".
Once the setup is complete, the field will be unlocked only if neither of the above conditions is met.
Applied Effect:
Non-approvers of this step will not be able to edit the "Review Quantity" field, while approvers of the step can edit it.
In Ragic, if you assign any formulas to Numeric fields, either the results should be an empty value or 0, they'll always return 0. For example, the formula A1*1 will display as 0 instead of an empty value even though you haven't typed any value in A1.
If you want to make a formula return an empty value when there's no value in the referred field. You can use the ISBLANK function to check if the field is null. Afterward, use the IF function to return the value on the results of the ISBLANK function. For example, you could use IF(ISBLANK(A1),"",A1*1) to make it return an empty value if A1 is empty, if not, calculate A1*1.
If the calculation might refer to more than one field, for example, to calculate A1*A2 only when both fields are not empty, and keep the output null if at least one of the fields has no value, you'll need to first use the OR function with ISBLANK function to check if every referenced field is empty, and use the IF function to return the value. The formula IF(OR(ISBLANK(A1),ISBLANK(A2)),"",A1*A2) would make sure that if at least one of the fields is empty, returns an empty value, if not, calculate A1*A2.
By using the OR function, you can combine different conditions in your formulas, if you want to make "0" turn into an empty value as well, you can add the condition "original formula=0" to the new formula. For example, using formula IF(OR(ISBLANK(A1),ISBLANK(A2),A1*A2=0),"",A1*A2) to make the output null if at least one of the referenced fields is empty or A1*A2=0. If none of the conditions above are met, returns the calculation result of A1*A2.
The feature is still under development and will likely be supported through conditional formatting. If you wish to get notifications once the feature is released, you can send out a request to support@ragic.com.
Before the feature released, you may combine conditional formulas and validation to get the similar workflow. For example, in the sheet below, we would like to set the "Manufacturer" field as "Not Empty" when the "Product Family" field is "Chocolate":
You may follow the steps below:
With our example, the target field is the "Manufacturer" field while the rule is "when the "Product Family" field is "Chocolate." The formulas would be:
IF(A4.RAW="Chocolate",IF(A6.RAW="","No","Yes"),"Yes")
That means:
When the "Product Family" field is "Chocolate," check if the "Manufacturer" field is blank. If it's blank, returns "No". Otherwise, returns "Yes".
When the "Product Family" field is not "Chocolate", returns "Yes" directly.
This step is optional.
You may also apply an error message if needed:
With the above settings, when users select the "Chocolate" option in the "Product Family" field and leave the "Manufacturer" field blank, the system will pop up an error message upon saving:
You can add a new attribute "Ragic_User_Name" in SAML Response. By doing so, if the login user account does not exist in Ragic, the system will automatically create a user account and its default email and user name will be the same as SSO's email. The password will be autogenerated as well. It's helpful if your plan is Concurrent Users.
If you want to let the identity provider (IdP) initiate SSO, you can add a new attribute in SAML Response:
Attribute Name: Ragic_Account_Name
Attribute Content: Account Name (If your database URL is https://www.ragic.com/support, then your account name would be "support")
You can refer to the setting process below:
Azure AD：
AWS：
OKTA：
If a user exists in multiple Ragic accounts (databases) and wishes to log in to Ragic through SAML SSO, the following conditions must be met:
1. Consistent Single Sign-On Configuration: In the company settings form of each Ragic account, the field values for "Identity Provider (IDP)," "Application Alliance Metadata URL," and "Application Identifier" must be consistent.
2. Allow SAML SSO Login: Users in each Ragic account must be able to log in through SAML SSO.
If the Ragic database accounts are on different servers, you need to ensure that the Identity Provider (IDP) allows configuring multiple Assertion Consumer Service (ACS) URLs. Currently, only Azure Active Directory (AAD) supports this feature.
Administrators need to find the Reply URL in the AAD application's SAML SSO settings and append "/api/external/saml/acs.jsp" to it for all user accounts belonging to different servers.
For example, if the Ragic accounts are located at "https://ap5.ragic.com" and "https://ap9.ragic.com," please add "https://ap5.ragic.com/api/external/saml/acs.jsp" and "https://ap9.ragic.com/api/external/saml/acs.jsp" to the Reply URL.
Step 1. Enter Okta, click Create App Integration.
Step 2. Select SAML 2.O
Step 3. General settings can be customized by user.
Step 4. Set application parameters
1. “Single sign on URL”, please fill in the URL of the server where your Ragic is located and add “/api/external/saml/acs.jsp” to the end (For example your Ragic url is https://test2.ragic.com, please fill in “https://test2.ragic.com/api/external/saml/acs.jsp”).
2. “Audence URI” attribute can be customized by the user, and fill the value in the “Application ID” field in the Ragic company settings.
3. “Application username”, please choose the parameter which fill in the email as a Ragic user in your Okta user settings.
Step 5. Please select the certificate you have enabled in SAML Signing Certificates, and fill in the link of the URL (view IdP metadata) of the metadata in the "Application Alliance Metadata URL" in the Ragic company settings " in the field.
Step 6. Add users to the application
Ragic provides a Server Status page that allows users to look up the current service status. From the server status information listed at the top of the page, you can see the operating status of servers in 24 hours to know if the server your account is running on has experienced any abnormal conditions. When you feel that your Ragic account is running slower than usual, this page could help you identify if the server has encountered any problems or if it is caused by the design of sheets or internet connections.
The Server Status page shows the server response time of every server within 24 hours in the form of baseline charts. Server response time is measured with ms (millisecond). By reading the chart, you will get to understand the operating condition of the servers, and the most recent condition of servers is displayed on the right side of the charts.
If the server response time exceeds 1000 ms (1 second) and continues for a while, it means that the server speed is slower than usual. If it goes up and down once and soon goes back to normal, the reason would be that the server is restarting or freeing up RAM, and soon it will be normal in a short period of time. If the fluctuation continues, it means that the server is currently busy.
If you are not sure which server your sheets are located at, you can check the URL prefix of your sheets. For example, if the URL of your account is ap2.ragic.com/demo, the URL of your server will be ap2.ragic.com, and you can check the current operating condition of your server by reading the chart of ap2.ragic.com.
Ragic monitors server status in real time. Normally even before you find out that the server response time is slower than usual, we have already applied fixes to the problems, and the information about the abnormal conditions and the repair status happening in 7 days will be shown in the Past Incidents section on the bottom of the Server Status page. You will be able to know the current repair progress and feel more relieved once you have encountered any problems.
Whenever you want to inform customers about a discount, promote a new product, or send out a service update, you can call them or send mass SMS, as long as their phone numbers have been saved on your sheets.
However, if you usually communicate with customers through messaging apps, you may often run into issues such as difficulty locating the correct username among a long contact list, or realizing that you haven’t saved your client’s contact information in the app.
If you’ve encountered these situations, you can create a click-to-chat link on your sheet to start a conversation without needing to save your clients’ phone numbers or IDs in the app.
In this article, we’ll explain how to use formulas to generate clickable links on your sheets that open messaging apps like WhatsApp, Facebook Messenger, and Telegram.
Creating a click-to-chat link to WhatsApp requires clients’ mobile phone numbers to be saved in your sheets in advance. Take our "Sales Order Management" template for example. If you already have clients’ mobile phone numbers saved in field A9, you can create a URL field in A12 and apply one of the following formulas:
'https://wa.me/'+A9
or
'https://api.whatsapp.com/send?phone='+A9
* The phone numbers should be in international format. Please refer to this article for more information about the format.
Once the changes are saved, you will be able to generate a click-to-chat link in A12 and it will lead to a WhatsApp chat:
If you would like to share a record with your client through WhatsApp, you can simply use Share this Entry With WhatsApp.
If you want to create clickable links to chat with your customers, it is necessary to have their Facebook usernames saved in your sheet. If you have their usernames in field A9, then you can create a link in A12 using the formula: 'https://www.messenger.com/t/'+A9
To look up your customers’ Facebook usernames, you can refer to this article.
You can create click-to-chat or click-to-call links to Telegram. You will need clients’ phone numbers or usernames to be saved in your sheets, and apply one of the following formulas in a new field: ‘https://t.me/’+A1
* Phone numbers should be in E.164 format. For example, for a mobile number 05 12 34 56 78 in France, you will have to type in +33512345678.
If you want to look up someone’s username, simply click on the person’s Telegram profile to see it.
Sometimes you need to export your Ragic data onto CSV files due to personal preferences or system limitations (such as exceeding the 5000 record limit when exporting to Excel). However, when opening the CSV file using Excel, you may notice that the first zeroes of a field value have disappeared. Please refer to the following example:
Here are the Ragic records with phone numbers that you’re trying to export to a CSV file. The phone numbers are displayed completely and correctly.
But when you open the file directly using Excel, the first zeroes of the phone numbers are gone.
This is not a Ragic bug, but because Excel and CSV handle data types and formats differently. CSV files save your data as plain text only, while Excel can organize your data as numbers, dates, text, etc.
If you use Notepad or TextEdit to open the CSV file, you’ll find that the first zeroes of the phone fields are correctly exported.
This means when opening this CSV file in Excel, the phone numbers or other text strings containing only consecutive numbers are considered as numerical values, so the first zero will be removed.
In this case, to display the first zeroes of your phone numbers using Excel, please follow the steps below:
Please open the file in Excel instead of directly opening it using Excel.
When Excel detects that you are opening a CSV file, you will be guided to a "Text Import Wizard" window.
Ragic uses delimiters to distinguish every field, so you can click next without changing anything in this step.
In this step, you will need to select the delimiters according to the "separator settings" applied when exporting your Ragic data. The default separator on Ragic is a comma, but if you use other separators, you can modify the delimiter settings and preview the result.
If you see a solid vertical line, it means that the delimiters have successfully distinguished your fields. If your fields are distinguished correctly, you can click "Next" to proceed.
After distinguishing your fields, the "Text Import Wizard" will ask for the format of every field. As mentioned earlier, the first zeroes are removed by Excel because the values are treated as numbers, and numeric values cannot start with a zero.
To prevent this situation, please click the "Phone" column and then set its format as "Text". This will allow Excel to keep the whole string.
Click "Finish" when you’re done, and Excel will open the CSV file without removing the first zeroes of phone numbers.
The iframe embed tool or using iframe BBCode in the text tool allows you to embed content on your homepage. However, instead of directly pasting the iframe embed code generated by commonly used websites, you will have to enter the embed URL for each website into the iframe embed tool or use it with iframe BBcode in the text tool. In this article, you will learn to get the embed URL for some commonly used websites and configure the settings to display the embedded content.
Note: If the iframe content embedded in Ragic is blocked, please go to Company Settings → Account Settings and adjust the value of the "iframe sources" field.
To embed a specific calendar on your homepage, follow this guide to access the settings and select the calendar you want to embed. Copy the "Public URL to this calendar" from the "Integrate calendar" section (as shown in the image below), then paste it into the iframe embed tool on the user homepage or use iframe BBCode with the URL in the text tool.
Note: If you want everyone to see the embedded calendar, you must set the access rights to Public. If you only want to share it with specific users, refer to this guide for more details.
If you want each logged-in user to see their own calendar on the homepage, you can insert the following URL into the iframe embed tool, or use iframe BBCode with the URL in the text tool:
https://calendar.google.com/calendar/embed?src=$USERID
The URL includes a variable user ID ($USERID), which will automatically be replaced with the Google account you log in to Ragic with. It is worth noting that you will have to make your calendar public to display it on your homepage correctly.
If you would like to embed a YouTube video on your homepage, you could follow the steps below:
1. Click the Share button under a YouTube video.
2. Click "Embed" on the pop-up window.
3. Copy the URL in the src attribute and paste it into the iframe embed tool on the user Hompage, or use iframe BBCode with the URL in the text tool. The video will be displayed on your homepage.
To embed a Google Map on your account homepage, you can follow the steps below:
1. Search for a location and click the Share button on the information window.
2. Click "Embed a map", and you will get an iframe embed code. Copy the URL in the src attribute and paste it into the iframe embed tool on your homepage, or use iframe BBCode with the URL in the text tool. The map will be displayed on your homepage.
If you would like to embed a Facebook Page, you could follow the steps below:
1. Enter the Facebook Page URL you would like to embed on the Facebook Page Plugin and click the Get Code button.
2. Click "IFrame" in the pop-up window, copy the URL in the src attribute, and paste it into the iframe embed tool on your homepage, or use iframe BBCode with the URL in the text tool.
If you would like to embed a SlideShare presentation on your homepage, you can follow the steps below:
1. Click on the Share button below the title.
2. Copy the URL in the src attribute, add the "http:" prefix to the URL, and paste it into the iframe embed tool, or use iframe BBCode with the URL in the text tool.
As the URL in the src attribute is missing the "https:" protocol, you will need to add it before using the URL. For example, if the URL is
//www.slideshare.net/slideshow/embed_code/key/GRG8bIq4Kw2r8L
You would need to prepend "https:" to it:
https://www.slideshare.net/slideshow/embed_code/key/GRG8bIq4Kw2r8L
Then you can use this modified URL in the iframe embed tool on your account homepage, or use iframe BBCode with the URL in the text tool.
To embed a Looker dashboard on your homepage, you can follow the steps below:
1. Open a report in Looker Studio, click on the triangle icon beside the Share button to open the drop-down menu, and then click "Embed Report".
2. Click "Embed URL" in the pop-up window, copy the URL and paste it into the iframe embed tool, or use iframe BBCode with the URL in the text tool.
If a video or a presentation file is only for internal use, you can upload it to the File Upload field on your Ragic sheet, and embed it into the iframe embed tool or the text tool on your homepage. The detailed methods are as follows:
1. Upload a video to the File Upload field and save it.
2. Click the “open file location in a new window” button, copy the URL in the new window, and paste it into the iframe embed tool, or use iframe BBCode with the URL in the text tool.
1. Save the presentation file as a PDF and upload it to your sheet.
2. Click the file in the File Upload field, and the PDF file will open in a new window.
3. Copy the URL in the new window and paste it into the iframe embed tool, or use iframe BBCode with the URL in the text tool.
If you want to send emails from your database through your Gmail account, you can follow the steps below to set your Google account as your database’s SMTP Server.
1. Go to your Google Account management page by clicking your profile picture in the top right corner of your Gmail page, then select "Manage your Google Account".
2. Enter the security settings page, and click to enter the 2-step verification settings page.
3. Turn on your Google account’s 2-step verification.
4. After turning 2-step verification on, click to enter the 2-step verification page again and scroll to the bottom to click and enter the “App passwords” settings page.
5. Type an App name such as "Ragic" and then click "Create" to generate the app password.
6. Apply the SMTP settings to your database, with the setup methods for the Cloud Database and On-Premises Database outlined below.
Please go to your Ragic database’s Company Settings page and enter your SMTP information:
Enable Customization SMTP Settings: Yes
SMTP Address: smtp.gmail.com
SMTP Port: 587
SMTP Account: Your Google account
SMTP Password: The app password generated in step 5
The other SMTP settings fields are optional.
If your database is on-premises, please enter the following parameters in Private Server Config:
SMTP_SERVER=smtp.gmail.com
SMTP_SENDER_AUTH_USER=Your Google Account
SMTP_SENDER_AUTH_PWD=The app password you generated in step 5
SMTP_SSL_ENABLE=true
SMTP_SSL_PORT=587
SMTP_SENDER_PERSONAL=Sender Email Name
SMTP_SENDER_EMAL=Sender Email Address
Remember to restart your on-premises service after modifying parameters in Private Server Config.
If fields have already been configured with Link and Load (such as Loaded Fields) or have been calculated with formulas, it is generally suggested not to modify field value manually. However, if the data has already been updated or cleared, how can the lost information be recovered?
Under certain circumstances, such as:
1. Manually entering field values into fields that are Loaded Fields or have formulas applied, but inadvertently triggering Link and Load Sync or Formula Recalculation.
2. Setting Link and Load in fields that already have values, but the Linked Fields do not exist or have different Loaded Field values.
3. Batch Execute Action Button.
These actions may result in the field values being updated or cleared. In this case, you can follow the steps below to retrieve the previous field values.
Go to Tools > Download as Excel or Text > From Backup. You will see the following file options available for download: Daily Backup, Weekly Backup, Bi-weekly Backup, and Download from History.
Select the option corresponding to a time before the error was made and download the backup form data. Please note that data beyond the corresponding listed time of each backup type will not be included in the file.
For example, if the error was made at 2023/3/30 18:00, and the system's automatic backup times were at 2023/3/30 19:48 for Daily Backup, 2023/3/28 07:44 for Weekly Backup, and 2023/3/16 07:55 for Biweekly Backup. You should select to export "Weekly Backup" and retrieve the previous values, and any data added or modified after 2023/3/28 07:44 will not be included in this file.
You can also select Download from History. This option is only available if the field's detailed change content is listed in the entry’s bottom right-hand corner's History of the Record. For example, if the value of Field A was changed by a user from 800 to 1000 at a specific time, the "Downloaded from History" will be able to capture the 1000 value.
Note:
If Link and Load Sync and Formula Recalculation are executed in Design Mode, no detailed changes will be recorded in the history, making it impossible to obtain accurate information about the changes made:
1. Currently, there are no execution records after executing "Link and Load Sync".
2. After executing "Formula Recalculation", the modification history of the data will only record as "Mass Formula Recalculation".
Before Downloading from History, you can check the time point of the incorrect modification in the history. If this operation cannot be found or there is no detailed record in the history, it may have been triggered in Design Mode and will not be included. In this case, you need to use daily backups, weekly backups, or bi-weekly backups to download the files instead.
You can download the backups before the modification time from the history records:
After exporting the backup file, you can then correct your data by Importing this backup file back to the sheet.
When importing a file, you need to choose "Renew data" or "Update without creating new data" in the import policy, and each record must have a Unique Value to map the information on the import file correctly to each entry.
If your sheet does not have a Unique Value field, you can consider using RAGIC ID as the Unique Value, and the downloaded Excel backup file of the sheet will also include the RAGIC ID. You can add an Auto Generate field to the sheet and select RAGIC ID as its format. This way, when importing data, the system can correctly match each record.
Once the import is complete, your lost field values will be restored.
As a final reminder: If the field is set to Link and Load or has a formula, manual edits are not recommended.
If manual input is necessary, please refer to the suggestions below.
If a Loaded Field or a field with the Formula applied requires manual input at times, adding another field for manual input is recommended. For example, update the field's value to the manually entered value when manually entered, and return the formula calculation when the manual input is empty. There are two methods to achieve this:
1. There are three fields in total: A1 is the formula calculation field, A2 is the manual input field, and A3 is the returned field.
2. Set the formula calculation in A1, assuming the condition is C1+C2.
3. Set the formula in A3: IF(ISBLANK(A2), A1, A2). This means when A2 is blank, return A1, if otherwise, return A2.
So when A2 has a value, A2 will be returned automatically. When A2 is blank, the value of A1 with the formula calculation will be returned. The execution results are shown below.
(1) When A2 is blank, return the value of the A1 field with the formula calculation:
(2) When A2 has a value, return the value of the A2 field:
1. If you want to directly determine conditions and return the value in field A1, you only need two fields: A1 is the field with the applied formula, and A2 is the manual input field. Assuming the original calculation formula is C1+C2.
2. Set the formula in A1: IF(ISBLANK(A2), C1+C2, A2). This means when A2 is blank, return C1+C2, if otherwise, return A2.
So when A2 has a value, A1 will automatically return A2’s value. When A2 is blank, the result of the formula will be returned. The execution results are shown below.
(1) When A2 is blank, return the value of the A1 field using the formula calculation:
(2) When A2 has a value, return the value of the A2 field:
Note: Method 2 will not be applicable for Loaded Fields, you will need to use Method 1 instead.
If you find that when you export a Ragic form as an Excel file, the ROC date format is displayed as AD date format in Excel, it may be because your Excel does not currently support the ROC date format. Therefore, the exported data from Ragic will be automatically converted into AD date format.
If your computer is a Windows system, you can refer to this webpage (or search for other solutions online) to set up Excel to support the ROC date format: https://it-help.tips/windows-10-excel-install-microsoft-windows-internationalfeatures-taiwan-package
If you are using WPS Excel or Mac version of Microsoft Excel, both do not currently support the ROC date format.
What we can currently do is use a embedded database form to allow users to place orders by filling out the form.
For example, you can create an embedded database form from a sales order sheet, adjust the access rights, and then everyone can access and fill out this form.
After the user submits an entry from the embedded database form, the system will also populate the entry and its details on the respective sheet on Ragic.
Our database is designed to store your data in the back end and can be used for internal data management purposes. Unlike e-commerce websites, Ragic does not offer a front-end interface for users to browse, add products to shopping carts, and place orders.
If you still want to build a membership system or shopping cart interface, you will need to build your own website and use APIs to integrate the data. For more details about API integration, you may refer to this document.
Although Mail Merge can be displayed as a button similar to an Action Button, Mail Merge in fact is not an Action Button. To view the various types of Action Buttons available, click here.
Therefore, with Mail Merge, a user can not set up additional settings that are available to Action Buttons. A user also can not use the function Combine Buttons with Mail Merge.
Mail Merge in fact is not an Action Button.
In Ragic, the Field ID is an important tool to identify fields. When creating fields on Ragic sheets, other than recording the name of fields, the system will also automatically provide a unique Field ID for every new field.
With the Field ID, the system can distinguish fields even if they have the same name. In Ragic, Action Buttons, email templates, Mail Merge, Custom Print Report, and many other tools support using the Field ID as a parameter.
Only SYSAdmins can view the Field ID of fields. There are two methods:
1. From the Field Info
Right-click on a field to enter its Field Info page, and you’ll find its Field ID in the first row.
2. From the Design Mode
Enter the Design Mode, click a field, and you’ll find its Field ID under its field name.
3. From the DB Maintenance
Users on the Professional Plan or above can Download Data Dictionary from DB Maintenance and obtain the Field IDs used across all sheets.
In some cases, different fields on different sheets may share the same Field ID. For example, when you build sheet relationships using Multiple Versions or a new sheet from Subtable, some fields will be in sync because they share the same Field ID. In this situation, when you update a field on one sheet, it will also reflect on the respective field on the other related sheet or Multiple Versions sheet.
Generally, the Field ID of fields added by users would start with 1000. For fields in template sheets, the Field ID would start with 2000 for English templates or 3000 for Chinese templates.
In the Design Mode, you can double-click on the grey "Field ID" text to change a field’s Field ID. However, unless there is a very special reason, the Field ID should not be modified because it is an important reference tool. On the other hand, fields should not share the same Field ID unless they are the same field on different related sheets or Multiple Versions sheets. To prevent unexpected errors in your database, we suggest not modifying the Field ID unless under the guidance of Ragic Support or Ragic documents.
By default, records sent for approval are automatically locked. To unlock and modify them during or after the approval process, what is the normal process?
Generally, records sent for approval should not be modified. If changes are needed during or after the approval process, the records should not be directly unlocked, as this would undermine the approval process.
Therefore, in Design Mode, the approval advanced settings will have the "Lock record when approval starts" option checked by default.
If a record needs to be modified during or after the approval process, a user with sufficient access rights should click Cancel Approval. If "Lock record when approval starts" is enabled, the record will automatically unlock when the approval is canceled. After completing the modifications, the record can be resubmitted for approval.
If there are other factors preventing the cancellation of the approval and unlocking, you can manually click Unlock record in the lower right corner.
Currently, after making a payment using the default credit card, you can view the details of your payment in the following ways:
1. Receipt sent by the payment service provider, Stripe.
2. Invoice provided by Ragic.
After each successful payment for a billing period (monthly or yearly) with automatic credit card payment, you will receive a receipt sent by our payment service provider, Stripe. The format of these receipts cannot be adjusted manually, and the "Bill to" field will be "Database Name + Billing Contact Email".
Receipt Example:
You can navigate to the Account Billing page and click on Billing History to view all previous invoices (along with payment statuses). The information displayed on these invoices can be customized, and you can refer to the instructions to adjust the content of the "Bill To" section.
For payments made by wire transfer, your invoice will not be automatically generated by Stripe or the Ragic system. Instead, we will manually send the invoice to you.
If you have designed one or more Subtables in the middle of the sheet, and the maximum width of the Subtable is smaller than the maximum width of the independent fields below it, the Subtable records will extend downward as it continues to grow, causing the layout below it to be disrupted.
Normal Layout Example:
Disrupted Layout Example:
To resolve this issue, you can add a blank Description Field right below the Subtable and set the merged cell for this Description Field to the maximum width of the sheet's design. For example, if the Subtable's width is from column A to E, then the merged cell for this blank Description Field can be set from column A to H (assuming column H reaches the maximum width of the form).
After adding this blank Description Field, when adding more Subtable records, the layout will extend downward based on the maximum width of this blank Description Field, avoiding any layout disruptions.
The Ragic sheet URL is composed of the following components: [Server Name].ragic.com/[Account Name]/[Tab Path Parameter]/[Sheet Path Parameter]?[PAGEID].
For instance: https://ap11.ragic.com/sample/ragicsales-order-management/20001?PAGEID=j73
Let's delve into each of these components individually.
The Server Name is predefined and varies based on your registration region and time. It's automatically assigned upon completing the registration process.
Examples: www.ragic.com, ap10.ragic.com, na3.ragic.com.
This segment typically remains unaltered unless there's a specific reason to relocate the database.
To change the domain of the Server Name, there are two available methods:
1. Domain Forwarding: You can Customize Your Domain in the Company Settings.
Please be reminded that this company domain does not change your original Ragic database URL but merely redirects you to it.
2. Direct Domain Change: If you would like to change the domain completely, you can opt for the On-premises version to use your domain. Refer to On-premises Installation and Ragic Pricing for details.
The Database Account Name is set by the user during registration. You can refer to the Glossary for more information on Database Accounts.
Modifying the Database Account Name requires assistance from Ragic Support. To request a change, please send an email to support@ragic.com, and include both the original and desired account names.
Note: The Account Name must be composed of English letters or numbers and cannot contain special symbols or spaces.
Tab Path Parameters are associated with tab naming during creation. Even if the tab name is changed later, the tab path parameter remains constant.
Rules differ based on whether the tab name is in English or a non-English language:
1. English
When naming a tab in English, the Tab Path Parameter matches the name. If the named tab path parameter exists, a number is appended.
For example, if "demo" is a new tab name and the corresponding Tab Path Parameter doesn't exist, it's named "demo". If the "demo" Tab Path Parameter exists, the next becomes "demo2", and so on.
2. Other languages containing English (eg, French, Spanish) or English strings with special symbols
Special symbols in non-English names are ignored for the Tab Path Parameter, and the system will also verify whether the Tab Path Parameter already exists.
For example, naming a tab "démo" yields "dmo" as the Tab Path Parameter. If the "dmo" tab path exists, the subsequent path becomes "dmo2", and so on.
3. Non-English Languages (eg, Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
When a tab is named using a non-English language or only special characters, the system will automatically use AI to translate the tab name into English and check whether the Tab Path Parameter already exists.
For example, if you create a tab named "專案管理", the system will automatically generate the tab path as project-management. If that path already exists, it will be renamed as project-management2, project-management3, and so on.
Note: To customize the tab path, name the tab in English when creating it. You can then rename it to the desired name after saving.
To change the tab path of an existing sheet, follow the steps below:
Original sheet URL: www.ragic.com/ragicdemo/forms1/1
Desired URL: www.ragic.com/ragicdemo/demo/1
Steps:
1. Create a new tab named "demo" using English characters.
2. Rename the tab to the desired name, if needed.
3. Move the original sheet under this new tab.
Note: After moving the sheet to a new tab, the Sheet Path Parameter will also be changed.
Sheet Path Parameters are auto-generated based on the sheet creation order in the tab. They're unique and unmodifiable. Deleting or reordering sheets won't change these parameters. The first sheet created under a tab is labeled "1", the second is "2", and so forth. If a sheet is moved from another tab, it will be assigned a new number.
The URL of the Ragic template sheets downloaded from the install template is fixed and cannot be modified.
The quickest way to identify a Ragic template sheet is by examining the Sheet Path Parameter. Typically, the sheet parameters of template sheets are five digits starting with "1" or "2" (e.g., 1XXXX or 2XXXX).
For example: ap10.ragic.com/ragicdemo/ragicsales/20001
Each page URL ends with a ?PAGEID parameter, which records the current tab state and may vary depending on the user or browser tab used to access the page. You can omit this part when copying the URL.
Based on the above explanation, the following table summarizes the rules for changing sheet URL parameters:
| Parameter | How It Can Be Changed | Customizable |
|---|---|---|
| Server Name | Server Name: Cannot be changed unless there is a specific reason.
Domain: Can be changed by opting for the on-premises version. |
Server Name: No
Domain: Yes |
| Account Name | Can be changed with assistance from Ragic Support. | Yes |
| Tab Path Parameter | Can be adjusted. See instructions. | Partially (customizable if named in English) |
| Sheet Path Parameter |
Custom-added sheets: Can be changed by moving the sheet to a different tab. Template sheets: Cannot be changed. |
No |
| Page ID | Automatically changes when opening the sheet in a new browser tab. | No |
Once the user press the Convert Records Action Button, if you wish to prevent users from converting the entry more than once, you may refer to this article. If you want to mark therecord as "Converted" while allowing users to press the button again, please follow the steps below:
On the sheet where you set up the Action Button, please add a "Converted?" checkbox field to indicate whether the record has been converted.
When setting up the Update Values Action Button, please update the "Converted?" field with "Yes".
Please use Combine buttons to merge the button you created in Step 2. with the original Convert Records Button. Besides, you can hide the original one so users won't accidentally execute it.
With the above steps, when the users press the merged button, the system will convert the record and update the "Converted?" field to "Yes". Hence, you'll be able to recognize the convert status via the "Converted?" field. You may also apply Conditional Formatting to highlight if necessary.
If you want to prevent users from creating duplicate records, you can set up the Unique attribute.
In some cases, you may want to show a warning without preventing the save when a duplicate value is entered. For example, in a "Contacts" sheet, you might want to avoid creating duplicate records for the same customer. However, since different customers can have the same name, you can configure the system to display a warning when a duplicate name is entered. This notifies the user that a customer with the same name already exists, while still allowing the record to be saved.
You can follow the steps below:
Right-click on any sheet name and select Javascript Workflow.
function checkIfUniqueFieldValue(fieldId, path){
var value = param.getNewValue(fieldId);
var query = db.getAPIQuery(path);
query.addFilter(fieldId,"=",value);
var result = query.getAPIResultList();
if(result.length > 1){
response.setMessage("The "+ value +" already exists. Please check for duplicates.");
}
}
Enter the script here. For example, if the sheet path you want to recalculate is:
https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/1?PAGEID=wSM
(ignore the ?PAGEID=wSM part), and the Field ID is 1000038, enter the following in the script:
checkIfUniqueFieldValue(1000038, "/tabname/1");
Then click Save to complete the setup.
Once records are Converted, you may wish to create relations between them for tracking purposes. In the article below, we'll build linkings between "Leads" and converted "Accounts" as an example.
In our example, the destination sheet is the "Accounts" while the source sheet you trigger the button is "Leads". Hence, please create a "Source Lead" Link and Load field on the "Accounts" sheet and link it to the Unique Value on the "Leads" sheet. The field marks the source "Leads" record of the account.
Similar to step 1., please create a "Ref. Account ID" Link and Load field on the "Leads" sheet and link it to the Unique Value on the "Accounts" sheet. The field marks the corresponding "Accounts" record.
For the Convert Records Action Button, please add the mapping of the Unique Value field:
In our example, the destination sheet is "Accounts". Hence, please create an Update Value on Another Sheet Action Button so the system will find the source lead in the "Leads" sheet according to the value in the "Source Lead" field. Then, update the "Ref. Account ID" field with the "Account ID" value:
Once the button is created, you can check "Automatically run when saving" so that it will be triggered automatically when a record is converted.
An independent/regular field on a Ragic sheet is a field where the Field Header and Field Value are horizontally aligned. For example, the following five fields are all independent/regular fields:
When presented on a Form Page, independent fields represent a one-to-one data point, meaning that an independent field in a single record can only store one Field Value.
For example, if a customer's contact information is stored as one Ragic record, and the customer has only one company name, one tax ID, etc., representing one-to-one data points, then the company name and tax ID should be set as independent/regular fields:
On the other hand, a Subtable in Ragic sheets has Field Headers and Field Values vertically aligned, meaning that the Field Headers are displayed horizontally. For example, the following four fields are all Subtable fields:
When presented on a Form Page, Subtable fields represent a one-to-many data point, meaning that under a single Ragic record, a Subtable Field Header can store multiple Field Values.
Continuing with the example above, if a customer's information is stored as a single record, and the customer has multiple contact persons, it is appropriate to use a Subtable to record multiple contact persons for one customer:
If you get multiple entries after pressing the convert record action button, it's because you map a Subtable field to a independent field. For example,
The above setting means you want to create entries in the "Product Invoice" sheet with the "Remarks" value from each Subtable row. Hence, if you have three Subtable rows in the "Sales Order" entry, the system will convert it into three separate entries in the "Product Invoice" sheet by pressing the Action Button.
To fix this issue, please add a "Remarks" Subtable field on the "Product Invoice" sheet and update the field mapping of the Action Button:
Suppose you must automatically delete entries from your system after a certain period due to specific cybersecurity regulations. In that case, you can consider adding a script to your database to help you automatically delete records that are over x days old on a specified sheet.
Please follow the steps below:
Right-click on any sheet name and select Javascript Workflow.
Suppose the sheet path where you want to automatically delete records that are over 10 days old is:
https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/1?PAGEID=wSM (ignore the ?PAGEID=wSM part), enter the following in the script:
db.deleteOldRecords("/tabname/1", 10);
Be sure to save your changes before exiting.
If you want to change the number of days, modify the number in db.deleteOldRecords('/tabname/1', X). For example, if you want a record to be deleted when it is 20 days old, you should enter:
db.deleteOldRecords("/tabname/1",20);
If you need to include the exact time of execution, add true as the third parameter:
db.deleteOldRecords("/tabname/1", 10, true);
If the script runs on July 11 at 21:00:00, it will delete records created before July 1 at 21:00:00.
Note:
1. This workflow is only for deleted records from a single sheet. It does not delete records from the entire database.
2. To ensure the record is indeed deleted, the script will permanently remove the record. It will not be moved to the Recycle Bin, which means it cannot be recovered. Please make sure you absolutely need this feature before writing the related script.
3. This method can delete up to 500 records per execution.
Logging into the account with SYSAdmin in the database where templates are hosted, you can access Generate License Code page at the bottom left of the Partner Center. On this page, select the template ID, extension days, and the quantity, and proceed to generate license codes.
After completion, you can see the overview below. Clicking on the "Batch Number hyperlink" will download a CSV file.
You can then provide the codes in the file to your clients.
Note: Only users with Professional or higher plans are able to install paid templates that are provided by partners.
In the database, navigate to the install templates and find the paid template you would like to install.
Access any record and click on the Icon in the bottom right corner to see licensing information, which defaults to a 30 days free trial.
If you wish to purchase the template after the trial period expires, you can contact the partner directly through the licensing information. The payment process involves buying an license code. You can inquire about the payment methods. Once payment is made, the partner will provide the code. The specific payment methods will be determined by the partner.
After obtaining the code, click on Enter License Code and input it in the window to extend the licensing.
Xero is a premium Zapier app that requires a subscription to Zapier's paid plan. Please refer to this page for Zapier’s pricing plan.
If your company primarily uses Xero for financial management but seeks to record additional operational data, such as sales, stocks, and shipments in Ragic, you can seamlessly integrate both systems using Zapier to eliminate repetitive data entry. This integration synchronizes operational data in Ragic with financial data in Xero. For instance, after creating a "Sales Order" in Ragic, as shown below:
This Zapier integration will send the information on the "Sales Order" Sheet to issue a corresponding invoice in Xero:
Before setting up the integration in Zapier, please ensure that your Ragic sheet matches the required fields for Xero invoices:
Tips:
1. Fields marked in bright red must correspond to a field in your Ragic sheet.
2. Fields marked in gray can remain blank, allowing Xero to generate values.
3. Fields marked in blue may require additional settings.
Create a "Sales Order" Sheet that includes all the information required by Xero’s invoice in Ragic:
You can also use the Ragic Sales Order Template and customize it, adding fields like the Due Date to meet Xero's requirements.
P.S.: When setting up the workflow automation in Zapier, the system will need an entry to run the test. It is highly advised to create a test entry after designing the sheet for this purpose.
As Xero specializes in accounting, it comes with built-in features like a customer management system, stock management, and tax calculation. To ensure a seamless integration between Xero and Ragic, some preliminary setup is required. Here are several setup options based on the type of integration you need, either basic or advanced integration:
1. Customer Information
In Xero, every invoice will require at least the customer's name as a Unique Value.
Basic Integration: Xero will create customer contact information when issuing invoices as long as it finds a customer name in Ragic that hasn't been created in Xero yet. No additional setup is needed.
Advanced Integration: If you require more comprehensive customer information in Xero, you can refer to this page for managing contacts in Xero.
2. Item and Description
When issuing an invoice in Xero, you can choose to fill in only the "item" or "both description and unit price". By choosing to fill in the item, you can perform inventory management and sales analysis in Xero.
Basic Integration: For a simple integration and invoice issuance, just fill in the description and unit price.
Advanced Integration: If you wish to integrate the Ragic "Product ID" with the Xero item field, you'll need to set up your product information. This ensures that the "Product ID" in Ragic can match the corresponding "Product ID" in Xero. To do so, you can either add an inventory item or import inventory items into Xero.
3. Account and Tax Rate
Xero has a built-in account information field to select tax categories and tax rates under each account.
Basic Integration: To generate an invoice based on an order, set the account to "Sales". Xero will automatically populate the Tax Category as "Tax on Sales" when issuing an invoice.
Advanced Integration: If you need to specify tax categories and rates, prior setup in Xero is necessary. You can refer to this page for more information about tax rate set-up in Xero.
Once you've aligned your Ragic sheet with Xero's requirements, proceed with setting up the integration (referred to as a "Zap" in Zapier). You can use this Zap Template to speed up your set-up process.
You need to connect your Ragic account first so Zapier can obtain your sheet information and set up the integration.
Connect your Ragic account in Zapier using your Ragic API key and server information.
After completing this step, you can click "Yes, Continue to Ragic" to complete the Ragic account integration. The next step is to select the sheet to be integrated.
After choosing the sheet, Zapier will fetch the three latest entries in this sheet. You can choose one entry as the "test entry" for this process.
As Xero serves as the action, it will receive information from Ragic and populate its invoices. After logging in and connecting your Xero account to Zapier, you'll need to specify the content in your Ragic sheet that should be transferred to each corresponding field in Xero's invoice.
Following this, Zapier will display a list of the fields in Xero that require input, along with the corresponding field values you intend to import from Ragic. You can then initiate a "Test Step" to ensure that your integration setup functions as anticipated.
If the test is successful, Zapier will confirm the successful creation of the invoice with a notification. You can also see the entry you used for the test appeared as an invoice in Xero.
Next, just press "Publish" on Zapier, and your Zap will be officially completed and activated. In the future, when there is new data in the specified sheet, a corresponding invoice will be generated in Xero.
Whether automatic line-breaking occurs depends on "the type of characters composing the field value". This behavior is determined by the browser, not by Ragic.
Below are the line-break rules for different character types:
| Composition of Field Value Characters | Line-breaking Rules |
|---|---|
| Composed of numbers, English letters, or half-width symbols | If there are no spaces, line breaks will not occur based on the field width; if there are spaces in the string and the space position exceeds the field width, a line break will occur at the space. |
| Composed of numbers, English letters, or half-width symbols + full-width symbols | Line breaks will occur at spaces; if there are no spaces and the position of a full-width symbol exceeds the field width, a line break will occur at the full-width symbol. |
| Composed entirely of full-width symbols | Line breaks will occur based on the field width. |
Refer to the image below to preview the default line-breaking behavior for different character combinations.
If users in your database see the following error messages when logging in to your Ragic database using SAML SSO, here’s how you can troubleshoot.
If a user sees this message when logging in, this means SAML SSO login is disallowed in your database, and the user is not in the user group included in ignore denied login method for user group. If you would like to allow that user to log in to your database via SAML SSO, please go to company settings and select that user’s respective user group in the “ignore denied login method for user group” field.
Please go to the attribute settings in your identity provider to make sure that your identity provider returns email addresses to Ragic using the correct format.
This means the user passed the IDP verification without using a password. If you would like to allow this method, please select “Yes” in the “Skip authentication method check” field in company settings.
Ragic offers various Free and Paid Plans, and you can find detailed explanations and comparisons on the Pricing Page.
This article will outline Ragic's various Free Plans and the trial options available for its Paid Plans.
As mentioned earlier, Ragic offers a Free Plan account. After registering on Ragic without any additional payment, you can permanently access the majority of the database features and add unlimited users and SYSAdmins.
The main limitation of the Free Plan is the number of "sheets and records" available.
Custom Sheets—either created from scratch or installed Free Templates with modifications—are limited to 3 sheets, each containing up to 1,000 records. If this limit is exceeded, the system will prompt you to delete sheets or records or upgrade to a Paid Plan to continue using the service.
If you are not familiar with the definition of "sheet", please refer to this page.
Who is suitable for this "Permanent Free Account"? The main limitation of the Free Plan is the number of Custom Sheets and records. Therefore, we believe it is suitable for those who want to create "straightforward applications", have "low usage", or only need to use the free templates.
If you are considering using Paid Plans, it is better to thoroughly test the features with the free trial period before making a payment.
Ragic offers a one-time 30-day trial for every new database account. Eligible accounts can apply for the free trial without needing to enter credit card information. The application process is as follows:
1. Click on "Upgrade for 30 days free" at the top-right corner of the page or use the hamburger menu at the top-left corner to access the Account Billing page.
2. Next, you will see a "30-Day Free Trial" button on each Pricing Plan. Click on it to activate the free trial. We recommend directly trying the Professional Plan, which includes all features.
If the trial period expires before you’ve completed your testing, we also offer an extension. Simply share information about Ragic on social media, and then apply for an extension through this link. Once your application is approved, the trial period will be extended.
After the trial period expires, your data will not be deleted. You will simply need to choose between downgrading to the Free Plan or subscribing to a Paid Plan. You can subscribe on the Account Billing page. If you choose to pay before the trial period expires, the remaining days of the free trial will not be lost.
This feature is primarily designed to allow users to fully experience Ragic without limitations on the number of sheets and with the freedom to modify templates before purchasing. We do not encourage attempting to exploit free trials to save money. Once in formal use, we do not accept requests for extending trial periods.
Community Version caters to charitable purposes. In the internet age, there's a demand for platforms facilitating information exchange. This could be for practical purposes such as exchanging items, sharing salary information, or compiling beneficial information for the public, such as a list of foods identified with safety issues or sharing experiences in applying to schools. We offer a Free Plan for these public-benefit applications.
As long as your platform is completely accessible for the public (you cannot set certain records to be visible only to specific users), you can apply for the Community Version. Similar to the Free Plan, the Community Version is a permanently free account. However, unlike the Free Plan, it does not have limitations on the number of sheets and records. To apply for Community Version, click here.
Note that when using the Community Version, we will not allow you to set permissions restricting access to specific users. Additionally, clicking on the homepage will redirect to the Ragic homepage. Therefore, this version may not be well-suited for internal data management for business.
To encourage the use of Ragic for teaching, we provide free Learning Account licenses for students in any course that utilizes Ragic as material. As long as the instructor provides necessary information such as the start and end dates of the semester, student email domains, etc., we offer free licenses for students throughout the course. This enables students to directly utilize the Professional Plan features of Ragic, providing them with comprehensive resources for learning. For more details, please refer to this article.
It's important to note that this is free only during the semester – it is not a permanent free account. Additionally, this option is applicable only when using Ragic as lecture material. For educational organizations managing student data and performing administrative tasks using Ragic, please choose a suitable plan based on your usage. We offer a 30% discount for NGOs and educational organizations for Professional Plan and above.
If you have any other questions, feel free to email support@ragic.com.
If you're considering a Paid Plan, you can also refer to this guide in addition to the Pricing Page.
When you swipe to the right in a subtable row, icons for view and delete will appear. Clicking on them allows you to view the record or delete it.
Clicking on a subtable field to directly edit the content.
Android interface:
iOS interface:
Typically, a single record contains multiple Subtable fields. However, due to layout constraints, adding Subtable fields to the Listing Page is not currently supported. You can consider the alternatives below and choose the one that suits your needs.
If you need to include Subtable fields on the Listing Page for either adding data or viewing associated information across records, you can create a new sheet from your Subtable to integrate the Subtable records into an independent sheet. From there, you can freely edit, view, or add the data.
If additional fields are required from the original sheet, you can link them from the parent sheets. This method not only facilitates quick access to all Subtable data but also helps prevent potential slowdowns resulting from a large number of Subtable rows.
Taking project management as an example, if you want to view the latest progress on the Listing Page, you can add an independent field and apply the LAST() formula to return the value of the latest row in the Subtable.
For example:
Then, add this field to the Listing Page.
In the same project management case, if you want to directly view all Subtable information on the Listing Page, start by adding a Subtable field combined with string formulas to integrate the desired data. For instance:
Next, add another independent field and apply the UNIQUE() formula to consolidate the information. In the example below, it combines the "Date + Progress" field information and separates them using a line break (\r\n):
Finally, add this field to the Listing Page.
Note: This method only integrates information from Subtable fields using formulas; if you need to edit the original data, you still need to do it in the Subtable.
If you want to create a template and upload it on Ragic Template Library, please check this page and follow the steps below:
Before building a template, you should first obtain the qualification as a Ragic Partner. Here is how to apply as a Ragic Consulting Partner.
After successfully becoming a Ragic Partner, fill out the Template Library Accounts Application Form to request a template database account.
Once we receive your application, we'll set up a dedicated database account with System Administrator rights for you. Use this database to design your templates. You will have a three-month usage period after your application is approved. If you need more time, contact our customer support team at support@ragic.com for an extension.
Keep in mind that backup and restore features are not available in this template database account. You'll need to create your sheets from scratch. However, if you've already designed sheets in your own database, you can use the Cross Account Sheet Copier to transfer them into the Template Library Database Account.
Once you have finished designing your template, fill out the Template Update Request Form. Provide all the required information such as the template name, description, screenshots of sheets, user manual, etc.
If your application is approved, Ragic will provide a 'Template ID' for you to access all relevant information regarding your template.
If your template is a paid template, users who want to purchase it can contact our customer support via email to request a quote. Our customer support team will then provide a quote based on the pricing information you provided and handle the subsequent payment.
To change the payment method from credit card to manual payment, please click on Cancel Subscription on the Account Billing page. This ensures that the system will not automatically charge your account on the next renewal date.
After completing the step, please refer to this article and email the required information to sales@ragic.com.
If you want to switch from a cloud service to an On-premises Plan, please refer to the following instructions based on your payment method:
1. Credit Card Payment:
(1) Please cancel your subscription first and email us. We will terminate the cloud service authorization and refund any remaining fees proportionally (minimum billing unit is one month).
(2) Navigate to the hamburger menu at the top right, click on Account Setup > Account Billing, and subscribe to the on-premises license from the hyperlink under each plan. The new subscription will begin a new one-year term.
2. Manual Payment:
If you wish to install Ragic on your own server, you need to subscribe the Professional Plan for 10 users, then we can issue the authorization for the on-premises license to you.
Please refer to this guide first.
Please note the following limitations when choosing the on-premises license:
1. Your company will need dedicated IT personnel to maintain the server hardware.
2. Only the Professional Plan and above are eligible for installation on your private server.
3. The minimum number of users is 10.
4. Payment must be annually.
To auto-populate field values such as company name, job title, and contact details along with users' information when they fill out a sheet, you can utilize the Link & Load by following these steps:
1. Click the hamburger icon at the upper-left of the page and select Manage Users under User Access.
Ensure that the fields intended for linking and loading from another sheet exist in the User sheet.
If not, you can add them to the User sheet but do not delete the default fields.
2. Return to the sheet where you want fields to populate automatically. Create a Select User field.
3. Navigate to Form Tools > Link & Load to open Link Manager.
Select Manage User from Ragic System Config in the dropdown menu at the bottom.
You will find that the user name has been set as the Linked Field. Please configure the Loaded fields accordingly.
After configuring, click Exit Link Management in the top right corner.
4. Select the corresponding user in the Select User field.
The Loaded Fields will automatically populate with the user's information.
If you want the "entry creator's" information to auto-populate, check Defaulted to current user in the Select User field.
This ensures that when the record is created, this field will automatically fill in the creator's information and load other field information.
In Ragic, data is managed and designed through individual sheets, and a "Custom Sheet" refers to a sheet that has been customized to suit your needs. By entering the "Design Mode" of a sheet and making adjustments, such as adding or removing fields or changing the layout, the sheet is classified as a "Custom Sheet".
There are two main types of "Custom Sheets":
1. Sheets that you create and design from scratch.
2. Template sheets that you install and modify.
The number of "Custom Sheets" you can create depends on your subscription plan. Refer to the table below:
| Plan | Limit on "Custom Sheets" |
|---|---|
| Free Plan | 3 sheets |
| Lite Plan | 5 sheets |
| Professional Plan and above | Unlimited |
Free and Lite Plans
Since these plans limit the number of "Custom Sheets", you can identify them by the following icon displayed next to the sheet name.
Professional Plan and Above
These plans have no restrictions on the number of "Custom Sheets". Therefore, there are no specific icons for identification. However, if you are using a trial version of the Professional Plan and want to check whether a sheet is classified as customized, you can review the Previous Versions or Database Design Changes on the Recent Changes page. Any saved customizations will leave a design record.
1. For the definition of a "sheet" in Ragic, please refer here.
2. Reports generated and saved in Ragic are not considered "Custom Sheets" and do not count toward your sheet limit.
When Converting Records, you may encounter a pop-up message indicating that duplication in conversion is not allowed, even if the target sheet does not have records or the record has not been converted before. Below are explanations for two scenarios:
(1) The fields being converted include both Subtable and independent fields, with Subtable data being converted into independent fields.
(2) The independent field being converted into is set as Unique.
Example: When converting from "Sales Orders" to "Sales Contracts".
Both independent fields and Subtable data are converted into independent fields. Specifically, the "Sales Contract NO." from "Sales Orders" is converted to another independent field in the "Sales Contracts" sheet. If this field in the "Sales Contracts" sheet is set as Unique, the conversion will fail.
(1) The fields being converted include the Subtable, which is converted into independent fields.
(2) The independent field being converted from the Subtable is set as Unique.
(3) The Subtable being converted into this independent field contains duplicate values.
Example: When converting from "Shipping Orders" to "Warehouse Inventory".
The process involves converting the "Inventory NO. " from the Subtable of "Shipping Orders" to the independent field "Inventory NO. " in "Warehouse Inventory". The Subtable in "Shipping Orders" contains multiple data with the same "Inventory NO.", but "Inventory NO. " in "Warehouse Inventory" is set as Unique. Therefore, the conversion will fail.
When converting a Subtable to an independent field, each row in the Subtable generates a corresponding record in the target sheet. This can result in multiple records with the same field value.
In Scenario 1, multiple records will have the same "Sales Contract NO.". Since "Sales Contract NO." in the "Sales Contracts" sheet is set as Unique, the system notifies you of duplicate values, causing the conversion to fail.
In Scenario 2, multiple records in the Subtable of "Shipping Orders" have the same "Inventory NO.". When converted to the independent field "Inventory NO." in "Warehouse Inventory", this results in multiple records with the same "Inventory NO.". Since " Inventory NO." in the " Warehouse Inventory" sheet is set as Unique, the system notifies you of duplicate values, causing the conversion to fail.
Method 1: Consider whether it is necessary to convert Subtable fields to independent fields. If unnecessary, adjust the conversion settings.
Since this issue arises only when converting Subtable fields to independent fields, removing the configuration to convert Subtable fields can resolve the problem.
Method 2: Remove the Unique setting from the target sheet.
When converting Subtable fields is necessary, remove the Unique setting from the target field in the target sheet to solve this issue.
In the following Ragic email features, you can configure whether to add a tracking pixel to confirm if the recipient has read the email.
1. Tools on the Listing Page: Send Mass E-mail
2. Tools on the Form Page: E-mail this entry
3. Action Button: Send Custom E-mail
4. Reminders
When setting up these email features, you will see the option to Add tracking pixel.
Enabling this option will allow you to track whether the recipient has read the email, but it may increase the chance of your emails being flagged as spam.
An 
icon will appear next to the recipient's email address in the sent email.
If tracking is not necessary, you can uncheck this option.
When setting sheet Access Rights, first define the Sheet Level Access Rights to determine whether a user group can modify or create records on the sheet.
If users have access to the sheet but you don’t want them to access certain fields, you can set Field Level Access Rights to further restrict access.
For example, to make a sheet accessible to users who are not logged into the database (including guest users), you can set the Sheet Level Access Rights for the EVERYONE group to Bulletin User, allowing the public to fill out the sheet and provide feedback. However, if certain fields are meant only for reference and should not be modified by users not logged in, you can set the Field Level Access Rights for the EVERYONE group to "Viewer" for those fields. If there are fields you don't want them to see, you can set the field Access Rights to "No Rights".
In Custom Print Report, users can upload their own designed templates in addition to using the default ones. Sometimes, manual adjustments to the templates are needed before uploading. The following outlines considerations for designing and adjusting templates manually.
Currently, only docx templates are supported. It is recommended to start by downloading the default template from the Custom Print Report settings page before making manual adjustments. You can then modify the table's background color, borders, positions, and add titles, text, or images as needed. Be aware of the different syntax for independent fields and subtable fields when adding or removing fields.
Note: When adjusting the position of Subtables, avoid placing different Subtables in the same row to prevent printing issues.
1. Single-Select Image Upload
If the single-select Image Upload field do not output correctly, you can download the default template again. If re-downloading the default template is inconvenient due to using a custom-designed template, refer to the following methods:
Since Image Upload fields are output as images, you cannot directly reference the fields in a template by entering {d.field_id}. The correct approach is as follows:
Method 1: Using Field Parameters from the Default Template
1. Go to the custom print report setup page and download the latest default template.
2. Copy the corresponding Image Upload field from the default template (the field will display an image with the text "This is a TEMP IMAGE"; make sure to copy the entire column).
3. Paste the copied field image into your template. After uploading and saving it as a custom print report, the Image Upload field will display correctly.
Method 2: Manually Adding Field Parameters
1. Open your custom template. At the location where you want to insert an Image Upload field, upload any image from your computer.
2. Right-click on the image you just inserted and select "View Alt Text".
3. In the "Alt Text" description field, enter the field syntax(refer to the Field Value Syntax Reference) for the Image Upload field from the sheet in the format {d.field id}.
2. Multiple-Select Image Upload
After downloading the default template, you need to manually adjust the template's field syntax. Add IMG:html after the syntax for the Image Upload field to ensure the images in the field output correctly.
Note: If only one image is uploaded and "Max Height" and "Max Width" are not specified, the image will default to 300px × 300px. If specified, the image will be displayed according to the defined settings. For multiple images, the system adjusts each image’s size based on the total number to avoid layout issues. As a result, the more images uploaded, the smaller each image will appear, and they may not follow the exact specified size.
If the Signature fields or Barcode fields do not output correctly, you can download the default template again. If re-downloading the default template is inconvenient due to using a custom-designed template, refer to the method for adjusting templates for Image Upload fields.
When using alt+enter to add line breaks in a Free Text field, you need to manually adjust the field syntax in the template by adding :convCRLF after the field syntax. This ensures that the field content is correctly displayed with line breaks in the downloaded file.
On the Listing Page, if no Filter conditions are applied, the total number of records is displayed directly (records on the current page / total records).
However, to maintain system performance, the total count is not always calculated and shown immediately when filters are applied.
If the filtered results fit within a single page, the system will automatically display the count. But if the number of records exceeds one page, the system will not calculate the total automatically. In that case, users need to manually trigger the calculation to see the full count.
You can check the filtered record count using the following methods:
Click on the position showing the number of records and select Get record count.
After filtering the sheet, click on the arrow next to the Field Header Total & Summary to display the total count of the filtered data.
Apart from Ragic's templates, we now offer partner templates developed by our industry-expert partners. You can navigate to the "Business Application" section in the install templates to find them. Here is how those templates work:
Note: The On-premises Plan does not support installing or using the Partner Template.
Upon installation, you will receive a 30-day free trial for these partner templates, similar to Ragic's templates. During the trial period, we encourage you to reach out to our partners for any questions or additional customization needs. They are available to tailor the templates to your specific requirements. You can find the contact info here:
Once the fee trial ends, please contact us at support@ragic.com to request a quote. The total cost will include the template price plus the professional subscription fee. For example, if the partner template is priced at $45, your monthly subscription fee would be $45 for the template plus $19 for the professional subscription, totaling $64 per user per month. Please note that:
1. This rate applies to all users within your database, regardless of whether they access the partner template.
2. The subscription fee must be paid annually. If you cancel the subscription before the end of the prepaid licensing period, any remaining unused time will not be refunded.
If you no longer require the partner templates, please contact us at support@ragic.com, and we'll terminate the license for you. If you wish to keep sheets that you've built on your own, you can terminate the partner template only and keep the professional subscription.
If you’re storing files in Google Drive, digging through folders every time you need something can get tedious. A database-like setup might make things easier—one where you can index, search, filter, and categorize files effortlessly. By connecting Google Drive to Ragic—a simple, no-code cloud database—you can achieve this with Zapier integration: Every time a new file appears in your Google Drive folder, Ragic can automatically create a new entry. Here's how to set it up:
To easily find files from Google Drive in Ragic, create a sheet with fields containing File Name and File URL. This lets you quickly identify and click the URL to open the file in Google Drive.
You can also add other fields, like a Selection Field to organize Category so you can further use it to filter entries , or an Image Upload Field to attach images:
Once you save your sheet design, you’re all set in Ragic.
In Zapier, you’ll see two sync options for files:
If you select the New File in Folder rule for Folder A, files uploaded to Folder A will trigger the automation, but files uploaded to Subfolder A-1 will not.
If you want to index your entire Google Drive, choose the New File rule. If you want to track specific folders, choose New File in Folder.
We’ll continue the guide with the second syncing rule: New File in Folder.
To integrate Google Drive with Ragic via Zapier, you need to create a Zap. Once logged in to Zapier, follow these steps:
Choose Google Drive: New File in Folder as the trigger.
Choose Ragic: Create Record as the action.
After connecting your Google Drive account, select the folder you want to sync. We recommend adding a few files to the folder for testing.
Next, Zapier will show recent files, and you can choose one to test the sync.
If you haven’t connected Ragic to Zapier yet, it will ask for your API Key and Server Address. You can find this information in your Ragic account settings.
Once connected, select the Ragic sheet you created earlier, and choose which fields to fill in (for the file URL, we recommend using the Alternate Link to access the full Google Drive functionality).
Once everything is set up, Zapier will test the connection.
If all goes well, you’ll see the new entry appear in Ragic.
From now on, whenever you upload a file to your designated Google Drive folder, a new record will automatically be created in Ragic, saving you the trouble of manually entering data! Now your files will be automatically indexed, searchable, and easily manageable in Ragic.
After registering an account and learning the basics of Ragic, many new users may be uncertain about how to start building their database. Before proceeding, it's recommended to consider the company's needs, determine which sheets to create, and understand the access rights required for different users. This will help you design a database structure that meets the requirements and avoid unnecessary mistakes.
Although Ragic offers high flexibility, allowing you to adjust the database structure at any time, accidental modifications to incorrect fields or links can result in data loss or errors. To avoid this, it’s strongly recommended to analyze the sheet structure before creating sheets and importing data. This will reduce rework and ensure data accuracy and consistency.
You can quickly create a database prototype that meets your needs and manage data effectively through three simple steps, minimizing future modification issues.
If your company is using a familiar, smoothly running database, you might consider using API integration to address its limitations and current issues, rather than building a new one. After all, implementing a new system and conducting employee training would be a large task.
If your needs are limited and you prefer starting from scratch, simply follow these three steps to quickly set up the basic database framework and use Ragic to manage your data efficiently.
In general, a database consists of several sheets. The first task is to determine which sheets your company needs and the content they should contain—essentially, the data or workflows the company wants to manage.
For example, if an organization wants to apply the database to member management, it might need a "Member Information" sheet and a "Member Purchase History" sheet. The "Member Information" sheet may include fields like name, phone number, address, and registration time. For "Inventory Management", you might need sheets like "Product List", "Incoming Orders", and "Outgoing Orders", with the "Product List" sheet including fields like product name, product ID, specifications, and unit price.
If you're still unsure about which sheets to create, it's recommended to refer to your existing workflow management processes and identify the sheets and fields needed for the database.
Referring to existing sheets is often the quickest method. By reviewing the sheets or files used daily, users can identify the information required for management processes and pinpoint any deficiencies or areas for improvement in the current sheets.
If no existing sheets are available to refer to, it is recommended to simulate the company's operations from scratch. For example, consider what information is needed when receiving an order and what records must be kept during the process.
If you're still unsure how to proceed, Ragic offers some built-in sheets for reference:
1. Install Templates: You can find many pre-built templates created by Ragic. For users who are still unclear about their internal needs, these templates can be downloaded and used alongside our documentation for guidance.
2. Quick Templates: When creating a new sheet, you'll find the "Quick Templates" menu on the right side. You can select the required category to try out and then add the necessary fields based on your company’s needs.
After determining the sheet names and fields, the next step is to select the appropriate data format for each field. This is crucial as it determines how data is stored in the database. Common formats include "numbers", "text", "dates", and "links". Selecting the correct format helps prevent issues, such as data corruption caused by changing field types. For example, converting a text field to a number type may result in incorrect display or data loss.
Although data can be restored through backups, imports, and exports, preventing issues from occurring in the first place is the most effective solution.
By following the above method, you can organize the required sheets and formats: "Sheet Name", "Sheet Field", and "Data Format"(see the image below):
After organizing the required sheets and fields in Step 1, the next critical step is linking the sheets. When managing data across multiple sheets, linking them is essential for data exchange and integration. In simple terms, you need to use the sheet linking function when processing data across sheets.
For example, suppose you have three different sheets: "Customer Details", "Product List", and "Order Details". Here are some common needs that require linking between sheets:
1. Select a customer from the "Customer Details" sheet when entering an order.
2. Select a product from the "Product List" sheet when entering an order.
3. View which products this customer has purchased.
4. View the total amount of orders this customer has placed.
From the example above, it's clear that if the data needed for a particular functionality is spread across different sheets (e.g., customer and order, product and order, or other combinations), you'll need to link those sheets. In this step, you must decide whether each field from Step 1 will be manually entered, auto-filled based on other sheets, or automatically calculated using formulas.
Organize the data sources for each field (see the image below):
After completing the first two steps, you’ve built the database prototype. Now, move on to the final step: setting user access rights for the sheets. You need to decide which users can access these sheets and what specific permissions they have for each one.
For example, you might want the sales department to view the "Customer Details", "Product List", and "Order Details" sheets, while the logistics department only needs access to the "Order Details" sheet, and the finance department focuses on the "Invoice Details" sheet. This access control ensures each department can only access records relevant to its responsibilities, enhancing data security and management efficiency.
Additionally, it's recommended to add field Remarks to specify the format settings for each field, to prevent forgetting them and requiring repeated changes.
Organize the Access Rights and remarks for each field (as shown in the image below):
After completing the three steps above, you have successfully built the prototype of your database structure. You can now begin actual operations.
Before you start, it's recommended to review our tutorial video or related manuals.
If you encounter any difficulties during the process, feel free to contact our customer service team at any time.
We often use the term "Report" in the workplace to refer to data that has been organized or analyzed, such as daily tasks list, monthly sales reports, annual performance reports, accounts receivable summaries, pie charts, and pivot tables. However, each type of report has its own format. Because reports vary, producing them in Ragic may require different methods, not just the Reports feature. The following will explain which features to use in different scenarios.
For reports like daily tasks list or annual performance reports, you can add Subtables directly to your sheet.
Example: Daily Tasks List
Example: Annual Performance Report
If you need to consolidate data from two sheets, such as displaying past "Sales Order" records in the "Customer List", you can create a Reference Subtable to bring the "Sales Order" records into the "Customer List" based on customers.
To compile a sales report for the month from the "Sales Order" sheet, you can filter the "Date field". For example, by filtering for June, you will get the sales data for that month.
If you want to calculate the total sales amount, the most intuitive way is to use the Total & Summary features. For more detailed statistics, you can create a Dashboard Report to analyse the total sales, average order value, and more.
If you want to share data with users who are not logged in or export it for further processing, you can export it in formats such as Excel, PDF, and more.
If the company has a specific report format, first filter the data as mentioned in the second point, then use Mail Merge to export it into a custom format, generating a result like this:
If you need to export Subtable data from the Form Page, you can use the Custom Print Report(this feature doesn't support exporting from the Listing Page).
If the desired outcome is not in a spreadsheet or table format, you can use the Reports feature.
For example, creating a Pie Chart to visualize the sales for the current month by salesperson, or generating a Pivot Table:
Ragic offers various email-sending features. In addition to system-generated notifications, users can manually send emails related to sheet records.
Below is an overview of all email-sending features.
There are three types of email-sending scenarios:
Internal User Verification Email: Sent as a verification email when adding an internal user.
External User Verification Email: Sent as a verification email when adding an external user.
Guest User Verification Email: Sent as a verification email to grant temporary access to specific records for guest users.
Review Notification Email: Sent to notify users to review specific records.
Record-Related Notification: Sent when a record related to the user is created, updated, or commented on.
Mention: Automatically sent when someone mentions a user in a record.
Tasks: Sent when a task is created or completed.
Approval Email: Sent to users involved in the approval process once an approval is started.
Shared View Notification: Sent when new records are created or updated in a Shared View.
Reminders: Sends reminder emails when records meet specified conditions.
Action Button-Send Custom Email: Users can send a custom email for a specific record with a single click. Emails can also be sent automatically when a record is created or saved.
Send Mass Email: Enables users to select multiple records and send emails at once, streamlining the workflow.
Email This Entry: Allows users to share a specific record via email, displaying its content directly in the email.
Notes:
1. In addition to system default emails, some email-sending features allow customization. For details, please refer to this document.
2. All Reminders and Notifications features can be managed in the Overall Notification Settings, where users can adjust whether to receive email notifications.
3. Sending Emails for Records features have a daily sending limit that varies by plan. For details, refer to the pricing page.
When sending emails in Ragic, you can customize templates based on your needs instead of using the default content. The following outlines all features that support custom email content and explains how to set up custom templates.
Refer to this page for an overview of the features and supported settings.
Most features allow only the SYSAdmin to configure custom templates, except for Sending Mass Email and Emailing This Entry, which can be customized by users.
For more information on email-sending features, please refer to this document.
The following explains each setting:
You can use HTML formatting to edit the email and refer to field values within the record for the subject and content, such as displaying the customer's name at the beginning of the email using variable syntax. Check all supported variables here.
Refer to the chart below for commonly used HTML formatting:
The default is {{DEFAULT_REPLY_TO}}, meaning replies will go to Ragic and appear in the email icon at the bottom right of the record's Form Page. You can modify this setting to customize the reply recipient by using an email address or {{Field ID}}.
If no special settings are applied, the Recipient will default to the first field containing an email address. You can directly select a field with an email address or use variables. For multiple email addresses, separate them with commas, for example: example1@ragic.com, example2@ragic.com.
The fields will be empty by default. Similar to the Recipient field, you can directly select a field containing an email address or use variables. For multiple email addresses, separate them with commas, for example: example1@ragic.com, example2@ragic.com.
You can attach a record URL or a temporary access link, Excel files, PDF files, Mail Merge files, custom print reports, files from the image/file upload fields of the record, or other attachments.
Note: If you attach the record URL, ensure that the recipients have access rights to the record. Otherwise, they will see a blank page when accessing the database through the record URL. To grant read-only access to recipients without access rights, you can attach a temporary access link (read only).
If you choose to attach a PDF file of this record, you can not only enable encryption but also configure the layout, size, Referenced field for file name, and whether to Show the sheet name and Include Approval information.
If you attach a record PDF (including the PDF of a Custom Print Report) or any other PDF file, you can choose to encrypt it. In the PDF Encryption field, select a field value from the sheet to use as the password. For example, for an "Employee Pay Slip", you can use the employee's "Employee ID" as the password. The employee will need to enter their "Employee ID" to open the pay slip PDF after receiving the email.
Note: If you delete a field set for PDF encryption, a prompt will indicate that it cannot be deleted.
A tracking pixel is a 1x1px transparent image embedded in an email. Enabling this option allows you to track the recipient's status, such as whether the email has been read, but it may increase the chance of your emails being flagged as spam.
An icon will appear next to the recipient's email address in the sent email.
Hovering over the recipient's email address displays the read status, along with the notification and read times.
If tracking is not necessary, you can uncheck this option.
Note:
1. This feature does not guarantee accurate read tracking. For example, if the recipient’s email provider blocks tracking or disables automatic image loading, the read status may not be detected.
2. Read tracking works only when the email is sent to a single recipient. If sent to multiple recipients, the read status cannot be tracked and will appear as unread.
For detailed instructions, refer to Email This Entry.
For detailed instructions, refer to Send Custom Email.
Click on the preview button 
to confirm the custom email.
If you decide to use our default template instead, use will discard all the changes you've made.
If you enable "Recalculate all formulas on related sheets" under Form Settings > Form Settings in Design Mode, saving a record will trigger formula recalculations for all associated records in related sheets. For more details, please refer here.
To maintain system performance, the number of related records that can be recalculated is limited to 2000. If the number of records to be recalculated exceeds this limit, none of the related records will be recalculated, and the system will display a notification in the lower-left corner: "Formula Recalculation on Related Records Failed (Related records exceed recalculation limit)".
1. To ensure all related records are recalculated, you can manually execute the Formula Recalculation in the related sheets.
2. If you frequently reach the recalculation limit and manual recalculation is not ideal, you can disable the "Recalculate all formulas on related sheets" option and set up a Daily Workflow to recalculate formulas daily.
When comparing Ragic’s Free and Paid plans, "Free Template Sheets" refers to template sheets that can be installed.
These are often referred to as "Free Templates" since they typically consist of multiple sheets (not just a single sheet). You can install different free templates based on your needs instead of designing sheets from scratch. For instructions on using free templates, please refer to this page.
You can access the Install Template from the hamburger menu in the top left corner.
Alternatively, you can choose "Install Template" when creating a new sheet.
Note: In all Ragic plans, you can install Free Templates. However, if you modify the design of a Free Template Sheet—such as adding, renaming, changing, or deleting fields—these changes will count toward your "Custom Sheet" quota. Therefore, users on the Free or Lite plans will have limitations on the number of modified template sheets.
Among the five plans listed on the Ragic pricing page, the Concurrent Users Plan uses a different licensing calculation mechanism from the default plans (Lite, Professional, and Enterprise).
Ragic's default licensing charges follow the "Per-User Pricing" model, which accounts for the total number of Internal Users and allows all users to log in simultaneously. When we refer to purchasing the Lite, Professional, or Enterprise Plans, we are referring to this default licensing model.
For large organizations, Ragic offers the Concurrent Users Plan, which allows "adding unlimited users but limits the number of concurrent online users".
The Concurrent Users Plan is available only for the Professional and Enterprise Plans. The "$499 per month" plan shown on the pricing page is for the Professional Concurrent Users Plan (allowing up to 10 simultaneous users). For advanced developer features (such as custom JSP scripting), the Enterprise Concurrent Users Plan is also available.
A common misconception is that only the Concurrent Users Plan allows multiple users to log in simultaneously. Ragic is designed for organizations, and we prioritize collaboration. In the default, non-concurrent user plans, "all users can log in at once", with a more flexible standard for simultaneous logins. If your number of users is not very large, the default Lite, Professional, or Enterprise Plans should suffice.
| Plan | Price | Description |
| Professional Concurrent Users Plan | $499/month | Includes 10 concurrent users; additional users can be added for $49.9/month each. |
| Enterprise Concurrent Users Plan | $1399/month | Includes 10 concurrent users; additional users can be added for $139.9/month each. |
If you have more than 10 users, the Concurrent Users Plan may reduce your database licensing costs (e.g., purchasing the 10-user Concurrent Users Plan for a database with 100 users). However, due to its higher cost and limitations on simultaneous logins, this plan is best suited for "large organizations with users who spend relatively little time logged into the database".
If your organization meets these conditions, you can compare the Concurrent Users Plan with the discounted default plan (Per-User Pricing).
Here’s a simple cost comparison using the Professional Plan:
Professional Plan (Per-User Pricing) – 30 Users: $19×30×0.85(discount) = $484.5/month
Professional Plan (Concurrent Users) – 10 Users: $499/month
From this calculation, if you have 30 or fewer users, the Professional Plan (Per-User Pricing) is always more cost-effective than the Concurrent Users Plan. It also offers greater flexibility, as there are no restrictions on simultaneous logins.
Additionally, if most of your users are not internal members of your organization/company—such as suppliers or customers—you don't need to worry. You can add them as External Users, who will not count toward license fees, or you can refer to this article.
Generally, whether or not you are operating in Ragic, browsers do not support opening local file paths.
However, if you want users to be able to click a local file path URL stored in a field to open a file on their computer, they will need to install a browser extension that enables this functionality. Once the extension is installed, you can store a file:// path URL in the field (e.g., file:///D:/_test/A/System_Implementation_Plan.docx), allowing users with the extension to open the file directly.
For example, here is the link to a related Chrome extension: Enable Local File Links
If you log in with a Google account, you may encounter functions that require password verification, such as Approvals. Since you haven't set a separate Ragic password, follow the steps below to reset it.
The reset process differs as follows, depending on whether you are a SYSAdmin.
Navigate to the User page and click the Reset Password button in the Actions menu at the lower right.
Click Forgot Password and enter your Gmail address. You will receive an email with a link to reset your Ragic password—click it to set your new password.
After resetting your password, you can change it anytime by clicking Change Password in Personal Settings.
Changing or setting a Ragic password will not affect your Google account password.
Once the approval process is completed, the system will send notifications to the relevant users based on the table below:
| Role in Approval Flow | Notification After Approval |
|---|---|
| Approval initiator | Yes |
| Any step approver | No |
| Users set to be notified when approval is completed | Yes (even if notifications are disabled) |
| Entry Managers | Yes |
The approval notification email content is the same, and only one notification will be sent, even if multiple conditions for sending a notification are met.
Notification Scenarios for Users with Multiple Roles:
1. If the user is both the approval initiator and set to be notified when approval is completed: The user will receive the notification. Both roles qualify for a notification, but only one will be sent.
2. If the user is both the approval initiator and the final approver: The user will receive the notification because it is sent to the approval initiator.
3. If the user is both set to be notified when approval is completed and the final approver: The user will not receive a notification, as the final approver is already aware of the approval result.
Note: Users set to be notified when approval is completed will still receive notifications, even if they’ve disabled Notification Settings. For other scenarios, users will not receive approval emails if notifications are turned off.
Do you need to create intuitive, easy-to-read dashboard that integrate quarterly sales and survey data for analysis? If you do, Ragic can help generate these reports; but if you prefer to use other tools such as Microsoft's Power BI, you can also export the data in Ragic and make charts like this:
Let's take the "Sales Order" in the image below as an example. In addition to exporting the data as CSV file to Power BI online (Power BI Service) and Power BI desktop versions, we will also use the Publish to Web function to update the data to Power BI desktop in real time.
We use a Subtable to record the order items in the "Sales Order" sheet. Since Subtables are actually "multiple records within one record," these fields cannot be exported directly. You can then enter Design Mode and choose to Creating a New Sheet From the Subtable to convert each Subtable row into independent records.
If you use the web version of Power BI, you won't be able to perform complex data settings (such as linking different sheets together). Hence, you need to link fields from the original sheet to the new sheet generated by the Subtable, such as customer name, total amount, and other necessary fields. This way, you'll be able to make charts and perform analysis using the data in a single sheet (single file).
Power BI has minimal support for Excel .xlsx files and requires additional steps to convert and format them into a dataset that Power BI can use (called "semantic model"). Hence, we recommend using CSV file when downloading your data. You can also adjust which fields to export, the number of records to be exported, etc. in the download configuration settings.
After downloading the data, you can go to "My Workspace" in Power BI Service, select "New Item → Semantic Model", select CSV and click "Browse this device" to open the window and upload the data you just downloaded.
After uploading, switch to the "Create" tab and select "Pick a published semantic model" to start using this data to create your dashboard.
You can select the required chart type, tick the columns you would like to analyze, and generate a chart for analysis:
You can also use drag-and-drop to rearrange the chart positions and create dynamic dashboard that are easy to read:
The Desktop version of Power BI has more data functions. In addition to importing CSV files, you can also link multiple CSV files or import and synchronize data through the web.
When importing data into Power BI Desktop, you might find that the first row of data is not correctly identified as a header. In this case, you need to click "Transform Data" and "Use first row as headers." If the title of the column is read correctly and the data is correct, you can directly select "Load" to start creating your dashboard.
If you find that the first row is not correctly identified as a header, you need to select "Transform Data" and follow the steps below:
After confirming that the data has been imported correctly, you can start creating the dashboard you need! Select the required chart type, tick the columns you would like to analyze, and generate a chart for analysis:
After creating multiple charts, you can also rearrange them using drag-and-drop to create dynamic dashboards that are easy to read:
When using Power BI Desktop, you can link two different files within the same key value (eg. A unique value such as an order number), so data analysis becomes more flexible. You don't need to add original form fields before downloading the data. Just download "Sales Order" and "Order Details" separately and import them into Power BI. Power BI will automatically establish the association.
By default, Power BI Desktop will compare and link the 2 sheets through their field names. You can also select the fields you would like to link. Once linked, it will be easier to select the data you need from different sources when creating your dashboard, making it more convenient and intuitive.
If you use Power BI Desktop and need to frequently update data, you can also choose to obtain data from the Internet and directly update the data with one click, eliminating the trouble of exporting and importing data each time.
To ensure data privacy, we recommend using we recommend using an API Key to export data. This will allow Power BI to obtain the permissions of the currently logged-in Ragic account without granting all the guests access to the form.
After selecting "Generate link with API key," copy the URL in the field beside "CSV." This will give you a link to the data stored in CSV format that contains the current user's access rights.
After copying Ragic's API Key, return to Power BI Desktop and select "Get Data" → "Web" and paste the URL you just copied to successfully fetch the data.
After importing and confirming the data, you can then start creating your dashboard.
If you have added or removed data from the original data on Ragic, simply click "Refresh" on PowerBI, and PowerBI will download the latest data from the URL and update the data table and charts in real time!
If you've created an event registration form using the Embedded Database Form to allow users to fill out and submit the form, but want to automatically populate specific fields with event information each time it's submitted without requiring user input, follow these steps:
To automatically populate specific fields with predefined values when users fill out the form, add the "pfv" parameter to the URL. Here's the format:
https://www.ragic.com/ramzawang01/forms2/4?webview&webaction=form&ver=new&pfv[field_id]=[predefined_value]
If you need to set multiple conditions, use "&" to link them:
https://www.ragic.com/ramzawang01/forms2/4?webview&webaction=form&ver=new&pfv[field_id1]=[value1]&pfv[field_id2]=[value2]...
The URL consists of three parts:
1. The URL automatically generated by the embed tool: e.g., https://www.ragic.com/ramzawang01/forms2/4?webview&webaction=form&ver=new.
2. The Field ID: The ID of the field you want to auto-fill, e.g., 1002358.
3. The Predefined Value: The value you want to auto-fill into the field.
Example: https://www.ragic.com/ramzawang01/forms2/4?webview&webaction=form&ver=new&pfv1002358=Marketing Workshop.
Once the URL is created, when users click the link to open the form, the system will automatically fill in the specified fields with the predefined values.
To automate the daily synchronization of Link and Load fields for all records in a specific sheet, you can use Workflow. Below are two setup methods:
Follow these steps to set up:
Step 1: Open the Javascript Workflow Editor
Right-click on any sheet name and select Javascript Workflow.
Step 2: Switch to Daily Workflow
Step 3: Enter the Sheet Path for Synchronization
For example, if the sheet path you want to sync is:
https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/1?PAGEID=wSM (ignore the ?PAGEID=wSM part), enter the following in the script:
db.loadLinkAndLoadAll("/tabname/1");
Then click Save to complete the setup.
In addition to manually copying and pasting, you can use the Workflow Generator to select Execute all link and load sync for the entire sheet, then click "Insert Script" to generate the example quickly.
Modify the script according to your sheet path.
For example, if the sheet path you want to sync is:
https://www.ragic.com/accountname/tabname/1?PAGEID=wSM (ignore the ?PAGEID=wSM part), adjust the path in the script to: /tabname/1.
Then click Save to complete the setup.
The daily Link and Load synchronization will execute according to the "Daily Workflow" schedule in the Job Schedules. To test if the setup was successful, you can also manually click "Execute Daily Workflow Now".
Tip: This application involves integration with the Google Maps platform and uses Directions API, which may incur certain costs. You can refer to Make's official documentation and Google's pricing for more details.
You can also refer to this document to learn how to view your API usage and billing.
If you are a traffic or transportation operator, or if you often travel outside for business, you will often need to estimate your travel time and calculate fuel costs. For example, maybe you have a sheet like this:
However, it can be troublesome to manually record mileage and time. As people are prone to forget minute details, you may not be able to accurately input the information.
Google Maps is often used for navigation when on the road, and it can help you calculate the estimated driving time and mileage. Think about it— If you only need to fill in your origin point and destination points in the Ragic sheet and let the computer do the rest in filling in the route, time, and mileage calculated by Google Maps— wouldn't that save you a lot of tedious manual work?
To do this, you can use Make (formerly Integromat) to design a set of integrations as follows:
When you input the origin and destination points of your trip in Ragic, Google Maps will automatically calculate the route and send back the information to Ragic.
Next, we will introduce two different design methods. The first is a relatively simple calculation of the journey between two points, and the second is a calculation involving multiple stops, which is more suitable for logistics and transportation companies:
You can click on the above hyperlinks and jump to the paragraph that better suites your needs.
If you occasionally run trips and go out to run errands, you most likely will be traveling back and forth between your company and your destination. In this case, the simpler method might work for you.
To start recording your travel information, you can create a "Travel Log" sheet like this:
Tip: Google Maps calculate the time and distance in seconds and meters respectively. It is recommended to make a note in the field names to avoid confusion.
If your company provides fuel subsidy based on mileage, you can also add a "Fuel Cost Estimate" field and set a formula according to your needs.
For example, if the company provides a subsidy of $3 per kilometer, the formula can be designed as follows:
After creating the sheet, you can open Make and connect your sheet.
We recommend clicking "Run Once" in the lower left corner and creating a simulation data for testing, so that Make can obtain the form fields and test the connection:
You then need to add a Google Maps action to Make. Since we need to calculate the best route and obtain the mileage and time of the route, we need to select the "Get Directions" action:
If this is your first time using Make to connect to Google Maps, you will need to use an API Key to connect. To do this, you need to obtain an API Key from the Google Cloud Platform. The steps are as follows:
1. First, click here and log in to the Cloud Platform with your Google account
2. Click "Select a Project" at the top and select a project or add a new project in the pop-up window
(If you have created a project before, you can skip step 3)
3. Enter the project information and click "Create"
4. Click the hamburger menu at the top and click "APIs & Services" → "Library"
5. Search for the following APIs and enable them one by one according to the following :
．Geocoding API
．Maps Elevation API
．Time Zone API
．Directions API
．Distance Matrix API
．Maps Static API
．Places API
．Geolocation API
．Roads API
6. Expand the hamburger menu again and select "Credentials" under "APIs & Services"
7. Click "Show Key" next to the API Key
After copying the API Key, you can then paste it on Make to complete the account connection!
Next, set the origin and destination by selecting the Ragic Field ID corresponding to the origin and destination points fields. Since we have added addresses to our test data before, it's easier to identify which Ragic Field ID corresponds to the fields we're looking for.
Since we want the results generated by Google Maps to return back to Ragic, we need to create another Ragic "Update a Record" action to update the data back to the Travel Log sheet.
In order to let Make know which data to update, you need to first select the "Unique Value" field we've designed on Ragic onto the "Key Domain" field on Make. In this case, our unique value field is "Travel Number." Fill the Keyword field with the triggering Ragic field.
Next, you can specify what data you want to obtain from Google Maps. Since we want Google Maps to help us calculate the best route between two points and get the mileage and time of this route, you can refer to the figure below and fill in these three fields:
Note that the Distance and Duration provided by Google Maps are divided into "Text" and "Value." You can refer to the details below for your information:
Distance: The unit of "Value" is in meter. If the value is 1941, it will be shown as 1.9km in "Text."
Duration: The unit of "Value" is in seconds. If the value is 263, it will be shown as 4 minutes in "Text."
In order to calculate the value more flexibly and accurately, we recommend selecting "Value" over "Text."
The other fields can be left blank. Make sure to click "Save" after.
After completing the design, click "Run Once" on the lower-left corner of the screen to test the connection again and make sure it works correctly!
You can directly clone the test data you have created on Ragic.
After pressing Save, return to Make and you should see that the process has been triggered once.
Refresh the data in Ragic, and you will see that the fields you left blank are now filled in and the fuel cost estimate field has also been calculated!
If you have multiple stops in a single trip, which is the usual case for transport operators, the previous simple method may not be suitable for you.
In order to make your travel log more complete and convenient, we suggest adjusting the design as follows:
1. Create a Travel Log that covers your entire day
2. Build a subtable to record the multiple stops in a travel log
3. After creating a new sheet using this subtable, set it up using the simple method above.
You can easily create a summary of your trip. In addition to basic information, we can place the location information in a subtable, since multiple stops are involved. The fields may be configured as follows:
If you want to better organize the data, you can also use the SUM formula to add up the mileage and time:
Tip: Google Maps calculate the time and distance in seconds and meters respectively. It is recommended to make a note in the field names to avoid confusion.
If your company provides fuel subsidy based on mileage, you can also add a "Fuel Cost Estimate" field and set a formula according to your needs.
For example, if the company provides a subsidy of $3 per kilometer, the formula can be designed as follows:
We list the location information of the trip into the subtable. However, the subtable is not an independent data, so we need to create a new sheet from the subtable to convert these trips into independent pieces of data.
The output sheet would look like this:
In order for Make to return data, this sheet also needs a Unique Value field. You can add an Automatic Generate field and name it "Trip Number."
After this, the next steps are similar to the steps we have covered in the Simple Method. After saving the design on Ragic, you can go set the trigger on Make to connect to your newly generated Route Details sheet.
Then, click "Run Once" in the lower left corner of the screen and add a new record in the Route Details sheet for Make to test.
Next, add a Google Maps action to Make. Since we need to calculate the best route and find out the mileage and time of this path, we need to select the "Get Directions" action.
Similar to what we did in the Simple Method, set the field ID corresponding to the origin and destination points for Make to automatically transfer this data for calculation.
After adding the Google Maps action, we also need to add a Ragic action to return data. However, please note that we linked Make to the Route details sheet. The Key Domain and Keyword here is not the Travel Log Number, but rather the new Trip Number field that we have designed separately.
Next, set the connection for the mileage, time, and route fields.
For more details on this step, you can click here on how to connect your account to Google Maps and set up both endpoints.
Once the design is complete, you can start testing whether the connection works properly.
In order to make sure the connection works properly, press Run Once on the lower left corner again to start the connection process. Then, return to the Route Details sheet on Ragic and create a new entry.
After pressing Save, return to Make and you can see that all three steps have been triggered and completed:
Go back to your Ragic sheet and you can see that the detailed route, mileage, and time data has been automatically filled out!
Finally, confirm that the route details are also calculated and populated into the Route Details subtable in your Advanced Travel Log sheet.
You can create a few more records to confirm that there are no problems with the formula design, or create more fields according to your needs. After confirming that it is fully functioning, the design is complete!
Note that although the new sheet Route Details is linked to the subtable in Advanced Travel Log, Make's Watch New Record action will only detect data added directly from the Route Details sheet at this stage. Therefore, when logging your trip information in the future, you must do it from the Route Details sheet rather than the Advanced Travel Log sheet.
Here is a list of math symbols that can be used in Ragic, all of which can be applied in formulas.
| Symbol | Description |
|---|---|
| Math.E | Represents Euler’s number (exponential), approximately equal to 2.718
|
| Math.LN2 | Natural logarithm of 2 (base e), approximately equal to 0.693 |
| Math.LN10 | Natural logarithm of 10 (base e), approximately equal to 2.302 |
| Math.LOG2E | Logarithm of e with base 2, approximately equal to 1.442 |
| Math.LOG10E | Logarithm of e with base 10, approximately equal to 0.434 |
| Math.SQRT1_2 | Square root of 1/2, approximately equal to 0.707 |
| Math.SQRT2 | Square root of 2, approximately equal to 1.414 |
You can apply different values of x to these math functions for various results.
| Symbol | Description |
|---|---|
| Math.acos(x) | Returns the arccosine of x, in radians |
| Math.asin(x) | Returns the arcsine of x, in radians |
| Math.atan(x) | Returns the arctangent of x, in radians; result is between -π/2 and π/2 |
| Math.atan2(y,x) | Returns the angle in radians between the positive x-axis and the point (x, y) |
| Math.cos(x) | Returns the cosine of x, in radians |
| Math.exp(x) | Returns E raised to the power of x |
| Math.log(x) | Returns the natural logarithm (base e) of x |
| Math.sin(x) | Returns the sine of x, in radians |
| Math.tan(x) | Returns the tangent of x, in radians |
In the On-premises Private Server, to enable the PDF service on your machine, ensure you have "node and puppeteer" installed.
Current Supported Version: Node(v.14.19.3) and Puppeteer(v.14.4.1).
(Note: Make sure your internet connection is available, as some businesses might have a limited connection due to security.)
Let’s take the Windows operating system as an example:
1. To install node, download the supported Windows version of node from the link below:
URL: https://nodejs.org/download/release/v14.19.3/
2. Double click the installation file to launch the node installation wizard and click Next when prompted.
3. When node service is installed, type the command "node -v" to check to see if it works:
4. To install Puppeteer, switch the path "Your Ragic Home Folder\web\sims\js\pdfMaker" and enter the command “npm i puppeteer@14.4.1” as shown below:
5. Start the PDF Service, switch the path "Your Ragic Home Folder" and type in command "node web/sims/js/pdfMaker/nodeJs.js 8888" as shown below:
6. To verify the service, type in the command "Get-NetTCPConnection -LocalPort 8888" as shown:
7. Update the record of "PDF Server" in the Private Server Config settings:
8. Restart Ragic Service, and you’re all done.
9. Test the function Download as PDF, it should be like this while the service is working properly.
If you encounter any issues during installation, please email us a screenshot and describe your current step to help us identify the problem.
You can configure the default sender and reply-to email and name for Reminders and System Notifications in Company Settings. The system will determine which information to use based on a defined priority order, depending on which fields are filled in.
The table below outlines the priority rules for determining sender and reply-to information. The system checks each field in order of priority and uses the highest-priority one with valid content. If no fields are filled in, it falls back to the default values.
| Component | Priority Order |
|---|---|
| Sender Email | 1. SMTP Sender Email Address
2. SMTP Account 3. Default System Email: notification@mg.ragic.com |
| Sender Name | 1. SMTP Sender Email Name
2. Sender Email Name 3. Default System Email Name: Ragic |
| Reply-To Email | 1. Reply-to (E-Mail)
2. SMTP Sender Email Address 3. Default System Email: notification@mg.ragic.com |
| Reply-To Name | 1. Reply-to (Name)
1. SMTP Sender Email Name 2. Sender Email Name 3. Default System Email Name: Ragic |
When the reminder setting "Do not merge e-mails to the same receiver" is enabled, the reply-to email will follow a different rule.
| Scenario | Rule |
|---|---|
| "Reply reminder emails to:" field is filled | Use the email specified in this field |
| "Reply reminder emails to:" field is empty | Use the @tickets.ragic.com email address associated with the record |
When using Formulas in Ragic, you might encounter questions like:
“Why did the formula work at first but stop updating after I modified it?”
“Why didn’t the formula trigger after importing data, using Update Value on Another Sheet, or Convert Record?”
This is due to a key rule in Ragic: Formulas only trigger where the data is entered. By default, a formula is triggered only when you manually enter or edit data directly on the same sheet (interface) where the formula is defined.
If you add or modify a formula after a record is created, the field won’t automatically recalculate based on the new formula.
That’s because formulas only trigger at the time of data entry. In other words, if the formula is added or modified after data has been entered, it won’t apply to existing records unless they are manually edited again.
This behavior helps optimize system performance and prevent unintended changes to existing data.
To apply the updated formula to all existing records, you can either manually edit each record to trigger recalculation or execute a formula recalculation to trigger it in the backend without manual input.
For more information, refer to the formula documentation.
A formula will not trigger unless the change occurs directly on the sheet where the formula is applied.
For example, if a formula is set on the "Order" sheet, editing related data—such as pricing—on another sheet (e.g., the "Product" sheet) will not trigger it. The formula will only recalculate when you edit data directly on the "Order" sheet (e.g., changing item quantity).
Also, if data in the "Order" sheet is updated through other features rather than manual input, formulas may not trigger automatically.
In such cases, additional configuration is required, which will be explained below.
When updating fields in another sheet using an Action Button (such as Update Value on Another Sheet or Convert Records) or through Import, formulas will not trigger unless "Recalculate all formulas" is checked in the Advanced Settings.
In Ragic, the Form Page and Listing Page are considered separate interfaces. Formulas set on one will not trigger when editing data on the other. For example, if a formula is set only on the Form Page, editing the same field on the Listing Page will not trigger it—and vice versa.
If you often edit data on the Listing Page, it is recommended to add the relevant fields and set the same formulas in its design mode. This ensures formulas work correctly regardless of where the data is entered.
Each version in a Multiple Versions sheet has its own independent formula settings. Formulas must be configured separately for each version if needed.
If the same field uses different formulas across versions, ensure the calculated results remain consistent; otherwise, values may be overwritten when switching versions.
You can use Field Info to check the formula configuration for the field across all versions.
For New Sheet from Subtable or Referenced Subtables (Show References From Existing Sheets), navigate to Form Settings in the left sidebar under Form Page Design Mode, and enable "Recalculate all formulas on parent or related sheets". For more details, please refer to this documentation.
(1) Formula Syntax Errors
Ensure the formula is written correctly. For Conditional Formulas (IF Function), note the following:
(a) Refer to this section to check if .RAW is required in your formula.
(b) TODAY() and NOW() cannot currently be used directly inside IF(). Instead, create a separate field to calculate TODAY() or NOW(), and reference that field in your Conditional Formula. See examples here.
(2) Field Type and Formula Mismatch
Some formulas only work with specific Field Types. For example, arithmetic or comparison operations apply only to Numeric, Money, or Date fields.
(3) Formula Recalculation Errors from Auto Generated Fields
The final saved value of an Auto Generate field may differ from what is shown during data entry, especially when multiple users create records at the same time. Two users might see the same auto-generated number, but once the first record is saved, the second user’s value will update to avoid duplication.
If a formula references this Auto Generate field, the result may appear correct before saving but become incorrect afterward.
To prevent this, use a post workflow to trigger a backend formula recalculation upon saving when your sheet includes formulas that reference Auto Generate fields.
(4) Daily Recalculation Issues with the TODAY Formula
Refer to this guide for troubleshooting steps.
To update formulas for existing records, you can either enter Design Mode and run a Formula Recalculation on the sheet or create an Apply All Formulas to This Record Action Button.
If you need the system to recalculate formulas automatically on a daily basis, for example when using TODAYTZ() to check the current date, you can set up a Daily Formula Recalculation workflow.
When creating sheets like "Order Sheets", "Shipping Sheets", or "Packing Lists", it is helpful to use a Subtable to list item or shipment details.
To calculate totals such as "Total Quantity", "Total Amount", "Total Net Weight", or "Total Gross Weight", you can add corresponding total fields and apply formulas to sum the Subtable values, as shown below.
By default, total fields like "Total Quantity", "Total Net Weight", and "Total Gross Weight" are added as Independent Fields, so their "values appear next to the Field Headers".
If you prefer to display these totals directly below the related Subtable columns instead of in a separate section, you’ll need to adjust the design.
Here are two methods to achieve this layout:
1. Enter Design Mode and set each Subtable field (e.g., "Quantity", "Net Weight", "Gross Weight") to span two columns.
2. Drag the corresponding total fields (e.g., "Total Quantity", "Total Net Weight", "Total Gross Weight") directly below the related Subtable fields.
3. Adjust the width of each total field by setting its header width to 0p to hide the label. In the example below, columns E, G, and I have minimized header widths, so their headers are not displayed.
After saving the design, each total field will appear directly below its related subtable column. You can use the Styles tab in the field settings to adjust the alignment of the field values.
Limitations:
1. To edit a hidden field later, you'll have to increase its header width temporarily to select it.
2. Column width settings apply to all rows in the same column. To maintain layout consistency, you may need to add column spans to other independent fields above the subtable.
If you don’t need Field Headers and want to display total values in specific positions, you can use a Description Field with BBCode.
1. Place a Description Field where you want the total to appear (e.g., cell E14 for "Total Quantity").
2. Enter the BBCode formula to display the value from a specific field:
[formula]E10[/formula]. This will display the total from cell E10 ("Quantity") in the E14 field.
Limitations:
1. Values displayed with BBCode cannot be formatted (e.g., decimal places or thousand separators).
2. Description Fields used this way are for display only and cannot be referenced in formulas.
Ragic supports the following three types of Calendar tools:
1. Calendar Sync: Sync sheet data to external calendar tools (e.g., Google Calendar). Ideal for integrating meetings, appointments, and other events into your preferred calendar.
2. Calendar Report: Use Ragic’s reporting tool to create a calendar within your database. Best for sharing schedules internally based on user access rights and using the calendar as a data report.
3. Home Page Event Calendar: System-generated calendar that displays upcoming records on the database home page. It offers a basic setup and simpler functionality compared to the other two options.
For more detailed explanations and comparisons, please refer to the sections below.
The key difference between these two features is that one syncs data to an external calendar, while the other creates a calendar directly within Ragic. Below is a comparison of their main characteristics:
Purpose: Sync schedule data from a Ragic sheet to an external calendar (e.g., Google Calendar).
Setup: When setting up calendar sync, Ragic generates an iCal subscription URL based on your configuration. You can subscribe to this URL in your external calendar to display schedule data from a specific sheet.
Advantages: View your schedule using your preferred external calendar without opening Ragic.
Limitations: Syncing is controlled by the external tool, so updates in Ragic may not appear immediately. A delay may occur. For more details, see this section.
Access Rights: The data shown depends on the access rights of "the user who generated the iCal URL". To avoid data exposure, each user should create their own link.
Purpose: Display sheet data in a calendar within Ragic, allowing team members to view and manage records based on their access rights.
Setup: Use the report tool to create a calendar report for a specific sheet.
Advantages:
1. Native Ragic feature with real-time updates and no sync delay.
2. Preview data directly on the calendar and click to view or edit records.
3. Supports Shared View from the source sheet for easier organization.
Limitations: Limited to a single sheet; cross-sheet data is not supported.
Access Rights: Based on the Access Rights set in the source sheet.
Ragic offers two calendar features: Calendar Reports and Event Calendar. Both are accessible through a web browser, while the Event Calendar is currently not supported in the mobile app.
This is one of Ragic’s reporting tools and is configured manually by the user. For details on its features and advantages, see the previous section.
Setup: A system-generated feature that automatically pulls data from all sheets with a Date field occurring "within the next 7 days".
Features: On the Home Page, click "Show calendar" in the Event Calendar section to open a monthly calendar similar to the Calendar Report. It consolidates upcoming events from multiple sheets and functions as a system-generated calendar spanning multiple sheets or the entire database.
Access Rights: Same as Calendar Reports. Users can only view records they have Access Rights.
Note: The system updates the Event Calendar by periodically reloading sheet data, typically within 2–3 hours.
Image Upload fields can display thumbnails directly within cells. You can configure how they appear by adjusting the "display logic" and "thumbnail size" in the advanced settings.
This determines "whether the thumbnail expands the row height" and, if not, "how it is displayed within the cell".
Since thumbnails are embedded in cells, they often exceed the original cell size. By default, the system slightly expands the row height while maintaining the original field width, and displays the thumbnail proportionally based on the adjusted height.
Alternatively, you can choose from two other display logic options in Advanced Settings:
1. "Stretch/Shrink to Fit Cell": Scales the thumbnail to fit entirely within the cell.
2. "Image Can Overflow Beyond Cell": Allows the thumbnail to extend beyond the cell boundaries.
If you're using either the "Default Display" or "Image Can Overflow Beyond Cell", you can customize the thumbnail size.
(Note: If you select "Stretch/Shrink to Fit Cell", the image will always match the cell’s dimensions and cannot be resized manually.)
By default, thumbnails are 120 px in height, with the width adjusted based on the original image’s aspect ratio. If needed, you can manually set the "Max Height" and "Max Width" in Advanced Settings.
Settings Limitations
1. The specified dimensions are maximum values. The actual thumbnail size will adjust automatically based on the display logic, image aspect ratio, and cell width.
2. With the "Default Display", the system prioritizes the field’s column width and scales the thumbnail proportionally within the defined "Max Height" and "Max Width".
3. If "Image Can Overflow Beyond Cell" is selected, the thumbnail scales proportionally within the set limits, ignoring the column width.
Example
Uploading a 500 × 500 image to an Image Upload field with a cell size of 23 × 150:
1. No custom size settings: Whether using "Default Display" or "Image Can Overflow Beyond Cell", the thumbnail will display at 120 × 120.
2. "Max Height" and "Max Width" set to 500 × 500
"Default Display": The thumbnail will be 150 × 150, scaled based on column width.
"Image Can Overflow Beyond Cell": The thumbnail will be 500 × 500, based on the defined size and not limited by column width.
Since this field displays "thumbnails", images will never be scaled up beyond their original size, regardless of the "Max Height" and "Max Width" settings. For example, a 50 × 50 image will display at 50 × 50, and its height may be less than the default 120 px.
You can insert a "Page Break" component into the sheet to automatically insert page breaks at specified positions when exporting data using Download as PDF or Printer Friendly.
Note: This feature applies only to exports and does not affect the layout of online or embedded forms.
For example, if you have a "Product" sheet and want to insert a page break between the "Total Qty" and "Picture" fields when printing, enter Design Mode and find the "Page Break" component under the "Add Components" tab.
Then, drag the "Page Break" component to the desired position like any other field.
After saving the design, the "Page Break" component will not appear when viewing the sheet online.
However, when you use the Download as PDF or Printer Friendly feature to export the sheet, the exported file will include page breaks at the specified positions.
Download as PDF:
Printer Friendly:
In many companies, database systems are managed not by executives themselves, but by designated SYSAdmins. Since these admins have access to critical company data, a poorly handled transition when they resign can lead to serious problems—ranging from lost access to important systems to legal disputes over data ownership.
Ragic acts solely as the "service provider" for your database and does not intervene in internal disputes. We cannot revoke or transfer SYSAdmin permissions without the consent of the current SYSAdmin. Even if a company requests Ragic to suspend a former employee’s account or reassign admin rights, we must adhere to our terms of service to protect data security.
We recognize the rightful owner of a Ragic database as "the person who originally registered the database" and established the contract with Ragic, based on their email address. Unless there is a clear, authorized request from that account, we are not in a position to make changes to access permissions.
Here is an explanation of how Ragic defines database ownership, along with suggestions for avoiding disputes.
(If you’d rather skip the explanation and want to know what to do, click here.)
In Ragic, there are two types of accounts:
1. Database Account: the shared workspace for your company or team.
2. User Account: tied to an individual email address. A database can include multiple user accounts.
To start using Ragic, someone must register a "Database Account" by entering a database name (Database Account), username, and email (User Account). This person becomes the first user, the default SYSAdmin, and the account owner, since the contract with Ragic is tied to their email.
As the SYSAdmin, they can invite teammates, assign admin rights, and manage the database setup and design. SYSAdmins can also back up and restore the database structure.
If you’re not a SYSAdmin, you won’t be able to access backups or change database settings—even if you’re the company owner, billing contact, or a Ragic support rep. This ensures your data remains secure and that only authorized users can make changes.
Disputes often arise when companies mix personal and business accounts. For example, an employee might use their personal email to register a Ragic account for testing. Later, that same account ends up being used as the company’s production database, with no proper transition to a corporate-managed setup. At this point, the employee may unintentionally become the "owner" of the company’s entire database system. If the employee leaves without handing over access, the company could be locked out of its own system.
To avoid such issues, we strongly recommend the following:
When your company decides to use Ragic, do not continue using the test database created with a personal email. Instead, register a new database account using a shared company email. You can then migrate the design and structure using Ragic’s backup and restore feature.
Note: When backing up and restoring, we recommend selecting Backup database definition only. This option transfers the database design without including test data.
If you also need to transfer data, you can back up the entire database, but be cautious with the "user list" to avoid overwriting user permissions. Before restoring, add the shared company email as a user and assign it SYSAdmin rights in the test database. Otherwise, restoring the user list may overwrite existing users and temporarily prevent access for the company email account.
After restoring, remember to set any private email accounts to SUSPENDED, if needed.
When a SYSAdmin leaves the company, it is essential to transfer Ragic SYSAdmin rights to someone else. You can do this in one of two ways:
(1) Transfer SYSAdmin Role: Assign at least one company email as a SYSAdmin, and set your own account to SUSPENDED.
(2) Transfer the Email Account: Hand over the email account that holds SYSAdmin rights to someone else in the company.
Whether you enter data manually or input it via formulas, Link & Load, Convert Records, or import, you might encounter issues like:
"I filled in a cell, but after saving, the field remains empty."
"I imported an Excel file to create a new sheet; the sheet was created successfully, but no data appears."
"My Excel file has complete data, so why can’t a specific field’s value be imported correctly?"
If you experience these problems, first check the following common causes:
Check the Field Type or Fields Formatting set for the field that didn’t save data. If the entered value doesn’t match the Field Type, the system may fail to save it.
For example, if a field is set as Image Upload, File Upload, or Date but you enter text, the system cannot save the value correctly.
This issue is rare since fields default to Free Text, which accepts any format. However, if you accidentally change a Field Type to a restricted format (e.g., number, date, or file/image upload) during sheet design or testing and enter data that doesn’t match, the value won’t save.
Another common issue involves Selection-Type fields. If a Selection field has options like A, B, and C, users can only choose from those predefined options.
Although Selection fields support "typing to search (autocomplete)", manually entering "D" or attempting to convert "D" into the field won’t work—since "D" isn’t on the list, the system won’t save it.
The same applies to Select From Other Sheet fields. For example, if the "Customer ID" field in your "Orders" sheet is linked to "Customer ID" values 1–10 in the "Customers" sheet, entering "11" won’t work because customer "11" doesn’t exist.
Note: If "Allow User to Add New Option"s is enabled for a Selection field, users can add new options by entering values not in the list.
For Select From Other Sheet fields, users with the proper access rights can add new records directly in the popup from the linked sheet.
If this process isn’t followed, entering values not in the option list will not be saved.
If a field has Validation rules set, the system will block saving if the input doesn't meet the criteria. Check the field’s settings or review the error message shown during saving to identify the issue.
If you're certain that a sheet previously contained one or more records and no one has deleted them, but you can’t find them now, try the following methods to troubleshoot the issue.
The most common reason records appear to be missing is that filters or sorting have been applied to the sheet. This can hide records from view or move them to another page based on the sort order.
Try clearing all filters and sorting settings, then recheck the sheet to see if the missing records reappear.
Use the Full Text Search bar at the top to look for keywords from the missing record. This can help confirm whether the record still exists in the database but is simply not visible due to display settings or incorrect assumptions about its location.
Try restoring relevant records from the Recycle Bin. The record may have been accidentally deleted.
Confirm whether this sheet was created as a New Sheet From Subtable or as a Referenced Subtable in another sheet.
In these cases, even if the record wasn’t deleted in this sheet, it may have been removed from the related subtable, which causes it to also disappear here.
If you notice that a field value keeps "disappearing" or "changing" unexpectedly, it may be caused by automated processes you have set up, such as Formulas, Default Values, Link and Load, or Periodic Imports, which might be interacting in ways you did not intend. We recommend checking the Entry Information to identify what triggered the update and address the issue accordingly.
The following are common examples for your reference.
Example:
You’re using Multiple Versions of a sheet to create quotes in different currencies.
In the USD version, the "Amount Due" field uses a formula based on U.S. tax rules.
In the EUR version, the same field (with the same Field ID) uses a formula based on European VAT rates.
If a quote created in USD is later edited in the EUR version, and the formula is triggered again, the value based on U.S. tax rules will be overwritten by the result calculated using the European formula.
If a field is configured to auto-fill (e.g., via a Formula or Link and Load) and you also enter values manually, your manual input may be overwritten when automation is triggered, such as during Formula Recalculation or when Keeping loaded value sync with source.
Example:
In a "Salary Calculation" sheet, the "Hourly Rate" field is calculated using a formula.
However, you manually override the value for a specific record to handle a special case. Later, if the formula is recalculated, your manual value will be overwritten by the formula result.
Example:
In a "Salary Calculation" sheet, the "Hourly Rate" field is designed to load values from a linked sheet such as a "Salary Reference Table". However, you forget about this setup and manually enter the values instead. Later, you enable the "Keep loaded values synced with the source" option to ensure the data stays updated. Since the corresponding field in the source sheet is "Empty", that empty value gets synced and overwrites your manually entered data.
If field updates are due to your sheet setup, be sure to correct the data and improve the design logic. Here are some suggestions:
1. Avoiding Applying Different Formulas to the Same Field Across Multiple Versions
It is recommended to set Fixed Filters or use separate fields for different versions to prevent data from being overwritten when switching versions or when formulas are unintentionally triggered.
2. Managing Conflicts Between Manual Input and Auto-Fill
If a field is sometimes filled manually and sometimes automatically, avoid applying a universal formula. Instead, use the UPDATEIF formula to update the value only when specific conditions are met.
Preventing Issues Caused by Empty Values
Don’t ignore "Empty" Loaded or Imported fields, as they can overwrite existing data. You can disable unnecessary loaded fields in Link Manager and select "Ignore" for unwanted fields during import.
Avoiding Incorrect Changes to Field Types
For example, if your field value was originally "12345" but you changed the Field Type to a Date field, it will appear empty because the value does not match the required format. Similarly, if you change the field type to Select From Other Sheet but the linked sheet does not contain the value "12345", it will also appear empty, similar to selecting a non-existent option from a dropdown. If you have not made any further changes, simply revert the field type to the original, and the values will return to normal. For more details, please refer to this article.
If a value was unintentionally updated due to a Formula or Link and Load sync, please refer to this article for steps to recover the original data.
Default Values work similarly to Formulas, Auto Generate fields, and Link and Load. They are generally triggered only when new records are created, as they are intended to provide initial values during record creation. In most cases, Default Values do not apply when editing existing records unless specifically configured.
For example, if you set a Default Value for a field in Sheet A, the system will automatically apply it when you manually add a new record or create one via Convert Records.
However, if you set the Default Value after the record has already been created, it will not apply when editing existing data. Similarly, Default Values may not apply when records are created or updated using other methods.
If you notice that some fields are not showing the expected Default Values and want to apply them, refer to the scenarios below to check and adjust your setup.
If a field previously had no Default Value and existing records contain empty values for that field, newly added Default Values will not be applied automatically. In this case, you need to click Populate empty values to apply the Default Values to the existing data.
If your sheet has Default Values configured but records are created or updated through other methods (for example, Import or Action Buttons), you need to enable additional settings to apply Default Values on the sheet:
1. When Importing data, check the option "Fill in default field values" in the Import Advanced Settings.
2. When configuring an Update Value on Another Sheet Action Button, check "Load all default values on target sheet" or "Load all default values on this sheet" in the Advanced Settings.
Some Default Values only work under specific conditions. For example, the $SEQ auto-numbering Default Value works only in Subtable fields, not in independent fields (use an Auto Generate field instead).
When users click a Linked Field (Select From Other Sheet field) and the dropdown doesn’t display the expected records, it’s usually due to one of the following reasons:
The content shown in the dropdown depends on the user’s Access Rights to the source sheet.
For example, in a "Sales Order" sheet, you might set up a Link and Load field that pulls data from the "Customer" sheet. When a user clicks the "Customer ID" field, the system displays a dropdown list of customer records. Upon selection, it automatically loads related fields such as Customer Name, Phone Number, and Address.
Whether a user can see any records in the dropdown depends on their Access Rights to the "Customer" sheet:
(1) If users are Survey Users, they can only view customer records they created or that were assigned to them.
(2) If users have No Rights to the "Customer" sheet, they won’t see any records in the dropdown.
When setting up a Link and Load field, make sure to assign appropriate Access Rights to users on the source sheet.
If the Link field has Dynamic Filter Setting, these filters will also determine which records appear in the dropdown.
For example, in the "Sales Order" sheet, you might configure the "Customer ID" field with Dynamic Filter so that each salesperson can only select customers they are responsible for. In this case, when Salesperson A opens the dropdown, only their assigned customers will be shown, not the entire customer list.
If the dropdown appears empty or does not show the expected records, verify whether Dynamic Filters are applied and ensure the filter conditions are set correctly.
In Ragic, each database (account), tab, sheet, and individual record has a unique URL. This appears in your browser’s address bar when you access the database homepage, a tab, a specific sheet, or a record.
These URLs are generated automatically when you create a database, tab, or sheet. You do not need to take any additional steps to generate them unless you have a specific need, such as sharing access through a URL.
A URL consists of the following parts:
If your database is hosted on the www server, the homepage URL will be:
www.ragic.com/[Account Name]?[PAGEID].
Example:
If your database account is named "sample", the homepage URL would be:
www.ragic.com/sample?PAGEID=j73
The URL for a specific sheet follows this structure:
[Server Name].ragic.com/[Account Name]/[Tab Path Parameter]/[Sheet Path Parameter]?[PAGEID].
Explanation of Each Component:
1. Server Name: Indicates the server your database is hosted on. For example, if it’s hosted on the "www" server, the URL will start with "www.ragic.com". If it’s on "ap11", the URL will begin with "ap11.ragic.com".
2. Tab and Sheet Path Parameters: Represented by English strings or numbers. These may not exactly match the display names. For example, the path for a "Sales Order Management" tab might be "ragicsales-order-management", and the path for a "Sales Order" sheet might be "20001".
3. Page ID: This part ?PAGEID reflects the current tab state in your browser and may change if the sheet is opened in a new tab or by a different user. As long as the sheet path parameters are correct, the URL will still direct users to the intended sheet. You can omit this part when sharing the URL.
Note: For more details about the URL structure or to learn whether sheet and record paths can be customized, please refer to this article.
Sheet URLs serve as quick shortcuts to your database. For example, if you create a survey, you can share its URL with respondents. Similarly, if you encounter an issue during sheet design, sending the sheet or record URL to the Ragic support team can help facilitate faster troubleshooting.
Users with different access rights or visitors who are not logged into Ragic can access your database or sheets through these URLs. However, what they see depends on the Access Rights you have configured for their user group.
Examples:
1. If a sheet grants access only to SYSAdmins and all other users have "No Rights", anyone else opening the URL will see a message saying, "You do not have access rights to this sheet".
2. If a sheet grants the EVERYONE Group "Viewer" rights, guests who are not logged in can view all records in the sheet but cannot edit or delete them.
Note: If you want the sheet URL to appear as a field value within the sheet instead of only in the browser’s address bar, you can use the Auto Generate field with the Record URL format. For more information, please refer to this article.
After setting up your database, you can share sheets and records with others, such as vendors or customers, based on your needs. The following section explains the different user types and sharing methods. Choose the option that best fits your organization.
In Ragic, users are categorized into the following three types:
These are employees or members of your company or organization. Based on their Access Rights, they can create, edit, and view records using sheets and features. The number of Internal Users allowed depends on your subscription plan. For more details, please refer to the pricing page.
These are users outside your organization who need frequent access to your sheets, for example, customers, distributors, or partners. External users must sign in with a Ragic account. There is no limit on the number of external users, but their access is restricted as follows:
1. They can only be "Survey User" or "Viewer" on a sheet. Meaning that they can only either see and edit records that they created or are assigned to them or have read-only access to all the records on a sheet.
2. They do not have access to certain functions inside the Tools or Reports button.
3. They cannot start approval. However, they can approve or reject if they are included in an approval flow.
For more details, please refer to this section.
These users cannot access your database by default. If you want them to view a sheet or create records, you can configure the settings below.
When sharing a sheet, you need to use different methods depending on the user type. Below are the sharing settings for each user type.
1. Setting Access Rights
First, assign appropriate Access Rights to each user or group based on the sheet’s usage. Users can then access the sheet according to their permissions.
Examples:
(1) Set the "Sales" group as Bulletin User on the "Sales Order" sheet. Members can create and view all sales orders but cannot edit others’ records.
(2) Add a vendor as an External User and set the "External Users" group as Survey User on the "Material Confirmation" sheet. The vendor can add and view their own submissions but cannot see other vendors’ records.
2. Using the Assign Feature
You can assign a record to a specific user, making them the Entry Manager of that record. For example, a sales manager creates a new "Customer" record and assigns it to another salesperson for follow-up.
However, the actual permissions depend on the user’s Access Level for the sheet:
| Access Level | Behavior After Assignment |
|---|---|
| No Rights | Cannot view or edit the assigned record due to lack of access to the sheet. |
| Survey Use | Can view and edit records assigned to them, even if they did not create them. |
| Viewer | Can view all records but cannot edit any, including those assigned to them. |
| Bulletin User | Can view all records and edit those assigned to them. |
3. Using Approval Flow
When an approval process is initiated and a user is assigned as an approver, they automatically become the Entry Manager of the record.
Example: If a customer is added as an External User and given Survey User access on the "Sales Order" sheet, they can view and edit the order once it is sent to them for approval.
As with assigned records, the user's actual permissions still depend on their Access Level. Users with No Rights cannot view and approve the record.
Note: If Activate and Notify Deputy is enabled, the deputy also becomes the Entry Manager for the record.
1. Setting Access Rights to Make the Sheet Public
If you want Users Without an Account or Not Logged In to view or submit data through a sheet, set the EVERYONE group to the appropriate Access Rights for that sheet. For detailed steps, please refer to this article.
2. Using the Share This Entry Feature
This feature allows you to grant temporary access to Users Without an Account or Not Logged In. For example, you can let a customer edit the order they submitted. Both Read Only and Editable modes are supported, and you can set an expiration date for the shared link. For details, see this section. In addition to sharing a link, you can also share records via WhatsApp.
3. Temporary Login Without Signing Up
By enabling Guest User email validation on the Email field, users can view and edit related records without a Ragic account. The login link is valid for one month. See this section for more information.
Note: When the sheet’s access is granted to the EVERYONE group, Users Without an Account or Not Logged In can create new records. To allow them to revisit and edit or review their records later, enable Guest User email validation on the Email field.
Each record has an Entry Manager. A user becomes the Entry Manager when they:
1. Create the record
2. Are assigned to the record
3. Are included as an Approval Flow
When Creating a New Sheet from a Subtable, each Subtable row is treated as an independent record on the New Sheet.
The following example explains how the Entry Manager is assigned under different conditions.
Example Scenario:
1. There is a "Project" sheet (the Parent Sheet).
2. The sheet contains a Subtable listing various project tasks.
3. A new sheet called "Task List" is generated from the Subtable (the New Sheet).
(1) When the record is created on the Parent Sheet: If a New Sheet is generated from a Subtable, the user who created the record on the Parent Sheet is automatically assigned as the Entry Manager of the corresponding record on the New Sheet, as the record is essentially created by the same user.
(2) When the record is created directly on the New Sheet: The user who creates the record becomes its Entry Manager. This does not affect the Entry Manager of the related record on the Parent Sheet.
Only assignments in independent fields grant users Entry Manager rights. Assigning a user in a Subtable field does not make them the Entry Manager of the corresponding record.
After Creating a New Sheet from a Subtable, the effect of the assignment depends on where the assigned field is located. Below are three common scenarios:
| Assignment Location | Range of New Sheet Records Assigned to Entry Manager |
|---|---|
| 1. Independent field on the Parent Sheet ("Project Leader") | All records in the New Sheet generated from the Subtable of that Parent Sheet |
| 2. Subtable field on the Parent Sheet ("Task Owner") | Only the record in the New Sheet generated from the specific Subtable row |
| 3. Independent field on the New Sheet ("Task Owner") | Only that specific New Sheet record |
Additional Notes:
(1) If you want users with access to the Parent Sheet to automatically become Entry Managers when creating records on the New Sheet, add the assignment field from the Parent Sheet ("Project Leader") to the New Sheet using Link Fields From Parent Sheets. This will ensure the assigned user from the Parent Sheet is carried over and set as the Entry Manager on the New Sheet.
(2) For records created directly on the New Sheet, the Entry Managers will not be the user assigned on the Parent Sheet. However, if you update or reapply the assignment in the independent field ("Project Leader") on the Parent Sheet, the Entry Managers of those new records will be updated accordingly.
(1) If the approval process is started from the Parent Sheet: The approver becomes the Entry Manager of both the Parent Sheet record and its corresponding records on the new sheet.
(2) If the approval process is started from the New Sheet: The approver becomes the Entry Manager of only that record on the New Sheet.